As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 24, 2008

June 18, 2012

Registration No. 333-150914



333-      

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC

Washington, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 3

FORM S-1/A

S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Western Capital Resources, Inc.

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

(formerly known as “URON Inc.”)

Minnesota
6141
47-0848102
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
Number)

2201 West Broadway, Suite 1
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Telephone: (712) 322-4020
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Christopher Larson, Chief Executive Officer
2201 West Broadway, Suite 1
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Telephone: (712) 322-4020
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:
Paul D. Chestovich, Esq.
Daniel P. Preiner, Esq.
Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP
3300 Wells Fargo Center, 90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Telephone: (612) 672-8305
Facsimile: (612) 642-8305

11550 “I” Street, Suite 150

Omaha, Nebraska 68137

Telephone: (402) 551-8888

(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including

Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)

John Quandahl

Chief Executive Officer

11550 “I” Street, Suite 150

Omaha, Nebraska 68137

Telephone: (402) 551-8888

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

Copy to:

Paul D. Chestovich, Esq.

Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP

3300 Wells Fargo Center

90 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Telephone: (612) 672-8305

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of thisthe registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.xþ

 

If this Formform is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

If this Formform is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

If this Formform is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “Large“large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (CheckAct (check one):


Large accelerated fileroAccelerated filero
Non-accelerated filero (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Smaller reporting companyþ

Large Accelerated Filer Accelerated Filer Non-Accelerated Filer Smaller Reporting Company x

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
          
Title of each class of securities
to be registered
 
Amount to be
registered (1)
 
Proposed maximum offering
price per share
 
Proposed maximum aggregate
offering price
 
Amount of
registration fee (4)
 
Common stock, no par value  
3,192,859 shares
 
$
4.80
(2) 
$
15,325,723
(2) 
$
602.30
 
Common stock, no par value (3)  
400,000 shares
 
$
0.01
(3)
$
4,000
(3)
$
0.02
 

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

Amount to be RegisteredProposed Maximum Offering Price Per UnitProposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price

Amount of

Registration Fee (1)

Rights to purchase common stock— (2)
Common stock, no par value per share$4,500,000 (3)$515.70 (4)

_____________

(1)There is also being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of additionalThis registration statement relates to (a) non-transferable subscription rights to purchase our common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (b) shares of our common stock as shall be issuable pursuantdeliverable upon the exercise of such subscription rights.
(2)The rights are being issued to our shareholders pro rata for no consideration. Pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(2)In accordance with Rule 457457(g) under the Securities Act the offering price has been estimated, based upon a $4.80 per share average of the high and low bids on the OTC Bulletin Board on May 8, 2008, solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the1933, as amended, no separate registration fee.fee is payable.
(3)Shares issuable uponRepresents gross proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock assuming the exercise of outstanding warrant. In accordance withall subscription rights to be distributed up to the maximum amount contemplated in this registration statement.
(4)Registration calculated pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act, the offering price is the exercise price of such warrant.457(o).
(4) This amount was paid with the filing of the initial Form S-1 registration statement on May 14, 2008, to which this Form S-1/A relates. 


The registrantRegistrant hereby amends this registration statementRegistration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrantRegistrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statementRegistration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statementthe Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to suchsaid Section 8(a), may determine.






A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state.

Prospectus

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is prohibited.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 24, 2008



3,592,859 shares

Western Capital Resources, Inc.

JUNE 18, 2012

PROSPECTUS

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.

Subscription Rights to Purchase up to              Shares

of Common Stock



The selling shareholders identified on page 39 at $       per Share

We are distributing, at no charge, to holders of this prospectus are offering onour capital stock non-transferable subscription rights (consisting of a resale basis a total of 3,592,859basic subscription privilege and an over-subscription privilege, as described below) to purchase up to       shares of our common stock. OurWe refer to this offering as the “rights offering.” In this rights offering, you will receive       subscription rights for every share of capital stock owned at 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on             , 2012, the record date.

Each whole subscription right will entitle you to purchase one share of our common stock at a subscription price of $      per share, which we refer to as the “basic subscription privilege.” A special committee of our Board of Directors determined the per-share subscription price for the rights offering. We will not issue fractional shares of common stock in the rights offering, and holders will only be entitled to purchase a whole number of shares of common stock, rounded to the nearest whole number a holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase (with halves rounded down). If you fully exercise your basic subscription privilege and other shareholders do not fully exercise their basic subscription privileges, then you may also exercise an “over-subscription privilege” to purchase additional shares of common stock that remain unsubscribed at the expiration of this rights offering. If all subscription rights are exercised, the aggregate gross purchase price of the shares purchased in the rights offering would be approximately $4,500,000.

The subscription rights will expire and be void and worthless if they are not exercised by 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on           , 2012, unless we extend the rights offering period. Nevertheless, our Board of Directors reserves the right to cancel the rights offering at any time, for any reason. If the rights offering is presently listed for tradingcancelled, all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly without interest or deduction.

Shares of our common stock are, and we expect that the shares of common stock issued in the rights offering will be, traded on the Over-the-Counter (“OTC”) Bulletin BoardOTCBB quotation system under the symbol “WCRS.OB.“WCRS.” The last reported sales price of our common stock on the OTCBB on June 13, 2012 was $0.10. We urge you to obtain a current market price for the shares of our common stock before making any determination with respect to the exercise of your subscription rights.

You should carefully consider whether to exercise your subscription rights before the expiration of the rights offering. Any exercise of subscription rights is irrevocable. Our Board of Directors is making no recommendation regarding your exercise of the subscription rights. This is not an underwritten offering. The shares of common stock are being offered directly by this prospectus can be sold at prevailing marketus without the services of an underwriter or privately negotiated prices. We will not receive any proceeds fromselling agent.

Exercising the sale of these shares by the selling shareholders.


Investingrights and investing in our common stock involves significant risks. Seea high degree of risk. We urge you to carefully read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 413 of this prospectus, and all other information included in this prospectus in its entirety before you decide whether to read about certain factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

exercise your subscription rights.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined ifpassed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus is truthful or complete.prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



The date of this prospectus is , 2008


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 PAGE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUSii
  
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATAii
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OFFERING1
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY17
RISK RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS12
  
RISK FACTORS413
  
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTSUSE OF PROCEEDS1123
DILUTION23
CAPITALIZATION24
  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS12
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE18
DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS19
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTYOPERATION25
  
LEGAL PROCEEDINGSBUSINESS26
MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
2634
  
MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS2849
  
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION3052
  
SECURITYSECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT3355
  
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONSTHE RIGHTS OFFERING3357
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES65
MARKET INFORMATION67
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES67
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION70
  
DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION ORFOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIESLITIGATION37
USE OF PROCEEDS38
SELLING SHAREHOLDERS39
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION41
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK43
LEGAL MATTERS44
EXPERTS4470
  
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION4471
  
Index to Financial StatementsLEGAL MATTERS71
EXPERTS71
FINANCIAL INFORMATIONF-1

i

i


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Western Capital” and the “Company” refer to Western Capital Resources, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. TheIf anyone provides you with additional, different, or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction in which the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any exercise of any sale of our common stock.the rights. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date. If there is a material change in the dateaffairs of our Company, we will amend or supplement this prospectus.

No information contained herein, nor in any prior, contemporaneous or subsequent communication should be construed by a prospective investor as legal or tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its, his or her own legal, tax and financial advisors to ascertain the merits and risks of the transactions described herein prior to exercising your subscription rights. This written communication is not intended to be issued as a “reliance opinion” or a “marketed opinion,” as defined under Section 10.35 of Circular 230 published by the U.S. Treasury Department, so as to avoid any penalties that could be assessed under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or its applicable Treasury Regulations. Accordingly, (a) any information contained in this written communication is not intended to be used, and cannot be used or relied upon for purposes of avoiding any penalties that may be imposed on a prospective investor by the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations; (b) this written communication has been written to support the promotion or marketing of the transactions or matters addressed by this written communication; and (c) each prospective investor should seek advice based on the prospective investor’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The industry, market and data used throughout this prospectus have been obtained from our own research, surveys or studies conducted by third parties and industry or general publications. Industry publications and surveys generally state that they have obtained information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. We believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable.

ii

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS RELATING TO THE RIGHTS OFFERING

The following are what we anticipate will be common questions about the rights offering. The answers are based on selected information from this prospectus. The following questions and answers do not contain all of the information that may be important to you and may not address all of the questions that you may have about the rights offering. This prospectus contains more detailed descriptions of the terms and conditions of the rights offering and provides additional information about us and our business, including potential risks related to the rights offering, our common stock, and our business.

Exercising you subscription rights and investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. We urge you to carefully read the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus. Our sellingprospectus, and all other information included in this prospectus in its entirety before you decide whether to exercise your subscription rights.

What is a rights offering?

A rights offering is a distribution of subscription rights on a pro rata basis to all shareholders of a company. We are making offersdistributing to sellholders of our capital stock as of 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on , 2012, the “record date,” at no charge, non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock. You will receive       subscription rights (rounded to the nearest whole subscription right, with halves rounded down) for every share of our capital stock you owned as of 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the record date. The subscription rights will be evidenced by rights certificates. Each subscription right consists of a basic subscription privilege and seeking offersan over-subscription privilege.

What is the basic subscription privilege?

Each whole subscription right gives our shareholders the opportunity to buypurchase one share of our common stock for $ per share. We determined the ratio of subscription rights to distribute per our outstanding shares by dividing $4.5 million by the subscription price of $ to determine the number of shares to be issued in the rights offering and then dividing that number of shares to be offered by the number of capital shares outstanding on the record date.

What is the over-subscription privilege?

We do not expect all of our shareholders to exercise all of their basic subscription privileges. The over-subscription privilege provides shareholder that do exercise their entire basic subscription privileges the opportunity to purchase the shares that are not purchased by other shareholders who do not participate in the rights offering. If you fully exercise your basic subscription privilege and other shareholders do not fully exercise their basic subscription privileges, then you may also exercise an over-subscription privilege to purchase additional shares of common stock that remain unsubscribed at the expiration of the rights offering, subject to the availability and pro rata allocation of such shares among persons exercising this over-subscription privilege. To the extent that the number of the unsubscribed shares are not sufficient to satisfy all of the properly exercised over-subscription privilege requests, then the available shares will be prorated among those who properly exercise their over-subscription privileges based on the number of shares each shareholder subscribed for under his, her or its basic subscription privilege (i.e., pro rata in accordance with each such shareholder’s respective shareholdings. If this pro rata allocation results in any shareholder potentially receiving a greater number of common shares than the he, she or it subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of his, her or its over-subscription privilege, then such shareholder will be allocated only that number of shares for which the shareholder subscribed, and the remaining common shares will again be allocated among all other shareholders exercising the over-subscription privilege on the same pro rata basis described above. This proration process will be repeated until all common shares have been allocated or all exercises of over-subscription privileges have been fulfilled, whichever occurs earlier.

In order to properly exercise your over-subscription privilege, you must deliver the subscription payment related to your over-subscription privilege prior to the expiration of the rights offering. Because we will not know the total number of unsubscribed shares prior to the expiration of the rights offering, if you wish to maximize the number of shares you purchase pursuant to your over-subscription privilege, you will need to deliver payment in an amount equal to the aggregate subscription price for the maximum number of shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should not consider this prospectusavailable to be an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy,you, assuming that no shareholder other than you has purchased any shares of our common stock if the person making the offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or if it is unlawful for you to receive the offer or solicitation.


Industry data and other statistical information used in this prospectus are based on independent publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, derived from our review of internal surveys and the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information.

An Important Note on Language: We engaged in a merger transaction on December 31, 2007, pursuant to which we acquired the business of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., a Wyoming corporation. This transaction is referred to throughout this prospectus as the “Merger.” The Merger was effected under the terms of an Agreementtheir basic subscription privilege and Plan of Merger and Reorganization by and among URON Inc., Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. and WFL Acquisition Corp., a Wyoming corporation and then a wholly owned subsidiary of URON Inc., dated December 13, 2007. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to this agreement simply as the “Merger Agreement.over-subscription privilege. See “The Rights Offering—Over-Subscription Privilege.

As a result of the Merger, we own 100% of the shares of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., through which we conduct our business operations. The merger transaction constituted a change in control of URON Inc. Throughout this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to the “Company” and “Western Capital Resources,” “we” and “our” are references to Western Capital Resources, Inc. (f/k/a URON Inc.) on a post-Merger basis, and so they include the business of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. which we acquired in the Merger. Where we refer to “URON” or “URON Inc.” we specifically refer to the Company prior to the Merger.
Important Information About the Merger:At the effective time of the Merger, the legal existence of WFL Acquisition Corp. ceased and all shares of capital stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. that were outstanding immediately prior to the Merger were cancelled, with one share of common stock of such corporation issued to URON. Simultaneously, WERCS, a Wyoming corporation and the former sole holder of capital stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., received the following consideration:

1
 ·1,125,000 shares of URON common stock, representing approximately 17.9% of URON’s common stock outstanding immediately after the Merger; and

·10,000,000 shares of URON’s newly created “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,” presently (and then) convertible into URON common stock on a share-for-share basis, subject to adjustment.

In addition, WERCS received a return

How many shares may I purchase if I exercise my subscription rights?

Each subscription right entitles you to purchase one whole share of capital distribution of $278,845 in connection with the Merger. In the aggregate, WERCS received beneficial ownership of 11,125,000our common stock for $ per share. We will not issue fractional subscription rights or shares of common stock in the Merger, representing approximately 63.3%rights offering, and holders will only be entitled to purchase a whole number of shares of common stock. You may exercise any number of your subscription rights (including the over-subscription privilege), or you may choose not to exercise any subscription rights. As explained elsewhere in this prospectus, there is no limit on the number of offered shares that may be purchased pursuant to your over-subscription privilege.

If you hold your shares in street name through a broker, bank, or other nominee who uses the services of the Depository Trust Company, or “DTC,” then DTC will issue       subscription rights to your nominee for every share of our common stock immediately afteryou own at the Merger. As noted directly above,close of business on the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock converts into sharesrecord date. Each subscription right can then be used to purchase one share of common stock on a one-for-one basis subjectfor $ per share pursuant to certain adjustments set forththe basic subscription privilege. For more information, see the question “What should I do if I want to participate in the applicable certificaterights offering, but my shares are held in the name of designation (which is filedmy broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominees (commonly referred to as Exhibit 3.4 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part). The holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock also have“street name”)?” below.

Will fractional subscription rights or shares be issued in the rights offering?

No. We will not issue fractional subscription rights or subscription rights to vote their preferred stock on an as-if-converted basis together with the holders of common stock, and are entitled to cumulative dividends on the stated value of their shares at the annual rate of ten percent, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year. Accrued and unpaid dividends compound on a quarterly basis, and are payable in cash (subject to the option of the holder to receivepurchase fractional shares of common stock in lieu of cash). Eachthe rights offering. In allocating subscription rights among our shareholders, each share of URON’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has a stated valuecapital stock held of $2.10. Upon any event resultingrecord at the close of business on the record date will entitle the holder of such share to receive       subscription rights (rounded to the nearest whole subscription right, with halves rounded down), and each subscription right granted in the liquidationrights offering may only be exercised for a full share of URON, each holderour common stock.

Are there any limits on the number of shares I may purchase in this rights offering?

Yes. The total number of Series offered shares in this rights offering represents the maximum number of shares you may potentially purchase. In all cases, you are entitled (but not required) to purchase all shares available to you under your basic subscription privilege. Shares in excess of those available to you under your basic subscription privilege must be purchased pursuant to your over-subscription privilege. As explained elsewhere in this prospectus, other shareholders may also exercise their over-subscription privilege. If this occurs, the number of shares available for purchase by you will be reduced accordingly.

Am I required to exercise the subscription rights I receive in the rights offering?

No. You may exercise any number of your subscription rights, or you may choose not to exercise any subscription rights. However, if you choose not to exercise your subscription rights in full, the relative percentage of our shares of common stock that you own will decrease, and your voting and other rights will be diluted. Furthermore, if you fail to exercise your full basic subscription privilege, you will not be eligible to exercise your over-subscription privilege. For more information, see the question “How many shares of capital stock will be outstanding after the rights offering?” below.

Will our officers, directors and significant shareholders be exercising their subscription rights?

Our officers, directors and greater than 5% beneficial shareholders may participate in this offering at the same subscription price per share as all other purchasers, but none of our officers, directors or greater-than-5% beneficial shareholders are obligated to so participate. Certain executive officers and directors (who are also shareholders), and our controlling shareholder, WCR, LLC, have indicated that they will purchase shares that are subject to their subscription rights, at the same subscription price offered to our shareholders. Nevertheless, these shareholders have not executed agreements to purchase shares and there is no guarantee or commitment that they will subscribe for shares in the offering. In the case of our directors, officers and WCR, any shares purchased in the rights offering will be deemed “control securities” under federal securities rules and will likely not be eligible for public resale unless sold in accordance with the limitations of Rule 144 or the public resale of such shares are registered with the SEC.

2

Has our Board of Directors made a recommendation to our shareholders regarding the exercise of rights under the rights offering?

No. Our Board of Directors is making no recommendation regarding your exercise of the subscription rights. Shareholders who exercise their subscription rights risk loss on their investment. We cannot assure you that the market price of our common stock will be above the subscription price or that anyone purchasing shares at the subscription price will be able to sell those shares in the future at the same price or a higher price. You are urged to make your decision based on your own assessment of our business and the rights offering. Please see the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of some of the risks involved in investing in our common stock.

Why are we conducting a rights offering?

A Convertible Preferred Stock wouldrights offering provides eligible shareholders the opportunity to participate in a capital raise on a pro rata basis and minimizes the dilution of their ownership interest in our Company. Assuming all the shares of common stock offered are sold, we expect that the gross proceeds from the rights offering will be approximately $4.5 million. We estimate that our offering-related expenses will be approximately $100,000. We are conducting the rights offering to raise capital for the Company to be used in making acquisitions that grow or are otherwise complementary to our current business. In this regard, you should understand that our Board of Directors will have a great deal of discretion in determining what acquisition opportunities to pursue.

How was the subscription price of $      per share determined?

The subscription price was determined by a special committee of our Board of Directors. Factors considered by the committee included the strategic alternatives to our Company for raising capital, the price at which our shareholders might be willing to participate in the rights offering, historical and current trading prices of our common stock, our business prospects, the condition of the trading market for our common stock, and the condition of the securities and capital markets in general. We cannot assure you that the market price for our common stock during the rights offering will be equal to or above the subscription price or that a subscribing owner of rights will be able to sell the shares of common stock purchased in the rights offering at a price equal to or greater than the subscription price.

How soon must I act to exercise my rights?

If you received a rights certificate and elect to exercise any or all of your subscription rights, the subscription agent must receive your completed and signed rights certificate and related payment prior to the expiration of the rights offering, which is , 2012, at 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time. If you hold your shares in the name of a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, your custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee may establish a deadline prior to 5:00 p.m. Minneapolis time, on , 2012, by which you must provide it with your instructions to exercise your subscription rights and pay for your shares.

Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus to all holders of subscription rights, the rights offering and all subscription rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time on , 2012 (unless extended), whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to receive $2.10 per preferred share, plus accrued but unpaid dividends thereon. Based solely subscription rights. Although we reserve the right to extend the expiration of the rights offering, we currently do not intend to do so.

May I transfer my subscription rights?

No. You may not sell or transfer your subscription rights to anyone.

Are we requiring a minimum aggregate subscription to complete and close the rights offering?

No. There is no minimum subscription requirement in the rights offering. Nevertheless, our Board of Directors reserves the right to cancel the rights offering for any reason or no reason, including if our board believes that there is insufficient participation by our shareholders.

Are there any conditions to completing the rights offering?

No.

3

Can the Board of Directors cancel, terminate, amend or extend the rights offering?

Yes. We have the option to extend the rights offering and the period for exercising your subscription rights, although we do not presently intend to do so. Our Board of Directors may cancel the rights offering at any time for any reason. If the rights offering is cancelled, all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty. Our Board of Directors reserves the right to amend or modify the terms of the rights offering at any time, for any reason.

When will I receive my subscription rights certificate?

Promptly after the date of this prospectus, the subscription agent will send a subscription rights certificate to each registered holder of our common stock as of the close of business on the stated value,record date, based on our shareholder register maintained by the transfer agent for our common stock (and the shareholder register maintained by the Company for our preferred stock). If you hold your shares of common stock through a brokerage account, bank, or other nominee, you will not receive an actual subscription rights certificate. Instead, as described in this prospectus, you must instruct your broker, bank or nominee whether or not to exercise rights on your behalf. If you wish to obtain a separate subscription rights certificate, you should promptly contact your broker, bank or other nominee and request a separate subscription rights certificate. If you hold your shares of common stock through a brokerage account, bank, or other nominee, it is not necessary to have a physical subscription rights certificate in order to exercise your subscription rights.

What will happen if I choose not to exercise my subscription rights?

If you do not exercise any subscription rights, the number of our shares of common stock you own will not change. Nevertheless, due to the fact that other shareholders may purchase shares in the rights offering, your percentage ownership of our Company will be diluted after the completion of the rights offering unless you do exercise your subscription rights. For more information, see the question “How many shares of capital stock will be outstanding after the rights offering?” below.

How do I exercise my subscription rights?

If you wish to participate in the rights offering, you must take the following steps:

·deliver payment to the subscription agent; and

·deliver your properly completed and signed rights certificate, and any other subscription documents, to the subscription agent.

Please follow the payment and delivery instructions accompanying the rights certificate. Do not deliver documents to Western Capital. You are solely responsible for completing delivery to the subscription agent of your subscription documents, rights certificate, and related payment on or prior to the deadline for receipt of such items. We urge you to allow sufficient time for delivery of your subscription materials to the subscription agent so that they are received by the subscription agent by 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on           , 2012. We are not responsible for subscription materials sent directly to our offices. If you cannot deliver your rights certificate to the subscription agent prior to the expiration of the rights offering, you may follow the guaranteed delivery procedures described under the “The Rights Offering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of this prospectus.

If you send a payment that is insufficient to purchase the number of shares you requested, or if the number of shares you requested is not specified in the forms, the payment received will be applied to exercise your subscription rights to the fullest extent possible based on the amount of the payment received, subject to the elimination of any fractional shares. Any excess subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty, following the expiration of the rights offering.

4

What should I do if I want to participate in the rights offering but my shares are held in the name of my broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee (commonly referred to as “street name”)?

If you hold your shares of common stock in the name of a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee, then your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee is the record holder of the shares you own. Consequently, you will not receive a rights certificate. Instead, the record holder (i.e., your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee) must exercise the subscription rights on your behalf for the shares of common stock you wish to purchase.

If you hold your shares of our common stock in the name of a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee and you wish to purchase shares in the rights offering, please promptly contact your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee as record holder of your shares. For our part, we will ask your record holder to notify you of the rights offering. Nevertheless, if your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee does not contact you regarding the rights offering, you should promptly initiate contact with that intermediary if you wish to participate in the offering. Your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee may establish a deadline prior to the 5:00 p.m. Minneapolis time on , 2012, which we have established as the expiration date of the rights offering.

When will I receive my new shares?

If you purchase shares in the rights offering by submitting a rights certificate and payment, we will mail you a share certificate as soon as practicable after the completion of the rights offering. One share certificate will be generated for each rights certificate processed. Until your share certificate is received, you may not be able to sell the shares of our common stock acquired in the rights offering. If your shares as of the record date were held by a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, and you participate in the rights offering, you will not receive share certificates for your new shares. Instead, your custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee will be credited with the shares of common stock you purchase in the rights offering as soon as practicable after the completion of the rights offering.

After I send in my payment and rights certificate, may I change or cancel my exercise of rights?

No. All exercises of subscription rights are irrevocable, even if you later learn information that you consider to be unfavorable to the exercise of your subscription rights. You should not exercise your subscription rights unless you are certain that you wish to purchase additional shares of our common stock at a subscription price of $ per share.

How many shares of capital stock will be outstanding after the rights offering?

As of June 8, 2012, there were 5,397,780 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, and 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued in the Merger had an approximate aggregate value of $21 million. Based on a $1.20 per share price, the shares of URON common stock issued in the Merger had an approximate aggregate value of $1,350,000. The value of the common stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued to WERCS in the Merger had an aggregate value of approximately $22.35 million. Accordingly, and after considering the return of capital payment issued to WERCS in connection with the Merger, the total consideration issued to WERCS in the Merger aggregated approximately $22,628,845.


Our valuation of Wyoming Financial Lenders was principally based on an 12-month trailing store-level EBITDA multiple of 4.66. For this purpose, the store-level EBITDA used wasoutstanding. Assuming that, of Wyoming Financial Lenders’ most recent 12 months (and fiscal year) ended September 30, 2007 (which was approximately $4.8 million). Management did not obtain an independent appraisal or other valuation to substantiate this valuation (or formula) and management is not aware of any “standard” multiple that is applied to EBITDA in the industry (or any other standard valuation formula). Nevertheless, management was aware of a competing bid to acquire Wyoming Financial Lenders for an all-cash purchase price of approximately $18 million. Because there was a bona fide competitive bid from another prospective purchaser, management believed that it was unnecessary to pay for and obtain an appraisal of Wyoming Financial Lenders and that the valuation ultimately agreed upon (which was negotiated principally by and between Mr. Larson on behalf of URON, and Mr. Moberly on behalf of Wyoming Financial Lenders) was fair and appropriate.

Based on the above valuation for Wyoming Financial Lenders and the fact that former URON shareholders, together with investors in the offering that closed simultaneously with the Merger, held ownership of approximately 36.7% of the Company on a post-Merger basis, the valuation of URON immediately prior to the Merger would have been approximately $12.96 million. This valuation accounts forexpiration of the contemporaneous offer and salerights offering, no other transactions by URON of 4,403,544us involving shares of commonour capital stock, for aggregate gross cash proceeds of approximately $4.2 million. For further information regarding this offering of shares, please see the “Summary—The Offering” beginning on page 2.

As disclosed below (see “A Note on Our Business and History Prior to the Merger”), our former parent corporation sold a controlling 51% interest in our common stock to Lantern Advisers, LLC in August 2006no options or other convertible securities for a total purchase price of $75,000. Furthermore, after that sale of stock, URON continued to incur losses. We believe that the disparity in the valuations of URON (i.e., the value involved in the August private stock sale and the value associated with the reverse merger transaction) arises principally from the following facts:

·In 2006, our prior internet dial-up service provider business had been incurring losses and our retention of dial-up customers was poor and declining due to new internet-access technologies. In sum, the outlook for the business in which the Company was then engaged was bleak, and its ability to provide shareholders with any return at all was highly uncertain.

·The decision to engage in a reverse merger transaction and acquire the business of Wyoming Financial Lenders highlighted a much different aspect of value that URON, as a public reporting company, could offer to a private business seeking to become public—namely, a diversified shareholder base sufficient to continue listing and trading on a market—in this case, the OTCBB.

For purposes of the valuations discussed above, we have made certain assumptions and determinations that readers should be aware of. In particular, as indicated above we have assumed a per-share valuation of our common stock on the date of the Merger (December 31, 2007) of $1.20. This valuation coincides with our sale of 3,331,669 shares of common stock on that date for $1.20 per share as part of a private placement transaction. These shares represented approximately 42.9% of the outstanding common stock of the Company immediately after the Merger, and principally because such a large percentage of the Company was sold on that date for $1.20 per share, we believe that price to be the appropriate one for purposes of valuing the same type of consideration (i.e., common stock) issued on the same date in the Merger and subject to all of the same resale restrictions.

Nevertheless, we note that the OTCBB market price of our common stock on December 13, 2007, the date on which we entered into the Merger Agreement, was $1.60 per share (adjusted for the December 31, 2007 reverse stock split); the OTCBB market price of our common stock on December 31, 2007, the date on which the Merger was consummated, was $4.00 per share (adjusted for the December 31, 2007 reverse stock split); and the price per share at which we offered and sold shares of our common stock to Mr. Chris Larson (our Chief Executive Officer) on November 29, 2007, was $0.466 per share (again, adjusted forare exercised, then if the December 31, 2007 reverse stock split). We do not believe that any of these other prices offer more accurate valuationsrights offering is fully subscribed through the exercise of the subscription rights, an additional             shares of our common stock will be issued in the Merger transaction. Primarily, this is because we believe:

·The market price of our common stock on December 13, 2007 reflected the potential of obtaining a definitive agreement with either Checkmate Consumer Lending Corporation and/or Cash Time Title Loans, Inc., with respect to both of which prior reports on Forms 8-K had been filed to disclose letters of intent that we had entered into with such entities. However, no public information about these entities was then available to the market. Furthermore, the volume of shares traded on the open market during this time period was extremely light, with the volume in no single day having exceeded the post-split equivalent of 1,500 shares, and with approximately one-half of the preceding trading days (including December 13 itself) having experienced no trading volume whatsoever.

·The market price of our common stock on December 31, 2007 reflected the upward movement of our stock price from December 13, 2007 (from $1.60 to $4.00). We believe that this upward movement was affected by the market’s lack of any definitive financial information about Wyoming Financial Lenders. Furthermore, again the volume of shares traded on the open market during this time period was extremely light, with the volume in no single day having exceeded the post-split equivalent of 1,500 shares, and with four out of ten trading days from December 14 through December 31 (including December 31 itself) having experienced no trading volume whatsoever.

·The per-share price of $0.466 at which shares were sold to Mr. Larson on November 29, 2007 reflected uncertainties about our ability to enter into a definitive agreement with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. (or any other parties), and then later consummate the Merger (or another combination transaction) with them, including the satisfaction of any conditions (which, on November 29, 2007, were uncertain due to the fact that there was then no definitive agreement with Wyoming Financial Lenders) to the consummation of the Merger. We further note that Mr. Larson’s subscription on November 29, 2007 was irrevocable and the Company—the board of directors of which then and through the date of the Merger was still controlled by URON’s Donald Miller—had the absolute right to enforce the subscription and require Mr. Larson to tender payment notwithstanding any later failure to enter into a definitive agreement or consummate any combination transaction.

For illustrative purposes, if we had instead used any of the other share valuations described above for purposes of valuing our acquisition of Wyoming Financial Lenders, we would have reached very different valuations for that acquisition. For example, if we had used the $1.60 OTCBB market value on December 13, 2007, we would have concluded that Wyoming Financial Lenders received $1.8 million of common shares in the Merger and would have been acquired for a total acquisition value of $22.8 million (comprised of 10 million shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 1,125,000 shares of common stock). Alternatively, if we had used the $4.00 OTCBB market value on December 31, 2007, we would have concluded that Wyoming Financial Lenders received $4.5 million of common shares in the Merger and would have been acquired for a total acquisition value of $25.5 million. Finally, if we had used the $0.466 per-share value from our November 29, 2007 stock transaction with Mr. Larson, we would have concluded that Wyoming Financial Lenders received $524,250 of common shares in the Merger and would have been acquired for a total acquisition value of approximately $21.5 million.

For purposes of the valuations we set forth above, we also made certain assumptions about our preferred stock. Most notably, we valued the preferred stock at its liquidation value on the date of the Merger. This value, which is the “stated value” of each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, is $2.10 per share. Therefore, since 10 million shares of preferred stock were issued in the Merger, we valued the preferred stock issued in the Merger at $21 million. Nevertheless, the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock entitles its holders to a cumulative dividend in the amount $0.21 per share per year, paid quarterly. For purposes of our valuation, we did not ascribe any value to the dividend rights of the preferred stock. If we had instead valued the preferred stock using some sort of discounted cash flow model to account for the dividend payments, or had valued the preferred stock at its redemption value on the date of the Merger, we would have reached a very different result. In particular, the redemption value of each share of preferred stock for the first 15 months after the Merger is $3.00. Using this per-share value for the preferred stock, we would have concluded that we issued $30 million of preferred shares to acquire Wyoming Financial Lenders.

Prior to the Merger, Wyoming Financial Lenders had, at and for the 12-month period ending September 30, 2007, $16.27 million assets (of which $5.62 million were current assets), $1.13 million in liabilities (of which $.69 million were current liabilities), shareholder equity of $15.14 million, revenues of $11.28 million and net income to common shareholder (without regard for the assumed Series A Convertible Preferred Stock dividend) of $1.78 million. URON had, at and for the 12-month period ending September 30, 2007, total assets of $25,652 and total liabilities in excess of $34,812. Prior to the Merger, URON had experienced quarterly revenues of approximately $10,000 and quarterly net losses of approximately $40,000. Atupon the closing of the Merger, Mr. Robert Moberly, an affiliaterights offering, for a total of                 WERCS, was appointed to the boardshares of directorscommon stock outstanding. As a result of the Company.

Neitherrights offering, the Merger norownership interests and voting interests of the Merger Agreement was approved byexisting shareholders that do not fully exercise their basic subscription privilege will be diluted. Notwithstanding the shareholdersforegoing, there is no minimum amount of URON. This is because Minnesota corporate law does not require any such approval from the shareholders of a Minnesota corporation who will acquire another company in a merger transaction structured as a triangular merger. A triangular merger is a merger in which the legal entities engagedshares that must be sold in the merger itself are an acquisition target (in our case, Wyoming Financial Lenders)rights offering for us to close the offering, accept subscriptions and an acquisition subsidiary (in our case, a subsidiary formed and owned by URONaccess related payments. Therefore, it is possible that was named WFL Acquisition Corp.). In a reverse triangular merger, the acquisition subsidiary merges with and into the acquisition target; thefewer that              shares of common stock will be outstanding stockafter completion of the acquisition subsidiary andrights offering. The rights offering will have no effect on the acquisition target is cancelled; a new ownership interest in the acquisition target is issued to the parent corporationnumber of the acquisition subsidiary (in our case, URON); and shares of the parent corporation are issued to the former owners of the acquisition target. In other words, although URON was a party to the Merger Agreement and was involved in the transactions associated with the Merger, URON did not itself merge with any other entity. Minnesota law requires shareholder approval of a merger only when a Minnesota corporation is itself merging with or into another entity.

Although the Company was not required to obtain, and did not seek, shareholder approval of the Merger Agreement or the Merger, the Company informed its shareholders about the Merger Agreement and the Merger by filing current reports on Form 8-K (December 3, 2007 and December 14, 2007), and by preparing, filing and mailing a Schedule 14F-1 information statement in accordance with applicable federal securities regulations.
On June 30, 2008, the Company assigned the customer accounts comprising its dial-up internet service to Multiband Corporation, which had been performing the administrative functions relating to such business prior to the Merger pursuant to the terms of a Management Agreement (which is filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part).
On July 29, 2008, URON Inc. changed its name to “Western Capital Resources, Inc.”
A Note on Our Business and History Prior to the Merger. Prior to the Merger, URON’s principal business was the provision of dial-up internet service to residential and commercial customers, principally in the Midwestern United States, Texas, South Carolina and Florida. URON’s customers paid a monthly recurring fee for such services. At the time of the Merger, URON had no full-time employees involved in the business of providing internet service. Instead, URON utilized billing and customer service personnel from its former parent company, Multiband Corporation, a Minnesota corporation, pursuant to a written agreement between URON and Multiband.

URON was originally incorporated in 2001. From its incorporation until August 2006, URON was wholly owned by Multiband Corporation. Multiband spun off URON to Multiband’s shareholders in August 2006. In connection with this spin-off transaction, URON filed a Form 10-SB registration with the SEC and Multiband distributed an information statement to its shareholders. In the spin-off transaction, Multiband distributed to its shareholders approximately 49% of the issued and outstanding shares of URONpreferred stock.

Are there risks in exercising my subscription rights?

Yes. The exercise of your subscription rights involves risks. Exercising your subscription rights involves the purchase of additional shares of common stock and retained for itself ownershipshould be considered as carefully as you would consider any other equity investment. Among other things, you should carefully consider the risks described in the section of approximately 51%this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors.”

If the rights offering is not completed, will my subscription payment be refunded to me?

Yes. The subscription agent will hold all funds it receives in a segregated bank account until completion of the issuedrights offering. If the rights offering is not completed, all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty. If you own shares in “street name,” it may take longer for you to receive payment because the subscription agent will return payments through the record holder of your shares (i.e., through your custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee).

5

Will the subscription rights be listed on a stock exchange or national market?

No.

How do I exercise my rights if I live outside the United States?

We will not mail this prospectus or the rights certificates to shareholders whose addresses are outside the United States or who have an army post office or foreign post office address. The subscription agent will instead hold rights certificates for the account of these shareholders. To exercise subscription rights, our foreign shareholders must notify the subscription agent and outstandingtimely follow other procedures described in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Rights Offering—Foreign Shareholders.”

What fees or charges apply if I purchase the shares of URON common stock. The spin-off dividend was effected on August 10, 2006stock?

We are not charging any fee or sales commission to issue subscription rights to you or to issue shares to you if you exercise your subscription rights. If, however, you exercise your subscription rights through your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee, you are responsible for shareholderspaying any fees your nominee may charge you.

What are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of exercising my subscription rights?

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, you should not recognize income or loss upon receipt or exercise of subscription rights. You should consult your tax advisor as to your particular tax consequences resulting from the rights offering. For a more detailed discussion, see the “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” section of this prospectus.

To whom should I send my forms and payment?

If your shares are held in the name of a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, then you should send your subscription documents, rights certificate (if any), notices of guaranteed delivery, and related subscription payment to that record holder. If you are the record holder, then you should send your subscription documents, rights certificate, notices of Multibandguaranteed delivery, and subscription payment by hand delivery, first-class mail or courier service to:

Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.

3200 Cherry Creek South Drive, Suite 430

Denver, Colorado 80209

Your payment of the subscription price must be made in United States Dollars for the full number of shares of our common stock asfor which you are subscribing, by (i) cashier’s check or (ii) certified check, in either case drawn upon a United States bank and payable to the subscription agent at the address set forth above.

You are solely responsible for completing delivery to the subscription agent of May 1, 2006. On August 11, 2006, Multiband sold its remaining approximate 51% interest in URON Inc.your subscription materials. The subscription materials must be received by the subscription agent on or prior to Lantern Advisors, LLC5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on , 2012. We urge you to allow sufficient time for $75,000 in cash.


Fiscal Yeardelivery of your subscription materials to the subscription agent.

Whom should I contact if I have other questions?

If you have any questions about the rights offering or wish to request another copy of a document, please contact Paul D. Chestovich of the Company: The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31, 2008. Neitherlaw firm Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP at (612) 672-8305.

For a more complete description of the Company nor anyrights offering, see “The Rights Offering” beginning on page 57 of its predecessors have been in bankruptcy, receivership or any similar proceeding.this prospectus.

6
ii


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights material information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary doesis not complete and may not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. Before making an investment decision, we urgewhether or not you toshould exercise your rights. You should read thisthe entire prospectus carefully, including the risks of investing in our common stock discussed undersection entitled “Risk Factors,”Factors” beginning on page 413 of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and related notes set forth at the end ofall other information included in this prospectus.


The Market Price of prospectus in its entirety before you decide whether to exercise your rights.

Our Common Stock


There are several factors presently affecting the market value of our common stock on the OTCBB that we believe generally result in increased prices that do not necessarily reflect the market value of our shares. These factors principally include the light trading volume of our shares, and the limited number of our shares that are currently eligible for free trading. For instance, we note that over the period of time from August 1 through October 30, 2008 (comprising 55 trading days), a total of only 22,000 common shares traded on the OTCBB, resulting in average daily volume of 400 shares. This represents approximately .000045% of our outstanding common stock during that time period. The diminutive number of shares being actively trading is directly related to the limited number of our outstanding shares that are presently eligible to freely trade. In this regard, we note that 6,953,549 common shares issued as part of or in connection with the Merger, and 1,114,891 common shares issued in connection with our acquisition of National Cash & Credit (for a total of 8,068,435 shares), were restricted prior to the effectiveness of this prospectus.

We offered and sold shares of our common stock in a private placement transaction contemporaneously with the Merger at the per-share price of $1.20 even though this price was lower than the then-current closing price of our common stock on the OTCBB. Given the above-described factors affecting the trading and pricing of our common stock, we believe that the $1.20 price is the best determinant of value, for financial statement and other purposes, relating to our issuances of common stock subsequent to the Merger; and we believe this is true even when the market price for our common stock has been significantly higher than that figure. For example, we most recently issued and valued shares of our common stock at $1.20 per share in connection with our acquisition of National Cash & Credit even though our common stock traded on the OTCBB at $2.95 on the date that acquisition was consummated. Based on the foregoing, we caution potential investors in our Company to carefully consider the value of our stock in light of the above-described factors, and we urge potential investors to consult with legal, tax and finance professionals for this purpose, prior to making any investment decision regarding our common stock.
Our Business

Western Capital Resources, Inc. is a Minnesota corporation that maintains two operating segments: one provides short-term consumer loans, commonly referred to as cash advance or payday“payday” loans, through itsand the other operates Cricket retail cellular wireless stores.

Payday operations are conducted under our wholly owned operating subsidiary Wyoming Financial Lenders.Lenders, Inc. The Federal Trade Commission describes these loans as "small, short term high rate“small, short-term high-rate loans." Because our” Our payday loans generally are offered and made in exchange for fees that, if treated as interest, are at a rate extraordinarily higher than prime and are made to individuals who do not typically qualify for prime rate loans,loans. As a consequence, our loans aremay be considered a type of subprime loan. In Wisconsin and Colorado, the Payday division provides short-term installment loans. The installment loan (assuming that the fees we charge are treated as interest).  Asproduct has a rate of Decemberinterest significantly higher than traditional financial institutions. At March 31, 2007,2012, we operated 5452 payday lending stores with locations in nine states, including Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wisconsin and Wyoming. Since that date,Our provision of payday and installment loans is typically heavily regulated by the various states in which we have acquired 14 new stores, including five stores in Arizona,operate, and closed two stores. The principal amounts of over 95% of our payday loans range from $100lending and installment loan business is extremely susceptible to $500. During fiscal 2007,the adverse effects of any changes in federal or state laws and regulations that may further restrict or flatly prohibit payday lending.

Through our payday segment, we offered payday loans ranging from $20 to $1,200, with the average amount being approximately $274. Cash advance or payday loansalso provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally up to four weekstitle and supported by that customer’s post-dated personal check for the aggregate amount of the cash advanced plus a fee. Approximately 68% of our loan transactions are made for a period of up to four weeks and approximately 32% of our loan transactions involve loans whose initial maturity extends beyond four weeks. The fee we charge for a payday loan varies from state to state, based on applicable regulations, and generally ranges from $15 to $22 per each $100 borrowed (see below for more details). When these fees are treated as interest and calculated at an annual percentage rate for a loan of $100, they range from 390.0% to 572.0% for a two-week loan involving a $15 and $22 fee, respectively; and from 195.0% to 286.0% for a four-week loan involving a $15 and 22 fee, respectively. When these fees are treated as interest and calculated at an annual percentage for a loan of $274 (our average loan amount during fiscal 2007), they range from 427.0% to 626.3% for a two-week loan involving a $15 and $22 fee, respectively; and from 213.5% to 313.1% for a four-week loan involving a $15 and 22 fee, respectively. To repay the cash advance loans, customers may pay with cash, in which case their personal check is returned to them, or allow the check to be presented to their bank for collection.

We also provide ancillary consumer financial products and services that are complementary to our payday-lendingpayday and installment lending business, such as check-cashing services, money transfers and money orders. Check-cashingOur check-cashing services involvesinvolve the cashing of checks for a fee. Money transfers involvesfee; money-transfer services involve the transfer of money by wire for a fee. Money orders involvesfee; and our money-orders services involve the issuing of money orders for a fee. In addition, we offer guaranteed phone and Cricket phones. Our guaranteed phone service is a home phone (land line) service. Cricket phones are prepaid cellular phones that function for a period of time, without usage limitations, for a flat fee. We believe these services are complementary since customers typically come to our stores for financial reasons and to procure financial services (i.e., obtain a loan). Once the loan has been obtained, a customer may, for instance, decide to wire a payment of money or obtain a money order to satisfy a debt or other obligation. We ordinarily sell our phone products at only 10 of our payday lending stores. We also have recently entered into the title lending business through our acquisition of National Cash & Credit. Our loans and other services are subject to state regulations (which vary from state to state), and federal and local regulations, where applicable.
Of the 11 states in which we presently operate, three (South Dakota, Utah

Our second segment operates retail stores selling Cricket cellular phones and Wisconsin) do not limit the amountaccessories. Cricket phones are prepaid cellular phones that function for a period of interest we may charge or the term (length) of the loans we may offer customers, and two of these states (Utah and Wisconsin) do not limit the amount we may loan to customers. In South Dakota, we offer loans from $21 to $500, charge $20 per each whole or partial increment of $100 that we loan, and offer loan terms from one to 31 days. Fiscal 2007 revenue from South Dakota amounted to 7.19% of our total 2007 revenue. In Utah, we offer loans from $20 to $1,200, charge $20 per each whole or partial increment of $100 that we loan, and offer loan terms from one to 149 days. Fiscal 2007 revenue from Utah amounted to 5.97% of our total 2007 revenue. In Wisconsin, we offer loans from $20 to $500, charge $22 per each whole or partial increment of $100 that we loan, and offer loan terms from one to 34 days. Fiscal 2007 revenue from Wisconsin amounted to 8.26% of our total 2007 revenue.

Currently, 15 states and the District of Columbia have laws limiting the amount of fees that may be charged in connection with any lending transaction, when calculated as an annual percentage rate. These states permit imputed APRs ranging from 16% to 36%. These limitations, combined with othertime for a flat fee, without usage limitations and restrictions, effectively prohibit uswithout any long-term contract or commitment required from utilizingthe consumer. At March 31, 2012 we owned and operated 48 Cricket wireless retail stores in 13 states, including Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Texas. While there are state regulations that affect our presentprovision of Cricket phone products and services, our Cricket phone business model for cash advanceis not highly susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in federal or “payday” lending in those jurisdictions. In addition, the federal government has recently passed legislation, entitled the “2007 Military Authorization Act,” that prohibits lenders from offering or making payday loans (or similar lending transactions) to members of the U.S. military when the interest or fees calculated as an annual percentage rate exceed 36%. Like the state limitations discussed above, this limitation effectively prohibits us from utilizing our present business model for cash advance or “payday” lending when dealing with members of the U.S. military. As a result of these restrictions, we do notlaws and do not plan to conduct business in these jurisdictions or with U.S. military personnel.
regulations.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007,2011, each of our major lines of business consisted of cash advance (or payday) loans, check-cashing(i.e., our payday and guaranteed phone/installment lending, and Cricket phone services. Each such servicebusinesses) generated associated fees.revenues. In fiscal 2007,2011, we generated approximately $9.105 million in cash advance fees (representing approximately 80.3% of our total revenues), approximately $1.333 million in check-cashing fees (representing approximately 11.7% of our total revenues), and approximately $0.749 million in guaranteed phone/Cricket phone fees (representing approximately 6.6% of our total revenues). Other ancillary business activities resulted in revenues of approximately $0.16 million (representing approximately 1.4% of our total revenues). We believe that the percentage of expenses we incur in the provision of services relating to our major business lines is approximately equal to the percentage of revenues generated by such services.


approximately:

·$10.20 million in payday lending revenues representing approximately 52.3% of our total revenues,
·$4.59 million in phone and accessory sales representing approximately 23.6% of our total revenues, and
·$3.74 million in Cricket related sales and service fees representing approximately 19.2% of our total revenues.

The tabletables below summarizessummarize our financial results and condition as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 20072011 and 2010 (audited) and September 30, 2008 (unaudited):.

7

  
December 31, 2007 
(audited)
 
September 30, 2008
(unaudited)
 
Revenues $11,346,524 $
9,838,302
 
Net loss to common shareholders $(1.82)$
(0.10
)
Current assets $10,142,755 $
8,962,676
 
Current liabilities $3,122,136 $
1,967,528
 
Total assets $20,916,076 $
20,531,017
 
Total liabilities $3,667,136 $
2,902,028
 
Shareholder equity $17,248,940 $
17,628,989
 

  March 31, 2012  March 31, 2011 
Revenues $7,516,770  $5,083,631 
Net income (loss) to common shareholders $264,042  $(112,631)
Current assets $7,851,373  $8,418,534 
Current liabilities $7,497,621  $7,883,414 
Total assets $21,662,004  $22,021,776 
Total liabilities $9,306,899  $9,623,479 
Shareholder equity $12,355,105  $12,398,297 

  December 31, 2011  December 31, 2010 
Revenues $19,487,920  $17,978,447 
Net loss to common shareholders $664,769  $751,059 
Current assets $8,418,534  $7,958,443 
Current liabilities $7,883,414  $6,452,628 
Total assets $22,021,776  $20,770,882 
Total liabilities $9,623,479  $7,707,816 
Shareholder equity $12,398,297  $13,063,066 

The above figures include an assumed preferred stock dividend relating to our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the aggregate amount of $2.1 million for fiscal 2007in 2011 and the interim period presented above. 2010.

Corporate Organization

Our fiscal 2007 revenues were $11.35 million, up from $8.72 million in fiscal 2006; butprincipal offices are located at 11550 “I” Street, Suite 150, Omaha, Nebraska 68137, and our net income for fiscal 2007 was $27,404 (prior to our assumed preferred stock dividend) compared to $1.37 million for fiscal 2006. Despite our increased revenues in fiscal 2007, net income for that period declined mainly as a result of $1.49 million in expenses relating to the Merger, and stock-based compensation expense, primarily relating to incentives issued in connection with the Merger, in the amount of $.46 million.

Cash Advance Lending
The short-term consumer loans we provide are commonly referred to as “cash advance loans,” “payday loans,” or “deferred deposit advances.” Such loans are referred to as “payday loans” because they are typically made to borrowers who, at the time of the loan transaction, have no available cash and promise to repay the loan out of their next paycheck. In some cases, these same types of loans are referred to as “deferred deposit advances” because the borrowers, instead of funding repayment of the loan out of a paycheck, promise to repay the loan with their next regular fixed-income payment, such as a social security check.

Nearly all of the loans we make are “payday loans” where the borrower provides us with a post-dated check.  All checks are drawn upon the borrowers bank (we do not accept third-party checks). We make very few “deferred deposit advance” loans, and we estimate that fewer than one percent of our total loans during fiscal 2007 were loans of this type. Because nearly all of our loan transactions are “payday loans,” nearly all of our customers are employed at the time of the loan. We require reasonable proof of employment as a condition to obtaining a loan. Ordinarily, we deem items such as a recent pay stub and a bank statement evidencing periodic payroll deposits as sufficient for this purpose. We do not, however, independently verify employment at the time of a loan. Furthermore, we do not make any determination regarding whether a potential borrower’s employment is on a full-time or part-time, hourly or salaried basis. In addition, all of our customers must have an active bank account as a prerequisite to obtaining a “payday loan” from us. We make loans without proof of employment and without a recent bank statement only to repeat customers, who have not previously defaulted on loans we have made to them, in states that do not require those items as prerequisites for a loan. All of our cash advance loans are made in cash. We do not undertake any credit check of borrowers or any review of their credit history in connection with a proposed loan. For new customers, we order third-party reports (from Teletrac) that summarize recent credit requests, existing bad debt and existing delinquencies; and we review the recent bank statements they provide to us for evidence of returned checks. If an applicant has a poor Teletrac report (showing multiple recent credit requests or existing delinquencies) or more than one or two returned checks on their recent bank statements, we are unlikely to extend a loan to that person. Beyond these steps, we do not make any independent determination of the ability of a new borrower to repay the loans we make to them, but instead rely on the borrowers’ representations to us and proof regarding their employment, our review of their recent bank statement coupled with our policy limiting loans to no more than 25% of their monthly income. For repeat customers, we do not order Teletrac reports nor (as noted above) do we require recent bank statements or proof of current employment unless required by state law. In general, our lending process and standards are extraordinarily different from those used by banks. To our knowledge, banks typically order and carefully review credit reports, engage in some level of analysis relating to the ability of a potential borrower to repay the loan, and will typically make independent verification of employment and earnings history through payroll deposits, phone calls, reviews of tax returns and other processes—all in an effort to minimize the risk of a loan default. At September 30, 2008, we had an aggregate of $5,167,342 in loan principal due to us, and $308,052 in cash advance fees due to us. At that date we also had an aggregate of $1,406,000 in uncollectible loans. For fiscal 2007, we had an aggregate of $1,367,908 in uncollectible bad check fees and loans.

We charge fees for the loans we provide that vary by state-to-state, as do the maximum fees chargeable under state laws. We do not charge interest in connection with our loans. If, however, we calculate the loan fees we charge as an annual percentage rate of interest, such rate would range from 120% for a 60-day loan transacted in Wyoming (on the low end) to approximately 570% for a 14-day loan in Wisconsin (on the high end), with the average actual loan fees we charge involving an imputed annual percentage rate of approximately 343%. Currently, we do not charge the maximum fee permitted in all of the states where we operate. We do, however, charge a uniform fee for all transactions processed in any particular state that involve the same range of cash advance amounts and same term. The table below sets forth the uniform fees we charge and imputed APRs in the states where we operate:
State
 
Fees
 
APR (%) on
a 14-day
$100 loan (1)
 
APR (%) on
a 28-day
$100 loan (1)
 
APR (%) on
a 14-day
$274 loan (1)
 
APR (%) on
a 28-day
$274 loan (1)
 
Arizona $17.50 per $100 advanced  455.0 227.5 498.2 249.1%
Colorado $20 on first $300 advanced; $7.75 per $100 advanced (up to $500)  520.0% 260.0% 189.8% 94.9%
Iowa $15 on first $85 advanced; 11.1111% on additional amounts (up to $445)  433.4% 216.7% 341.5% 170.7%
Kansas $15 per $100 advanced  390.0% 195.0% 427.0% 213.5%
Montana $20.54 per $100 advanced (maximum fee of $61.62)  534.0% 267.0% 584.7% 292.4%
Nebraska $17.50 per $100 advanced  455.0% 227.5% 498.2% 249.1%
North Dakota $20 per $100 advanced  520.0% 260.0% 569.3% 284.7%
South Dakota $20 per $100 advanced  520.0% 260.0% 569.3% 284.7%
Utah $20 per $100 advanced  520.0% 260.0% 569.3% 284.7%
Wisconsin $22 per $100 advanced  572.0% 286.0% 626.3% 313.1%
Wyoming $20.54 per $100 advanced (maximum fee of $192.84)  534.0% 267.0% 584.7% 292.4%

(1) Assumes that fees are calculated as an interest rate.

The above-described fees we charge on our loans are the only fees we assess and collect from our customers. We do not charge other fees for a cash advance loan. We do, however, charge a flat fee that ranges from $15 to $30, depending on the state, for returned checks in the event that a post-dated check we attempt to cash is returned. In fiscal 2007, we had approximately 8,500 checks returned that were assessed a fee. We collected about 41% of these fees, for a total of $67,375. In addition, when a customer “rolls over” or extends the term of a loan, we treat that rollover or extension as a brand new loan and we charge (again) the above-described fee for that transaction. This rollover has no effect on the imputed annual percentage rate of the loan in cases where the extended term is equal to the initial term of the loan. For example, a $100 four-week loan that costs $20 to obtain is the APR equivalent of 260.7% If a customer extends the term of that loan for an additional four-week period, he or she will have paid $40 in fees to obtain the $100 eight-week loan, which is again the APR equivalent of 260.7%. In cases where a customer might extend or rollover a loan for a length of time that is less than the original loan (or repays the loan prior to the expiration of the fully extended term), the imputed APR will increase. For instance, if a customer who obtained an initial $100 four-week loan for $20 in fees (initially, a 260.7% APR) later extends the term of that loan for only two additional weeks by paying an additional $20 fee, that customer will have borrowed $100 for a six-week period at a total cost of $40, which is the APR equivalent of 346.7%. We do not charge interest on the unpaid fee from the initial term of the loan principally because, as a condition to agreeing to a rollover of a loan, we will only accept cash payment of the associated rollover fee. In fiscal 2007, we made 192,596 cash advance loans and collected total cash advance fees of $9,104,545, resulting in an average cash advance fee of $47.30. Of our cash advance fees, 89.13% were for initial fees charged for loans and 10.87% were fees charged upon rollovers or extensions of existing loans.
Ordinarily, our customers approach us for a loan because they do nottelephone number at that time have funds sufficient to meet their present obligations, and so rarely if ever do our customers have sufficient funds in their checking accounts to cover the personal post-dated checks they provide us at the time of the loan transaction. The nature of these loan transactions present a number of risks, including the ultimate risk that the loan will not be paid back. office is (402) 551-8888.

We do not obtain security for our payday loans principally because, even assuming our customers would have potential collateral to offer as security for our loans, the small size of the each particular lending transaction does not justify the time, effort and expense of identifying potential collateral for security and obtaining a security interest in such collateral. As a consequence, our loans are unsecured and our borrowers are only personally liable to repay our cash advance loans. This means that, absent court or other legal action compelling them to repay our loans, we rely principally on the willingness and ability of our customers to repay our, cash advance loans. In many cases, the costs of attempting to collect amounts exceeds the amounts which we would seek to collect, which makes it impractical to take formal legal action against a defaulted borrower.


When a customer defaults on a loan, we engage in store-level collection practices that include attempts to contact the customer and obtain payment and attempts to contact the customer’s bank in order to determine whether funds are available to satisfy their personal post-dated check. If funds are available, we present the check to the originator’s bank for repayment and an official check from the bank is obtained to pay off the item. The costs involved in these initial collection efforts are minimal as they involve some employee time and possibly a flat $15-30 fee to the originator’s bank to cover the cost of the cashier’s check. If funds are not available, we generally actively attempt to collect returned checks for approximately 90 days, principally through continued attempts to contact the customer. If attempts remain unsuccessful after 90 days, we assign the item to a collection agency. Assignment to a collection agency may cost us 30-40% of the amount eventually collected, if any, from the customer. Ordinarily, we do not recoup from our customers any costs of collection.
In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, we made approximately 192,596 loan transactions. Of these transactions, approximately 83.3% were paid in full at or prior to the expiration of their original loan term, and such transactions represented approximately 89% of our loan fee revenues for such period. Another 10.7% of these transactions were refinanced, extended, renewed or otherwise paid after the expiration of their original loan term, and such transactions represented approximately 11% of our loan fee revenues for such period. In the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 6% of the personal post-dated checks we received in connection with our cash advance loans were returned for insufficient funds. We collect approximately 50% of all returned checks, which results in 3% of loans being uncollectible.

In most states, extending or refinancing a “payday loan” is prohibited. Nevertheless, a small number of states in which we operate permit a loan to be extended or refinanced for a specified period. These states are Colorado, South Dakota, North Dakota, Utah and Wisconsin. The maximum number of times a customer may extend or refinance a payday loan varies state-by-state. For instance, Colorado and North Dakota permit only one extension. South Dakota permits four. Utah and Wisconsin have no limits. A customer in these jurisdictions may rollover or extend a loan any number of times up to these limits and these limits constituted the range of the number of times we rolled over or extended loans in these jurisdictions in fiscal 2007 and the first nine months of 2008. Upon each “roll over” or extension of a loan, we treat that rollover or extension as a brand new loan and we charge (again) the applicable fee for that transaction. Of the payday loans we made during fiscal 2007 that were extended or refinanced, the average number of times they were refinanced was 3.76 times. In fiscal 2007 and for the first six months of fiscal 2008, the terms (lengths) of the loans that were rolled over and extended in these jurisdictions, to the extent we generated fees, ranged from 1-45 days in Colorado, 1-60 days in North Dakota, 1-120 days in South Dakota, 1-84 days in Utah, and 1-240 days in Wisconsin. On average, we rolled over or extended the term of 41.31% of our loans in these five states, including 11% of our loans in Colorado, 22% of our loans in North Dakota, 42% of our loans in South Dakota, 58% of our loans in Utah and 68% of our loans in Wisconsin during fiscal 2007. In the aggregate, we roll over approximately 12.8% of all our loan transactions based on fiscal 2007 data and data for the second quarter of fiscal 2008. We occasionally make multiple loans to a single customer if permitted by applicable law and regulations. Based on our outstanding loans as of December 31, 2007, approximately 5.7% of our customers had more than one loan outstanding. In these cases, the average number of separate loans outstanding was two and the average aggregate principal amount loaned was approximately $500.
Industry Information
Currently, there are an estimated 22,000 cash advance loan stores in the United States, which in the aggregate provide approximately $40 billion in short-term credit to households experiencing cash-flow shortfalls. During this same time, the number of states that expressly permit or do not expressly prohibit cash advance loans has grown from six to 36 states and the District of Columbia. Currently, industry trends indicate that, overall, there is likely to be a net decrease in total payday lending stores over the next few years from closings resulting primarily from regulatory changes (e.g., a recent federal law prohibits payday lending to members of the U.S. military, and there are frequent attempts to pass legislation in various states that would limit or prohibit payday lending)  and a slowdown in new store growth and general economic conditions. In 2007, the payday lending store base declined approximately 2.5% (approximately 600 stores), the first such decline in seven years.

The Federal Trade Commission has issued an FTC Consumer Alert (Federal Trade Commission, March 2008, Consumer Alert entitled “Payday Loans Equal Very Costly Cash: Consumers Urged to Consider the Alternatives”) that discourages consumers from obtaining payday loans such as the loans we offer, primarily on the basis that the types of loans we offer are very costly and consumers should consider alternatives to accepting a payday loan. For further information, you may obtain a copy of the alert at www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/pubs/consumer/alerts. As noted above, the federal government has recently passed legislation, the 2007 Military Authorization Act, prohibiting us from offering or making our loans to members of the military when the interest and fees calculated as an annual percentage rate exceed 36%. This limitation effectively prohibits us from utilizing our present business model for cash advance or “payday” lending when dealing with members of the U.S. military, and as a result we do not and do not plan to conduct payday lending business with U.S. military personnel. These facts evidence the widespread belief that our charges relating to our loans are too expensive to be good for consumers. Some consumer advocates and others have characterized payday lending as “predatory.” As a result, there are frequently attempts in the various state legislatures, and occasionally in the U.S. Congress, to limit, restrict or prohibit payday lending. 
In July 2008, a bill was introduced before the U.S. Senate, entitled the “Protecting Consumers from Unreasonable Credit Rates Act of 2008” (an amendment to the Truth in Lending Act), proposing to set a maximum actual or imputed interest rate of 36% on all extensions of credit of any type. The bill is intended to limit the charges and fees payable in connection with payday lending. Presently, the bill is in the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs. The Company has no further information regarding the bill at this time. The passage of this bill into law would essentially prohibit the Company from conducting its payday lending business in its current form, and would certainly have a material and adverse effect on the Company, operating results, financial condition and prospects and even its viability. For more information see “Risk Factors” below.
According to the Community Financial Services Association of America, cash advance loan customers typically are middle-income or lower-middle-income, middle-educated individuals who are a part of a young family (See Community Financial Services Association of America, citing to The Credit Research Center, Mc Donough School of Business, Georgetown University, Gregory Elliehausen and Edward C. Lawrence, “Payday Advance Credit in America: An Analysis of Customer Demand”). The Community Financial Services Association of America is a lobbying organization for the payday loan industry. We do not, however, collect demographic data about our customers. Furthermore, readers should understand that the Elliehausen and Lawrence study cited by the CFSA (see above) was based upon telephone interviews of 427 borrowers of payday loans in 2000 and 2001 and that the answers provided in those interviews by the borrowers were not independently verified by the study’s authors. Moreover, the authors of that study attempted to contact and interview by telephone a total of 5,364 borrowers of payday loans, but 1,113 borrowers were not able to be reached because their phones had been disconnected and another 1,043 borrowers refused to be interviewed or else quit the interview prior to completion. The Consumer Federation of America (CFA), a nonprofit consumer advocacy organization, has submitted written comments to the Federal Trade Commission that make different assertions. For example, the CFA asserts that “payday loan borrowers are typically female, make around $25,000 a year, are renters, and more likely to be minorities than the general population. Payday lenders have clustered around military bases, in low to moderate income neighborhoods, and in predominantly minority areas.” (See Comments To the Federal Trade Commission Regarding the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act Collecting Consumer Debts: The Challenges of Change By the Consumer Federation of America, June 20, 2007). The CFA presently does not make available to the public the research data to support its claims, and as a consequence the Company cannot evaluate their accuracy.
1

Like most other cash advance lenders, we believe that the primary competitive factors in our business are location and customer service. We face intense competition in an industry with relatively low barriers to entry, and we believe that the cash advance lending markets are becoming more competitive as the industry matures and consolidates. We compete with other cash advance and check cashing stores and financial service entities and retail businesses that offer cash advance loans or similar financial services. For example, we consider credit card companies that offer cash advance features, credit unions, banks that offer small loans, and creditors and loan services that can extend payment terms on outstanding loans to be our competitors. In addition, we compete in part with services offered by traditional financial institutions, such as overdraft protection.

Guaranteed Phone Service and Cricket Phones
Our guaranteed phone service is a licensed Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (referred to in the industry as a CLEC) providing local landline telephone service to several hundred customers in Nebraska, Iowa and Minnesota. As part of our guaranteed phone service business, we purchase phone service from the incumbent carriers (ILECs) and resell the service to end-users on a prepaid basis. Cricket is a wireless phone service provider, and we operate two Cricket retail stores where we sell Cricket phones and serve as a payment center for Cricket customers. We also sell other cellular phones to consumers. We expect that consumers may wish to prepay their phone service or purchase prepaid cellular/Cricket phones (1) in order to avoid costly phone purchase and long-term and expensive service contracts with wireless carriers, (2) because poor credit histories may prevent them from successfully obtaining a service contract with a wireless carrier, or (3) due to a short-term need and circumstances in which they expect to engage in heavy usage of phones, and so they wish to pay a flat fee for a period of time instead of risking additional per-minute charges on their phone usage. Nevertheless, we do not formally query our customers who purchase our phone products or services as to their motivations in purchasing those products or services, and we do not have customer data indicating the extent to which our phone customers cannot obtain a service contract from a long-term contract carrier of phone service or some other phone service provider.
Additional areas of competition have recently arisen. Businesses now offer loans over the internet as well as “loans by phone,” and these have begun to compete with us. There also has been increasing penetration of electronic banking and related services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including direct deposit of payroll checks, payroll cards, stored-value cards and electronic transfer of government benefits.

Check Cashing

As part of our business, we also cash checks for a fee. We primarily cash payroll checks, but we also cash government assistance, tax refund and insurance checks or drafts. Our check cashing fees for payroll checks average approximately 2.5% of the face amount of the check, subject to local market conditions, and this fee is deducted from the cash given to the customer for the check. We display our check cashing fees in full view of our customers on a menu board in each store and provide a detailed receipt for each transaction. Although we have established guidelines for approving check cashing transactions, we have no preset limit on the size of the checks we will cash. Our established guidelines provide that, for new customers, we independently verify employment with an employer prior to cashing a payroll check and call the originating bank to attempt to verify funds, if possible. For a repeat customer, we do not make attempts to independently verify employment or funds at the originating bank.

During fiscal 2007 and the first nine months of fiscal 2008, we cashed approximately 135,777 and 82,630 checks, respectively, with an aggregate face amount of approximately $52,566,271 and $36,019,243, respectively. The face amount of the average check was $387.15 and $435.91 during those respective time periods and our average fee per check was $9.53 and $10.96 during those respective time periods, or approximately 2.5%, of the average check.

The full amount of the check fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction with no allowance for anticipated returned checks. If a check cashed by us is returned for any reason, we record the face amount of the check (which includes the check fee) as a loss in the period in which it is returned in other store expenses. We then contact the customer to initiate the collection process. Check cashing revenues are typically higher in the first quarter due primarily to customers’ receipt of income tax refund checks.
Recent Developments
Acquisition of National Cash & Credit
On February 26, 2008, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, and its members. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, Christopher Larson, indirectly held 69% of the ownership interests in National Cash & Credit and was an affiliate of that company. Under the Exchange Agreement, the members of National Cash & Credit assigned to us all of the outstanding membership interests in National Cash & Credit in exchange for our issuance to them of an aggregate of 1,114,891 shares of common stock (valued at $1.20 per share) and a cash payment of $100,000. Mr. Larson received 769,415 common shares out of the 1,114,891 total shares issued is the transaction. The aggregate transaction value was $1,437,870. We valued the stock issued to the members of National Cash & Credit at $1.20 per share, despite the fact that our common stock had been trading for a period of weeks prior to the closing at or around $3.00 per share (and the closing price on the date of the acquisition was $2.95), principally because of the following factors:

·The then-current market price for shares of the Company’s common stock was (and remains) substantially affected, and unnaturally increased, by the very few number of shares eligible for trading. In this regard, please refer to "the Market Price of our Common Stock" on page 1 above.

·
Given the illiquid market on which the common stock was an is trading, the best determinant of value was believed to be the most recent price at which shares were sold in a private transaction. This price was the $1.20 per share involved in the private placement offering undertaken in connection with the Merger fewer than 60 days earlier. In that transaction, nearly three million shares (representing over one-third of the Company’s common stock) were sold for cash at $1.20 per share. A majority of the shares sold in this other private placement transaction were also sold to Company insiders.

·
The shares were issued in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the federal Securities Act of 1933 and certain state securities laws, and were restricted securities the subsequent resale or transfer of which is prohibited except in cases where a registration of such transaction under applicable federal and securities laws has been effected or an exemption for such transaction is available. The Exchange Agreement did not contain any covenants or obligations of the Company to seek or effect a registration of all or any part of the shares. Furthermore, no other aspect of the issuance of the Shares involved any covenant or obligation of the Company to seek or effect any such registration.

·
A significant majority of the shares (769,415 shares out of 1,114,891 total shares) were issued to Christopher Larson, a director and the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and therefore a Company “affiliate” (as such term is defined under federal securities laws). Unless securities of an affiliate are registered with respect to a particular transaction (e.g., a resale), such securities will be considered “control securities” under the principles of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 for at least as long as the holder remains an affiliate, and therefore will indefinitely remain “restricted securities” subject to significant limitations on the resale of such shares. Holders of restricted issued by public reporting companies may generally sell their restricted securities (i) after an initial holding period of six months, (ii) subject to volume limitations prescribed by Rule 144, (iii) subject to manner-of-sale limitations prescribed by Rule 144, and (iv) subject to further paperwork and filing requirements prescribed by Rule 144. In the case of the Company, however, a special rule applicable to any companies that are or ever have been “shell companies” applies, which will effectively prohibit any resales under the safe harbor provisions of Rule 144 until January 7, 2009. Applicable volume limitations under Rule 144 are the greater of (i) one percent of the shares outstanding (based upon the issuer’s most recently filed periodic report on Form 10-K or 10-Q), or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities during the prior four weeks. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, the trading volume of the Company’s common stock is exceedingly light and even in cases where resales of shares may be attempted, the volume limitations under Rule 144 will effectively delay the resale of the vast majority of shares held by any control person for an indefinite period of time.

·In the absence of registration of restricted securities, whether held by affiliates or non-affiliates, a holder of such restricted securities may engage in a private sale of such securities. In any such case, the buyer of such securities and the facts and circumstances surrounding such private resale generally must be such that they would permit the Company, if it were the seller of such securities, to privately place the securities to the buyer. Thus, buyers of restricted securities purchased in a private sale must (i) be accredited investors, (ii) not be generally solicited with respect to the sale, (iii) take the purchased securities with a restrictive securities legend on them, and (iv) hold the securities for a minimum of at least six months (but in no event sell them prior to January 7, 2009). Restricted securities that are purchased in a private resale transaction are typically purchased at a steep discount to the current market prices of unrestricted and freely trading securities of the same class.

·Under the Securities Exchange Act, shareholders who are affiliates of a public reporting issuer must not sell any securities, whether restricted or otherwise and whether publicly or privately, while they are in possession or have knowledge of material and non-public information relating to the issuer. In general, issuers typically permit their affiliates (officers and directors, certain other key management employees) to sell their shares during short windows beginning with only four points during a calendar year which begin with the filing of required periodic reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q. These restrictions were considered important since a substantial majority of the shares were to be issued to Mr. Larson and, given Mr. Larson’s role as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, it would be infrequent that Mr. Larson could safely conclude that he was not in possession of material non-public information relating to the Company.

·Shareholders who are affiliates of a public reporting issuer must also be wary of short-swing profit liability under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Section 16 will effectively prohibit (i) selling within six months of any purchase, with a resulting profit and (ii) buying within six months of any sale, where the purchase is at a per-share price lower than the per-share sale price. If an affiliate nonetheless engages in a prohibited transaction, he or she is liable to disgorge all profits to the issuer (plus reasonable attorney’s fees).

The transaction terms, including the consideration to be provided to the members of National Cash & Credit, was negotiated principally by Messrs. Larson and Moberly (our Chairman). Negotiations over the transaction terms had initially begun in connection with the Merger transaction. During that time, the parties agreed in principle that the number of shares of common stock constituting consideration for the acquisition price would be 1,114,891, while the other transaction terms were not finalized until the definitive agreement was entered into in February 2008. This figure was agreed to based on the prior six-month financial performance of National Cash & Credit (through December 31, 2007), and valuation of the National Cash & Credit business at approximately $1.4 million. This valuation was not substantiated by any independent appraisal or other valuation, which the Company and its Board of Directors deemed unnecessary in light of the fact that such valuation was equivalent to an imputed earnings multiple of approximately 2.7x of annualized EBITDA (which annualized EBITDA was approximately $500,000). The transaction was also discussed among the Company’s Board of Directors and the proposed final Exchange Agreement was presented to the Board of Directors for approval (with Mr. Larson’s vote not being counted) after the disclosure of all of the material terms of the transaction and presentation of the proposed final agreement in writing—as permitted under the Minnesota Business Corporation Act for approving transactions involving a conflict of interest. The $100,000 cash distribution represented cash held by National Cash & Credit at the closing that was in excess of an agreed upon working capital closing requirement.

At December 31, 2007, National Cash & Credit had total assets of $1.7 million and total liabilities of $2.9 million. For the six-month period ended December 31, 2007, National Cash & Credit had revenues of approximately $710,000 and net income of approximately $125,000. National Cash & Credit offer payday loans and title loans, which are short-term consumer loans somewhat similar to payday loans. In its title lending business, National Cash & Credit advances a loan of up to 50% of the estimated value of a vehicle, owned by the borrowing customer, for a term of 30 days and secured by the title to the customer’s vehicle. Generally, if a customer has not repaid a loan after 30 days, the receivable is charged to expense and collection efforts are initiated. On occasion, agents are hired to initiate repossession. Approximately three percent of title lending transactions result in an attempt to repossess a vehicle. National Cash & Credit operates five locations in Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area.
The closing of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement occurred effective as of February 26, 2008.

Acquisition of PQH Wireless

On October 15, 2008, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with PQH Wireless, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and Mark Houlton, Charles Payne and John Quandahl, the three stockholders of PQH Wireless, and acquired all of the outstanding shares of PQH Wireless for a total purchase price of $3,035,000. The purchase price was paid by:

·making a cash payment of $535,000 to Charles Payne and issuing a promissory note to Mr. Payne in the principal amount of $500,000, and

·issuing a promissory note in the amount of $1,000,000 to each of Mark Houlton and John Quandahl.

Our obligations under the promissory notes delivered to the stockholders are secured by the assets of PQH Wireless that existed on the date of closing. The promissory note issued to Charles Payne accrues interest at the annual rate of 7%, and the promissory notes issued to each of Mark Houlton and John Quandahl accrue interest at the annual rate of 10%. We are required to make monthly interest-only payments on the outstanding balances of the notes for the first 90 days, and thereafter to make monthly principal and interest payments in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the remaining balances over the remaining term of the notes. The notes mature and, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, become fully due and payable on October 1, 2011.

The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the parties and indemnification obligations relating to those representations, warranties and covenants, which survive until October 15, 2010.

Mark Houlton is a director of the Company and John Quandahl is the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Because each of these individuals were stockholders of PQH Wireless, each had a direct material financial interest in PQH Wireless. The ownership of Messrs. Houlton and Quandahl in PQH Wireless and the material terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement were disclosed to the disinterested members of the audit committee of our board of directors, which approved the Stock Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

PQH Wireless was formed approximately two years ago and owns and operates nine stores at locations in Missouri, Nebraska and Texas, as an authorized seller of Cricket cellular phones.
Revolving Credit Line with Banco Popular

On November 13, 2008, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. entered into a Business Loan Agreement and associated agreements with Banco Popular North America, located in Rosemont, Illinois. The Business Loan Agreement provides Wyoming Financial Lenders with a one-year revolving line of credit in an amount of up to $2,000,000. The Business Loan Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, and contained certain financial covenants (including the satisfaction of certain financial criteria, as a condition to loan advances, such as current ratio and debt-to-adjusted-net-worth ratio).

The Business Loan Agreement involved the delivery by Wyoming Financial Lenders of a promissory note in favor of Banco Popular. Under the promissory note, interest on advanced amounts accrues at the per annum rate of one point over the Banco Popular North America Prime Rate (which rate is presently 4.5%). Initially, therefore, interest will accrue at the rate of 5.5%. Payments consisting solely of accrued interest will be made on a monthly basis beginning on November 29, 2008. All accrued and unpaid interest, together with all outstanding principal, will be due on October 30, 2009. Amounts advanced under the Business Loan Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and personally by Christopher Larson, our Chief Executive Officer. These guarantees are for payment and performance (not of collection), which means that Banco Popular may enforce either or both of the guarantees without having earlier exhausted its remedies against Wyoming Financial Lenders.

Defaults occur under the Business Loan Agreement in the event of:

Default in payment
Default by Wyoming Financial Lenders under the Business Loan Agreement or any of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Business Loan Agreement
Default under any other material agreement to which Wyoming Financial Lenders or any guarantor is a party
Insolvency of Wyoming Financial Lenders
An adverse change in the financial condition of Wyoming Financial Lenders
Defective collateralization or the commencement of creditor proceedings against borrower or against any collateral securing the obligations under the Business Loan Agreement, or
A change in control of more than 25% of the common stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders

In the event of any default, Banco Popular may accelerate all amounts due subject to a ten-day right to cure applicable in certain circumstances.

In connection with the Business Loan Agreement, both Wyoming Financial Lenders and the Company granted security to Banco Popular. In particular, Wyoming Financial Lenders granted Banco Popular a security interest in substantially all of its assets, and the Company pledged its ownership (i.e., shares of common stock) in Wyoming Financial Lenders.
Effect of General Economic Conditions on our Business
We do not believe that consumer demand for our services is presently being negatively impacted by the present crises in the credit markets or financial services industry. We also do not believe that a typical recession will have a significant and adverse impact on demand for our services. If, however, a recession or other economic downturn or event were to involve a significant rise in unemployment levels, we could then anticipate a negative and material impact on our business since all of our payday loan customers must be employed in order to obtain a loan from us. In addition, it seems likely that a continued poor or worsening economic situation could result in greater loan losses on our cash advance loan transaction then we have recently experienced.  Already our business has experienced an increase in our provisions for losses for 2007 versus 2006. For example, our provisions for loan losses totaled $1.48 million for 2007 and $.88 million for 2006. Our provision for loan losses as a percentage of loan fee revenue was 16.3% during 2007 versus 12.7% during 2006. The less favorable loss ratio year-to-year reflects in part a more challenging collections environment as a result of an increase in bankruptcy filings, higher energy prices and increased competition in the lending industry. Due primarily to a continued and increased economic downturn, we expect that fiscal 2008 will ultimately involve a greater loss ratio than fiscal 2007. Due to our inability to foretell the depth and duration of the present economic downturn, we believe there are currently uncertainties in how significant any increased loan losses for fiscal 2008 may be. In addition, we believe that the tightening of credit in general has made it more difficult for us to make certain we have the liquidity to fund our operations and make loan proceeds available to consumers. Furthermore, we anticipate that difficulties in the financial markets will make it more difficult for us to borrow money to fund the expansion of our operations through acquisitions. We may also have a more difficult time in identifying sellers of businesses willing to accept our stock as part of any acquisition consideration.

Recent Legal and Regulatory Changes

Recent changes in state laws, proposed federal law and regulatory actions may have an adverse impact on us or the payday lending business in general. In Arizona, a ballot proposition (Proposition 200) was defeated in the November 4, 2008 election. The defeat of Proposition 200 essentially means that the present sunset provision permitting payday lending (as we presently conduct that business) will take effect in July 2010 absent other legislation to extend presently permissible payday lending practices. We currently have five stores in Arizona that practice a combination of payday lending and title lending, and we understand that title lending will not be negatively affected by anticipated changes in Arizona law. Nevertheless, a majority of our revenue derived from Arizona is from payday lending. As the July 2010 deadline approaches, we expect to evaluate the viability of maintaining a presence in Arizona. Presently, we anticipate that we will abandon our presence in Arizona absent significant growth in our title lending business or changes in law that are positive with respect to payday lending.

In July 2008, a bill was introduced before the U.S. Senate, entitled the “Protecting Consumers from Unreasonable Credit Rates Act of 2008” (an amendment to the Truth in Lending Act), proposing to set a maximum actual or imputed interest rate of 36% on all extensions of credit of any type. The bill is intended to limit the charges and fees payable in connection with payday lending. Presently, the bill is in the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs. The Company has no further information regarding the bill at this time. The passage of this bill into law would essentially prohibit the Company from conducting its payday lending business in its current form, and would certainly have a material and adverse effect on the Company, operating results, financial condition and prospects and even its viability.

Finally, we have become aware of fairly recent and aggressive enforcement and prosecution by the Federal Trade Commission against payday lenders using unfair and abusive lending practices in violation of the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, including failures to properly disclose loan terms and imputed APRs. In particular, we believe that FTC regulators are expanding theories relating to “fair and adequate” disclosure loan terms. This focus includes marketing and advertising materials (specifically, their layout and presentation) and practices that may detract attention from or diminish the prominence of disclosures relating to loan terms, and the costs and risks and appropriateness of payday loans. Moreover, it has come to our attention that regulators are more keenly scrutinizing whether payday lending business practices match advertising claims. While we do not presently anticipate any adverse regulatory issues or outcomes relating to our business, it is possible that one or more of our store locations could come under FTC scrutiny and that any such scrutiny could negatively affect store performance and consume considerable time and attention of our management.
Corporate Information
Western Capital Resources, Inc. was originally incorporated and organized as a Minnesota corporation under the name URON Inc. in November 2001. From our incorporation until August 2006, we were wholly owned by Multiband Corporation, a publicly traded Minnesota corporation. Multiband spun us off (as “URON”) to Multiband’s shareholders in August 2006 and caused us to become a public reporting corporation as part of the spinoff process. At that time, our principal business was the provision of dial-up internet service to residential and commercial customers, principally in the midwestern United States, Texas, South Carolina and Florida. In December 2007, we engaged in a merger transaction with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., a Wyoming corporation. Wyoming Financial Lenders continues to exist as a wholly owned operating subsidiary ofIn the Company. As explained in the “About this Prospectus” section of this prospectus above, throughout this prospectus we refer to the aforementioned merger transaction, aswe acquired the “Merger.” We presently conduct ourpayday lending business operatingwe currently operate through Wyoming Financial Lenders. Shortly after our merger with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. and National Cash & Credit, LLC.  On July 29, 2008, we changed our corporate name from URON Inc. to “Western Capital Resources, Inc.”
We believe that

Our fiscal year ends December 31. Neither us nor any of our management team, which has a combined 36 years of industry experience, provides us with a competitive strength. We also believe that customer servicepredecessors have been in bankruptcy, receivership or any similar proceeding. Our corporate structure, including our principal operating subsidiaries, is critical to developing loyalty. In our industry, we believe that quality customer service means (i) assisting with the loan application process and understanding the loan terms, (ii) treating customers respectfully, and (iii) processing transactions with accuracy, efficiency and speed.

as follows:

 

Our principal offices are located at 2201 West Broadway, Suite 1, Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501, and our telephone number at that office is (712) 322-4020.
The Offering
8
Common

The Rights Offering

The following summary describes the principal terms of the rights offering, but is not intended to be complete. See the information in the section entitled “The Rights Offering” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the rights offering.

Securities offeredWe are distributing to you, at no charge,         non-transferable subscription rights for each share of our capital stock offered that you own as of 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the record date, either as a holder of record or, in the case of shares held of record by brokers, dealers, custodian banks or other nominees on your behalf, as a beneficial owner of such shares.
 3,592,859 
Common stock outstanding beforeSubscription Price
$            per share.  To be effective, any payment related to the offering (1)exercise of subscription rights must clear prior to the expiration of the rights offering.
 8,889,644 
Common stock outstanding after the offering Basic Subscription PrivilegeThe basic subscription privilege component of each subscription right will entitle you to purchase one  share of our common stock.
  
9,289,644Over-Subscription Privilege

(1)BasedIf you fully exercise your entire basic subscription privilege and other shareholders do not fully exercise their entire basic subscription privileges, you may also exercise the over-subscription privilege component of your subscription rights.  The over-subscription privilege permits you to purchase additional shares of common stock that remain unsubscribed at the expiration of the rights offering, subject to the availability and pro rata allocation of shares among other shareholders exercising their over-subscription privilege. To the extent there are not enough shares to satisfy all of the properly exercised over-subscription requests, then the shares available will be prorated among those who properly exercising their over-subscription privilege based on the number of shares each such shareholder subscribed for under their basic subscription right. If this method of allocation results in any shareholder receiving a greater number of common shares than the shareholder subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of his, her or its over-subscription privilege, then such shareholder will be allocated only that number of shares for which the shareholder subscribed, and the remaining common shares will be allocated among all other shareholders exercising their over-subscription privilege on the same pro rata basis described above.  This pro rata allocation process will be repeated until all common shares have been allocated or the exercise of all over-subscription privileges have been fulfilled, whichever occurs earlier.
Record Date5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on              , 2012.
Expiration Date5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on              , 2012, unless we extend the rights offering period in our sole discretion.
Use of ProceedsWe intend to use the proceeds of the rights offering primarily to provide capital for acquisitions to grow our current business or expand into new and complementary businesses, and to provide additional liquidity for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Transferability of RightsThe subscription rights are not transferable.

9

No Board RecommendationOur Board of Directors makes no recommendation to you about whether you should exercise any subscription rights. You are urged to make an independent investment decision about whether to exercise your rights based on your own assessment of our business and the rights offering.  Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of some of the risks involved in investing in our common stock.
No RevocationAny exercise of subscription rights is irrevocable, even if you later learn information that you consider to be unfavorable to the exercise of your rights. Consequently, you should not exercise your subscription rights unless you are certain that you wish to purchase additional shares of common stock outstandingat a subscription price of $          per share.
No Purchase CommitmentsAlthough our officers, directors and greater-than-5% beneficial shareholders, including our controlling shareholder, WCR, LLC, may participate in this offering at the same subscription price per share as all other purchasers, none of our officers, directors or greater-than-5% beneficial shareholders are obligated to so participate.  In fact, certain officers and directors (who are also shareholders), and our controlling shareholder, WCR, LLC, have indicated that they will purchase shares that are subject to their subscription rights, at the same subscription price offered to our shareholders.  Nevertheless, none of these shareholders have executed any agreements to purchase shares and there is no guarantee or enforceable commitment that they will subscribe for shares in the offering.
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
   ConsiderationsFor U.S. federal income tax purposes, you should not recognize income or loss upon receipt or exercise of subscription rights.  Nevertheless, you should consult your own tax advisor as to your particular tax consequences resulting from the rights offering. For a detailed discussion, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Extension, Cancellation and AmendmentWe have the option to extend the rights offering and the period for exercising your subscription rights, although we do not presently intend to do so. Our Board of Directors may cancel the rights offering at any time for any reason. In the event that the rights offering is cancelled, all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty. We also reserve the right to amend or modify the terms of the rights offering.
Procedure for Exercising RightsTo exercise your subscription rights, you must take the following steps:

·If you are a registered holder of our shares of capital stock, you may deliver payment and a properly completed rights certificate to the subscription agent before 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on , 2012.  Payment should be made for all shares you wish to purchase upon exercise of your basic subscription privilege and your over-subscription privilege, if any. You may deliver the documents and payments by hand, mail or commercial carrier. If regular mail is used for this purpose, we recommend using registered mail, properly insured, with return-receipt requested.

10

·If you are a beneficial owner of shares that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee, or if you would rather an institution conduct the transaction on your behalf, you should instruct your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee or to exercise your subscription rights on your behalf and deliver all documents and payments (including payment for the exercise of your over-subscription privilege, if any) before 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on , 2012.

·If you cannot deliver your rights certificate to the subscription agent prior to the expiration of the rights offering, you may follow the guaranteed delivery procedures described under “The Rights Offering—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”

Subscription AgentCorporate Stock & Transfer, Inc.
Capital Shares Outstanding
   Before Rights Offering5,397,780 common shares, and 10 million shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, as of June 13, 2012.
Capital Shares Outstanding
   After Rights OfferingAssuming no outstanding options or other convertible securities for our common shares are exercised prior to the dateexpiration of the rights offering and the full $4.5 million is subscribed for, we expect                shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately after completion of the rights offering. There will be no change in the number of issued and outstanding preferred shares as a result of the rights offering.
Fees and ExpensesWe will pay the fees and expenses relating to the rights offering.
Trading SymbolShares of our common stock are, and we expect that the shares of common stock to be issued in the rights offering will be, traded on the over-the-counter Bulletin Board (OCTBB) under the symbol “WCRS.”
��
Risk FactorsShareholders considering exercising their subscription rights should carefully consider the risk factors described in the section of this prospectus but excluding 400,000 common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding common stock warrants.entitled “Risk Factors,” beginning on page 13.
QuestionsQuestions regarding the rights offering should be directed to Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP, Attn: Paul Chestovich at (612) 672-8305.

11
A total of 400,000 shares offered hereby are issuable upon exercise of an outstanding warrant issued on November 29, 2007. This warrant was issued to and is held by Lantern Advisers, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company. The warrant provides Lantern Advisers with the right, for a period of five years, to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at the per-share price of $0.01. Under the terms of the warrant but with certain limited exceptions, Lantern Advisers presently has a “piggyback registration right,” which is the right to have the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant included in a registration statement that we file. We are includingmatters discussed in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about our operations and the 400,000 common shares issuable upon exerciseinvestments we make, including, among other things, factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and the following:

·changes in federal, state and local laws and regulations governing lending practices, or in the interpretation of such laws and regulations;
·potential litigation and regulatory actions directed toward our industry in general;
·our potential need for additional financing in the future;
·our concentration of revenues in certain states where laws or regulations may change;
·our historic and current reliance on debt financing, and any potential default under borrowing arrangements;
·our capital structure, and any attempt by our preferred shareholders to strictly enforce the rights and privileges of their preferred stock relating to dividends and other matters;
·the ultimate control of our management and our Board of Directors by our controlling shareholder, WCR, LLC;
·any failure to maintain effective internal controls effective at detecting and preventing fraud;
·our reliance on information management systems and exposure to cyber incidents;
·unpredictability in financing markets that could affect our ability finance or grow our business;
·disruptions in the availability of information systems we use to operate and manage our businesses;
·competition in the markets in which we operate;
·our reliance on certain key personnel in the management of our businesses;
·our relative lack of product and business diversification;
·general economic conditions and outlook;
·any failure by us to accurately forecast loan losses;
·theft, including employee theft;
·employee and management turnover;
·the fact that goodwill and other intangible assets represent approximately 58% of our total asset value; and
·the fact that our common stock is presently thinly traded in an illiquid market.

Some of the warrant pursuant to Lantern Advisers’ piggyback registration rights.


Of the shares offeredstatements in this prospectus that are not historical facts are “forward-looking” statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the selling shareholders underuse of words like “believes,” “could,” “possibly,” “probably,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seek,” “intend,” “plan,” “consider” or the negative of these expressions or other variations, or by discussions of strategy that involve risks and uncertainties. All forward-looking statements involve both known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual transactions, results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future transactions, results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

We base the forward-looking statements we use or include in this prospectus a total of 559,524 shareson current expectations and projections about future events and the information currently available to us. Although we believe that the assumptions for these forward-looking statements are beneficially held, directly or indirectly, by our officers, directors or employees. In particular, Mr. Mark Houlton, a directorreasonable, any of the Company, is offering 416,667 shares underassumptions could prove to be inaccurate. Consequently, no representation or warranty can be given that the estimates, opinions, or assumptions made in or referenced by this prospectus (all of which he acquired on December 31, 2007 at $1.20 per share) and  Mr. David Stueve, an employee ofwill prove to be accurate. We caution you that the Company, beneficially owns the shares held by 21st Century Investment Company, which is offering 142,857 shares underforward-looking statements in this prospectus (all of which he acquired on February 26, 2008are only estimates and predictions. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the National Cash & Credit acquisition, valued at $1.20 per share).

forward-looking statements due to risks, uncertainties or actual events differing from the assumptions underlying these statements. These risks, uncertainties and assumptions include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this prospectus.

Although federal securities laws provide a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by a public company that files reports under the federal securities laws, this safe harbor is not available to certain issuers, including issuers that do not have their equity traded on a recognized national exchange or the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our common stock does not trade on any recognized national exchange or the Nasdaq Capital Market. As a result, we will not have the benefit of this safe harbor protection in the event of any legal action based upon a claim that the material provided by us contained a material misstatement of fact or was misleading in any material respect because of our failure to include any statements necessary to make the statements not misleading.

12
Risk Factors
Investment

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stocksecurities involves a very high degree of risk and should be regarded as speculative. As a result, you should only consider purchasing common shares if you can reasonably afford to lose your entire investment.

3

RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a number of risks. Before deciding to invest in our common stock, yourisk. You should carefully consider eachthe specific risks described below, the risks described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, and our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, and any risks described in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14, or 15(d) of the following risk factors and allSecurities Exchange Act of 1934, before making an investment decision. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.” Any of the other information set forth in this prospectus. The following risks we describe below could materially harmcause our business, financial condition, results of operations or future results. If any such risks materialize, the valueprospects to be materially and adversely affected. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events and you could lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or future prospects. In addition, some of the statements in this section of the prospectus are forward-looking statements. For more information about forward-looking statements, please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Relating to Forward-Looking Statements” above.

Risks Related to the Rights Offering

The price of our common stock is volatile and may decline before or after the subscription rights expire.

The market price of our common stock is subject to fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including factors that have little or nothing to do with us or our performance, and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price. These factors include, among other things:

·governmental legislation or regulation;

·business conditions in our markets and the general state of the securities markets and the market for similar stocks;

·changes in capital markets that affect the perceived availability of capital to companies in our industry;

·general economic and market conditions, such as recessions;

·actual or anticipated variations in our operating results and cash flow; and

·the number of shares of our common stock outstanding or issuable.

In addition, the stock market historically has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. These fluctuations are often unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may cause declines in the market price of our common stock.

When the rights offering is completed, your ownership interest will be diluted if you do not exercise the basic subscription privilege component of your subscription rights.

To the extent that you do not exercise the basic subscription privilege component of your subscription rights and shares are purchased by other shareholders in the rights offering, your proportionate economic and voting interest in the Company will be reduced, and the percentage that your original shares represent of our expanded equity after the rights offering will be diluted.

The subscription price determined for the rights offering is not necessarily an indication of the fair value of our common stock.

The subscription price is $       per share. The subscription price was determined by a special committee of our Board of Directors. Factors considered by the committee included the strategic alternatives available to us for raising capital, the price at which our shareholders might be willing to participate in the rights offering, historical and current trading prices of our common stock, the business prospects of our Company, and the general condition of the securities and capital markets. We cannot assure you that the market price for our common stock during the rights offering will be equal to or above the subscription price or that a subscribing owner of rights will be able to sell the shares of common stock purchased in the rights offering at a price equal to or greater than the subscription price.

13

You may not revoke your subscription exercise and you could be committed to buying shares above the prevailing market price.

Once you exercise your subscription rights, you may not revoke the exercise of such rights. This irrevocability applies to both your basic subscription privilege and your over-subscription privilege. The public trading market price of our common stock may decline before the subscription rights expire. If you exercise subscription rights and, afterwards, the public trading market price of our common stock decreases below the subscription price, you will have committed to buying shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price, in which case you will have an immediate unrealized loss. Furthermore, after your exercise of subscription rights, you may not be able to sell your shares of common stock at a price equal to or greater than the subscription price, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

If you do not act promptly and follow the subscription instructions, you may lose your right to exercise your subscription rights or your exercise of subscription rights may be rejected.

Subscription rights holders who desire to purchase shares in the rights offering must act promptly to ensure that all required forms and payments are actually received by the subscription agent before 5:00 p.m. Minneapolis time on           , 2012, the expiration date of the rights offering, unless extended. If you are a beneficial owner of shares, but not a record holder, you must act promptly to ensure that your broker, bank, or other nominee acts for you and that all required forms and payments are actually received by the subscription agent before the expiration date of the rights offering. We will not be responsible if your broker, custodian, or nominee fails to ensure that all required forms and payments are actually received by the subscription agent before the expiration date of the rights offering.

If you fail to complete and sign the required subscription forms, send an incorrect payment amount or otherwise fail to follow the subscription procedures that apply to your exercise in the rights offering, the subscription agent may, depending on the circumstances, reject your subscription or accept it only to the extent of the payment received. Importantly, neither we nor our subscription agent undertakes to contact you concerning an incomplete or incorrect subscription form or payment, nor are we under any obligation to correct such forms or payment. We have the sole discretion to determine whether a subscription exercise properly follows the subscription procedures.

The rights offering does not have a minimum amount of proceeds that must be raised for us to accept subscriptions and access proceeds. Therefore, if you exercise your subscription rights and if less than the entire offering amount is subscribed for, you may be investing in a company that continues to desire additional capital.

There is no assurance that any shareholders will exercise their subscription rights. Further, there is no minimum amount of proceeds required for us to accept subscriptions and access proceeds at the completion of the rights offering. In addition, all exercises of subscription rights are irrevocable, even if you later learn information that you consider to be unfavorable to the exercise of your subscription rights and even if the rights offering is extended by our Board of Directors. Based on the foregoing, if you exercise any subscription rights but we do not raise the desired amount of capital in this rights offering, you may be investing in a company that continues to desire additional capital to grow its current business or expand into new and complementary businesses.

Significant issuances of our common stock, or the perception that significant issuances may occur in the future, could adversely affect the market price for our common stock.

The substantial number of subscription rights involved in the rights offering, and other actual or perceived potential future issuances of our common stock, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Generally, issuances of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, and the availability of shares for future sale, including up to             shares of our common stock that may be issued in the rights offering, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could cause the market price of our common stock to remain low for a substantial amount of time. Additional options and other equity awards may also be granted under our incentive plans.

14

We cannot foresee the impact of the rights offering and such potential securities issuances on the market for our common stock, but it is possible that the market for our shares may be adversely affected. It is also unclear whether or not the market for our common stock could absorb a large number of attempted sales in a short period of time, regardless of the price at which they might be offered. Even if a substantial number of sales do not occur within a short period of time, the mere existence of this “market overhang” could have a negative impact on the market for our common stock and our ability to raise additional equity capital.

Our officers, directors and greater-than-5% shareholders, including our controlling shareholder, WCR, LLC, may significantly increase their relative ownership and voting interest in the Company to the extent our other shareholders do not exercise their basic subscription privileges.

On June 13, 2012, the last practicable date before the filing of this prospectus:

·WCR, LLC beneficially owned approximately 71.5% of our common stock
·John Quandahl, our Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owned approximately 3.7% of our common stock
·Steve Irlbeck, our Chief Financial Officer, beneficially owned approximately 3.7% of our common stock
·Richard Miller, our Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned approximately 5.9% of our common stock, and
·Rich Horner, the Treasurer of our subsidiary Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., beneficially owned approximately 1.9% of our common stock.

Collectively, the above-identified shareholders possess beneficial ownership of approximately 75.5% of our common stock. We have been advised that WCR intends to participate in the rights offering but WCR has not committed or entered into any agreement that would require it to do so. The cash advancesame is true for our officers and directors who are also shareholders. To the extent that other shareholders do not participate in the rights offering, our officers, directors, greater-than-5% shareholders and WCR will necessarily increase their relative percentage of ownership in the Company if they do in fact participate in the rights offering by exercising their subscription rights.

We may use the proceeds of this rights offering in ways with which you may disagree.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily to provide capital for the growth of our business through acquisitions and to potentially add new businesses that are complementary to our current business, and to provide additional liquidity for working capital and general corporate purposes. Accordingly, we will have significant discretion in the use of the net proceeds of this offering, and it is possible that we may allocate the proceeds differently than investors in this offering desire, or that we will fail to maximize our return on these proceeds. You will be relying on the judgment of our management with regard to the use of the proceeds from the rights offering, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. For more information, see the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

We may cancel the rights offering at any time, and neither we nor the subscription agent will have any obligation to you except to return your exercise payments.

We may, in our sole discretion, decide not to continue with the rights offering or cancel the rights offering. If the rights offering is cancelled, all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Company

The payday loan industry is highly regulated under state laws. Changes in state laws and regulations governing lending practices, or changes in the interpretation of such laws and regulations, could negatively affect our business.

Our business is regulated under numerous state laws and regulations, which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand our business. As of the date of this prospectus,report, approximately 3638 states and the District of Columbia had legislation permitting or not prohibiting cash advancepayday loans. During the last few years, legislation has been adopted in some states that prohibits or severely restricts cash advancepayday loans. For example, in 2006, Oregon passed a ballot initiative that caps interest rates and origination fees on cash advance loans at 36%, among other limitations. Before that, Georgia law effectively prohibited direct payday lending in 2004.

There are nearly always bills pending in various states to alter the current laws governing cash advancepayday lending. Any of these bills, or future proposed legislation or regulations prohibiting cash advancepayday loans or making them less profitable, could be passed in any state at any time, or existing cash advance loan laws permitting payday lending could expire.Presently,

15

For example, recent legislation is pendinghas been passed in Arizona which would extend a current law permitting cash advance loans.Colorado, Wisconsin and Montana that restricts certain payday lending practices. In the absence of such legislation, current law permitting cash advance loans will “sunset” or expire at the end of 2009. While we presently do not conduct significant operations in Arizona, the failure to extend or outrightly permit cash advance lending would negatively affect us. Recently, proposedparticular:

·During 2010, Colorado House Bill 10-1351 was passed into law effective August 11, 2010. This law changed the single payment advance (with no minimum term) into a single or multiple payment loan with a minimum six-month term. It also limited the amount and type of fees that can be charged on these loans, effectively reducing by one-half the fees that can be charged, and when the fees may be realized. We restructured our lending in Colorado to replace payday advances with a short-term installment loan product. Our 2011 gross profit from Colorado operations was negatively affected by these developments, decreasing 22% from 2010 gross profit.

·In Wisconsin, new legislation effective January 1, 2011 limited payday loans to the lesser of $1,500 or 35% of the applicant’s monthly income, permits borrowers to cancel loans within 24 hours and roll their loans over only one time. In addition, payday lenders are required to offer a 60-day, interest free, payment plan to consumers upon maturity of their payday loans. Our 2011 gross profit from Wisconsin operations was negatively affected by these developments, decreasing 41% from 2010 gross profit.

·Finally, on November 2, 2010, voters in Montana passed Petition Initiative I-164. Effective January 1, 2011, Petition Initiative I-164 capped fees on payday loans at an imputed interest rate of 36%. We discontinued our operations and closed all four stores in Montana due to this law change. In 2010, approximately 3.87% of our payday division revenues were generated in Montana.

In addition, legislation banning cash advancepayday loans was introduced in Nebraska. This billNebraska in 2008 but eventually was ultimately defeated. However,dropped. Nevertheless, since we derive approximately 36%28% of our payday revenues in Nebraska, the passage of any such legislation in Nebraska would have a substantiallyhighly material and negative effect on our business and financial condition.

business.

Statutes authorizing cash advancepayday loans typically provide state agencies that regulate banks and financial institutions with significant regulatory powers to administer and enforce the laws relating to payday lending. Under statutory authority, state regulators have broad discretionary power and may impose new licensing requirements, interpret or enforce existing regulatory requirements in different ways or issue new administrative rules, even if not contained in state statutes, that affect the way we do business and may force us to terminate or modify our operations in those jurisdictions. They may also impose rules that are generally adverse to our industry. Finally, in many states, the attorney general has scrutinized or continues to scrutinize the cash advancepayday loan statutes and the interpretations of those statutes.


Because a material portion of our revenues are derived from certain jurisdictions such as Nebraska and Iowa, any

Any adverse change in present laws or regulations, or their interpretation, in one or more such states (or an aggregation of states in which we conduct a significant amount of business) would likelycould result in our curtailment or cessation of operations in such jurisdictions. Any such action wouldcould have a corresponding highly material and negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition, primarily through a material decrease in revenues, and could also negatively affect our general business prospects as well if we are unable to effectively replace such revenues in a timely and efficient manner.

revenues.

Our business is subject to complex federal laws and regulations governing lending practices, and changes in such laws and regulations could negatively affect our business.

Although states provide the primary regulatory framework under which we offer cash advancepayday loans, certain federal laws also affect our business. For example, because cash advancepayday loans are viewed as extensions of credit, we must comply with the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z thereunder.under that Act. Additionally, we are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and certain other federal laws. Additionally, anti-cash advanceanti-payday loan legislation has occasionally been introduced in the U.S. Congress in the past. These efforts culminated in federal legislation in 2006 that limits the interest rate and fees that may be charged on any loans, including cash advance loans, to any person in the military to the equivalent of 36% per annum. The military lending prohibition became effective on October 1, 2007.Congress. For example:

·the interest rate and fees that may be charged on any loans, including payday loans, to any person in the military are limited to the equivalent of 36% per annum.

·In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was passed by the U.S. Congress and signed into law. Under that Act, a new federal agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, will consolidate most federal regulation of financial services offered to consumers and replaces the Office of Thrift Supervision’s seat on the FDIC Board. Almost all credit providers, including mortgage lenders, providers of payday loans, other nonbank financial companies, and banks and credit unions with assets over $10 billion, will be subject to new regulations. While the Bureau does not appear to have authority to make rules limiting interest rates or fees charged, the scope and extent of the Bureau’s authority will nonetheless be broad, and it is expected that the Bureau will address issues such as rollovers or extensions of payday loans and compliance with federal rules and regulations. Future restrictions on the payday lending industry could have serious consequences for us.

16

In July 2008, a bill was introduced before the U.S. Senate, entitled the “Protecting Consumers from Unreasonable Credit Rates Act of 2008” (an amendment to the Truth in Lending Act), proposing to set a maximum actual or imputed interest rate of 36% on all extensions of credit of any type. The bill is intended to limit the charges and fees payable in connection with payday lending. Presently, the bill is in the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs. The Company has no further information regarding the bill at this time. The passage of this bill into law would essentially prohibit the Company from conducting its payday lending business in its current form, and would certainly have a material and adverse effect on the Company, operating results, financial condition and prospects and even its viability.

Any adverse change in present federal laws or regulations that govern or otherwise affect cash advancepayday lending could result in our curtailment or cessation of operations in certain jurisdictions or locationslocations. Furthermore, any failure to comply with any applicable federal laws or regulations could result in fines, litigation, the closure of one or more store locations or negative publicity. Any such change or failure would have a corresponding impact on our results of operations and financial condition, primarily through a decrease in revenues resulting from the cessation or curtailment of operations, decrease in our operating income thorughthrough increased legal expenditures or fires,fines, and could also negatively affect our general business prospects as well if we are unable to effectively replace such revenues in a timely and efficient manner or if negative publicity effects our ability to obtain addtional financing a needed.

4

revenues.

Changes in local regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business is subject to various local rules and regulations such as local zoning regulations and permit licensing. We are aware of increasing efforts by local jurisdictions to restrict payday lending through the use of local zoning and permitting laws. Any actions taken in the future by local zoning boards or other governing bodies to require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, payday lenders could have a material adverse effect on the growth of our business and business prospects primarily by restricting any efforts to grow our business “organically” by opening more payday lending store locations.

Litigation and regulatory actions directed toward our industry or us could adversely affect our operating results, particularly in certain key states.

During the last few years, our industry has been subject to regulatory proceedings, class action lawsuits and other litigation regarding the offering of cash advancepayday loans, and we could suffer losses resulting from interpretations of state laws in those lawsuits or regulatory proceedings, even if we are not a party to those proceedings. For example, the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks recently issued a ruling in which it determined that Advance America, which marketed, originated, serviced and collected cash advance loans on behalf of a state-chartered bank located in Kentucky, violated various North Carolina consumer-protection statutes. Thus, the losses we could suffer could be directly incurred through our involvement in litigation or regulatory proceedings, or could be indirectly incurred through negative publicity regarding the industry in general that is generated by litigation on regulatory proceedings involving third parties.

Additionally,

In addition, regulatory actions taken with respect to a particular non-payday lending financial service that we offer could negatively affect our ability to offer such other financial services. For example, if we were the subject of regulatory action related to our check cashing, title loans or other products,check-cashing business, that regulatory action could adversely affect our ability to maintain our licenses for payday lending.lending licenses. Moreover, the suspension or revocation of our license or other authorization in one state could adversely affect our ability to maintain licenses in other states. Accordingly, a violation of a law or regulation with respect to otherwise unrelated products or in other jurisdictions could affect other parts of our business and adversely affect our business and operations as a whole.

We will likelymay need additional financing in the future and any such financing may dilute our existing shareholders.

We anticipate that we will continue to experience growth in our income and expenses for the foreseeable future and that our operating expenses will be a material use of cash resources. Presently, we believe we have cash sufficient to maintain operations through December 31, 2008.operations. In the event that our income growth does not meet our expectations, we may sooner require additional financing for working capital. In addition, if we determine to grow our business through acquisitions, any acquisitions we consummate will likely involve outsideadditional financing. Any additional financing, for whatever purpose and for whatever reason, may dilute our existing shareholders.

Additional financing could be sought from a number of sources, including but not limited to additional sales of equity or debt securities (including equity-linked or convertible debt securities), loans from banks, loans from our affiliates or other financial institutions. We may not, however, be able to sell any securities or obtain any such additional financing when needed, or do so on terms and conditions acceptable or favorable to the Company,us, if at all. If financing is not available, we may be forced to consider strategic alternatives, such as (but not limited to) curtailing certain aspects of our operations or closing certain operating locations. If we successfully enter into a financing transaction, any additional equity or equity-linked financing would be dilutive to shareholders, and additional debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants.covenants and above-market interest rates.

17
5

The concentration of our revenues in certain states could adversely affect us.

We currently operateprovide payday lending services in 11nine states. For the year ended December 31, 2007,2011, revenues from our locations in Nebraska represented approximately 36%28% of our total payday revenues. For the foreseeable future, we expect that a material and significant portion of our revenues will continue to be generated in Nebraska. We operate Cricket stores in 13 states as of March 31, 2012. For the year ended December 31, 2011, revenues from our Missouri and Indiana stores represented approximately 25% and 22% of our total Cricket revenues, respectively. As a result, changes to prevailing economic, demographic, competitive, regulatory or any other conditions, including the legislative, regulatory or litigation risks mentioned above, in the markets in which we operate, and in Nebraska and Missouri in particular, could lead to a reduction in demand for our cash advance loansservices and result in a decline in our revenues or an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, or even an outright legal prohibition on the conduct of our business. Any of these outcomes could in turn result in a material and swift deterioration of our financial condition and business prospects principally by impairing our revenues and affecting our ability to obtain financing and operating liquidity,liquidity.

Our controlling shareholder possesses controlling voting power with respect to our common stock and voting preferred stock, which will limit your influence on corporate matters.

Our controlling shareholder, WCR, LLC, has beneficial ownership of 10,791,250 shares (9,700,000 of which are issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock). These shares represent beneficial ownership of approximately 71.5% of our common stock as of the date of this report. As a result, WCR has the ability to outrightly control our management and affairs through the election and removal of our entire Board of Directors and all other matters requiring shareholder approval, including the future merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change-of-control transaction that may otherwise be beneficial to our shareholders. Furthermore, this concentrated control will limit the practical effect of your participation in Company matters, through shareholder votes and otherwise.

Our articles of incorporation grant our Board of Directors the power to issue additional shares of common and preferred stock and to designate other classes of preferred stock, all without shareholder approval.

Our authorized capital consists of 250 million shares of capital stock. Pursuant to authority granted by our articles of incorporation, our Board of Directors, without any action by our shareholders, may designate and issue shares in such classes or series (including other classes or series of preferred stock) as it deems appropriate and establish the rights, preferences and privileges of such shares, including dividends, liquidation and voting rights, provided it is consistent with Minnesota law. The rights of holders of other classes or series of stock that may be issued could be superior to the rights of holders of our common shares. The designation and issuance of shares of capital stock having preferential rights could adversely affect other rights appurtenant to shares of our common stock. Furthermore, any issuances of additional stock (common or preferred) will dilute the percentage of ownership interest of then-current holders of our capital stock and may dilute our book value per share.

A default under our borrowing arrangement could require us to seek financing on a short-term basis that may be disadvantageous to us.

On October 18, 2011, we entered in a borrowing arrangement with River City Equity, Inc. Under this arrangement, we may borrow up to $2,000,000 at an interest rate of 12% per annum, with interest payable on a monthly basis. The note we delivered to River City Equity matures on September 30, 2013, on which date all unpaid principal and accrued but unpaid interest thereon is due and payable. The note includes a prepayment penalty and, under certain circumstances, permits River City Equity to obtain a security interest in substantially all of our assets. As of March 31, 2012, $1,200,000 has been advanced under this arrangement.

If we are unable to comply with the terms of our promissory note with River City Equity, we may need to seek additional financing. We may not be able to obtain financing on a short-term basis. Furthermore, even if we are able to obtain needed short-term financing, we may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable.

18

A significant portion of our assets consists of goodwill and other intangible assets.

As of December 31, 2011, 58% of our assets consisted of goodwill and other intangible assets. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the carrying value of goodwill is subject to periodic review and testing to determine if it is impaired. The value of our assets will depend on market conditions, regulatory environment, the availability of buyers and similar factors. While the value of these assets is based on management projections and assumptions and is determined by using the discounted cash flow method for purposes of our impairment testing, those values may differ from what could ultimately be realized by us in a sales transaction or otherwise and that difference, while not affecting cash flow, could have a material adverse impact on our operating results and our business prospects (again, principally by reducing our revenues and impairing our ability to grow our business).

financial position.

Unpredictability in financing markets could impair our ability to grow our business through acquisitions.

We anticipate that opportunities to acquire similar businesses will materially depend on the availability of financing alternatives with acceptable terms. As a result, poor credit and other market conditions or uncertainty in the financing markets or the payday lending business in particular could materially limit our ability to grow through acquisitions since such conditions and uncertainty make obtaining financing more difficult.

Public perception of cash advancepayday lending as being predatory or abusive could adversely affect our business.

Recently, consumer advocacy groups and media reports have advocated governmental action to prohibit or severely restrict cash advancepayday loans. The consumer groups and media reports typically focus on the cost to a consumer for this type of loan, which is higher than the interest typically charged by credit card issuers. This difference in credit cost is more significant if a consumer does not promptly repay the loan, but renews, or rolls over. The consumer groups and media reports typically characterize these transactions as predatory or abusive toward consumers. If this negative characterization of our business becomes widely accepted by consumers, demand for our cash advancepayday loans could significantly decrease, which could adversely affect our results of operations primarily by decreasing our revenues.revenues. Negative perception of our business activities could also result in our industry being subject to more restrictive laws and regulations and greater exposure to litigation.

Any disruption in the availability of our information systems could adversely affect our operations.

We rely upon our information systems to manage and operate our business. Each location is part of an information network that permits us to maintain adequate cash inventory, reconcile cash balances daily, and report revenues and loan losses in a timely manner. Our security measures could fail to prevent a disruption in the availability of our information systems or our back-up systems could fail to operate properly. Any disruption in the availability of our information systems could adversely affect our results of operations by impairing our ability to efficiently effect transactions.

If we lose key managers or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results could suffer.

Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the members of our executive management, particularly Christopher Larson,John Quandahl, who is our Chief Executive Officer and President, John Quandahl, our Chief Operating Officer and Steven Staehr, our Chief Financial Officer. Accordingly, the loss of thethese services of any of these individuals couldwould likely materially and adversely affect our business. We have an employment agreement with Mr. Quandahl effective through March 31, 2013. Nevertheless, we cannot be certain that Mr. Quandahl will continue providing services to us for any particular period of time. Our continued growth will also depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. Competition for highly skilled and experienced management is intense and likely to continue and increase. To the extent that we are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results could suffer.

19
6

We lack product and business diversification with a customer base primarily in urban areas, which creates a risk that our future revenues and earnings will be susceptible to fluctuations.

Our primary payday business activity is offering and servicing cash advancepayday loans. We also provide certain related and other services, such as check cashing, money transfers and money orders, which related servicesorders. The payday segment accounted for approximately 20%58% of our total revenues in fiscal 2007. 2011. Our Cricket retail segment accounted for the remaining approximately 42% of our total revenues in 2011. If we are unable to further diversify our business products and services and expand our customer base outside of urban areas, we may experience fluctuations in our revenues and earnings, which may be significant, relating to our cash advancepayday lending business.business and wireless cellular sales. Such fluctuations could also result from legal or regulatory changes in one or more jurisdictions, changes in economic conditions in the jurisdictions where we provide cash advance loans,services, or result from other risks or adverse events befalling the Company.us. Our susceptibility to fluctuations or the actual happening of significant fluctuations in our revenues or earnings could cause our Company to be perceived as a less stable and therefore less attractive investment in general, which would likely negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to obtain additional financing an acceptable terms.

Competition in the retail financial services industry is intense and could cause us to lose market share and revenues.

We believe that the primary competitive factors in the cash advancepayday loan industry are store location and customer service. We face intense competition in the cash advancepayday loan industry, and we believe that the payday lending market is becoming more competitive as this industry matures and begins to consolidate. The cash advancepayday loan industry has low barriers to entry, and new competitors, such as Wal-Mart, may enter the market easily. We currently compete with certain related services, such as overdraft protection offered by traditional financial institutions, and with other cash advancepayday loan and check cashing stores and other financial service entities and retail businesses that offer cash advancepayday loans or other similar financial services, as well as a rapidly growing internet-based cash advanceInternet-based payday loan market. Some of our competitors have larger and more established customer bases and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby affecting our earnings and potential for growth.

General

We face significant wireless cellular competition that may reduce our market share and lower our profits.

We face significant competition in the market in which our Cricket wireless division operates. We currently compete with resellers of our size including US Cellular and Metro PCS. We also compete with the four national wireless service providers (AT&T, Sprint Nextel, T-Mobile and Verizon Wireless) and with Walmart’s Straight Talk and Family Mobile plans. Our ability to compete effectively will depend on, among other things, the pricing of Cricket services and equipment, the quality of our customer service, the reach and quality of our sales and distribution channels and our capital resources. It will also depend on how successfully we anticipate and respond to various factors affecting our industry, including new technologies and business models, changes in consumer preferences, demographic trends and economic conditions affectconditions. Finally, operating solely as a Cricket reseller, we are dependent upon pricing, channel strategies, product supply, credit terms, dealer compensation structure, and up-to-date wireless technologies and infrastructure of Cricket Wireless. If the business of Cricket Wireless itself were to suffer, become threatened or fail to effectively compete against its competitors, our loan losses,Cricket wireless division would correspondingly be adversely affected, perhaps materially.

Present participants in the wireless industry also faces competition from other communications and accordingly, ourtechnology companies seeking to capture customer revenue and brand dominance with respect to the provision of wireless products and services. For example, Apple Inc. is packaging software applications and content with its handsets, and Google Inc. has developed and deployed an operating system and related applications for mobile devices.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by higher loan losses resulting from a general economic slowdown.

slowdown or other negative economic conditions such as high unemployment.

Provision for loan losses, net of recoveries, is one of our largest operating expenses, constituting approximately 13%7% of total revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007,2011, and 3.7% of total revenues for the period ended March 31, 2012, with cash advancepayday loan losses comprising most of the losses. At the end of each fiscal quarter, management considers recent collection history to develop expected loss rates, which are used to establish the allowance for loan losses. Any changes in economic factors that adversely affect our customers, such as a continuedan economic downturn or worsening economy,high unemployment, could result in higher loan loss experiences than anticipated, which could in turn adversely affect our loan charge-offs and operating results.

20

If estimates of our loan losses are not adequate to absorb actual losses, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses at levels to cover the estimated incurred losses in the collection of our loan portfolio outstanding at the end of each applicable period. At the end of each period, management considers recent collection history to develop expected loss rates, which are used to establish the allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses was $976,000 on$1.0 million at December 31, 2007.2011 and $.9 million at March 31, 2012. Our allowance for loan losses is an estimate, and if actual loan losses are materially greater than our allowance for losses, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

7

Because we maintain a significant supply of cash in our locations, we may experience losses due to employee error and theft.

Because our business requires us to maintain a significant supply of cash in our stores, we are subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from employee error and theft. We periodically experience employee error and theft in stores, which can significantly increase the operating losses of those stores for the period in which the employee error or theft is discovered. We self-insure for employee error and theft at the store level. If our controls to limit our exposure to employee error and theft at the store level and at our corporate headquarters do not operate effectively or are structured ineffectively, our operating margins could be adversely affected, including by costs associated with increased security and preventative measures.

Failure to achieve and maintain effective internal controls could limit our ability to detect and prevent fraud and thereby adversely affect our business and stock price.

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. Nevertheless, all internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Our most recent evaluation of our internal controls resulted in our conclusion that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Our inability to maintain an effective control environment may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

Our reliance on information management and transaction systems to operate our business exposes us to cyber incidents and hacking of our sensitive information if our outsourced service provider experiences a security breach.

Effective information security internal controls are necessary for us to protect our sensitive information from illegal activities and unauthorized disclosure in addition to denial of service attacks and corruption of our data. In addition, we rely on the information security internal controls maintained by our outsourced service provider. Despite utilization of a service provider that maintains the highest level of security around our information systems, the sophistication of hackers continues to increase. Our most recent evaluation of ours and our service providers’ internal controls resulted in a conclusion that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Nevertheless, our inability to maintain effective controls or a relationship with an information technology provider that itself maintains effective controls may increase our vulnerability to cyber attacks. Breaches of our information management system could also adversely affect our business reputation and we could be subject to third-party lawsuits relating to the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Finally, significant information system disruptions could adversely affect our ability to effectively manage operations or reliably report results.

Regular turnover among our location managers and employees makes it more difficult for us to operate our locations and increases our costs of operation.

We experience a relatively stable workforce among our location managers and employees. Turnover interferes with implementation of operating strategies. Increases in our workforce turnover in the future would likely increase our operating pressures and operating costs and could restrict our ability to grow. Additionally, high turnover would create challenges for us in maintaining high levels of employee awareness of and compliance with our internal procedures and external regulatory compliance requirements. In sum, high turnover would increase our training and supervisory costs, and result in decreased earnings with corresponding greater risks of regulatory non-compliance.

21
Our directors, officers and our controlling shareholder possess controlling voting power with respect to our common stock and voting preferred stock, which will limit practically your influence on corporate matters.
Our officers and directors collectively possess beneficial ownership of approximately 14,750,094 shares of our common stock, which currently represents approximately 78.1% of our common stock. This includes all of the 1,125,000 common shares and 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (presently convertible into our common stock on a share-for-share basis) held by WERCS, a Wyoming corporation and the former sole stockholder of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. As a result, our directors, officers and WERCS (our most significant shareholder), will have the ability to outrightly control our management and affairs through the election and removal of our directors, and all other matters requiring shareholder approval, including the future merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In fact, Mr. Robert Moberly, our Chairman, beneficially owns all of the shares held by WERCS and therefore has beneficial ownership of 11,125,000 common shares, which gives him alone beneficial ownership of 58.9% of our common stock on a voting basis. Therefore, Mr. Moberly has the power, alone, to control the composition of our Board of Directors and the outcome of any matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders. In addition, Mr. Joseph A. Geraci, II possesses beneficial ownership of 1,513,310 common shares (indirectly through Lantern Advisers, LLC and Mill City Ventures, LP). When the shares held by of our officers and directors are aggregated with those beneficially owned by Mr. Geraci, such individuals beneficially own and control over 84% of our common stock.
This concentrated control could discourage others from initiating any potential merger, takeover or other change-of-control transaction that may otherwise be beneficial to our shareholders. Furthermore, this concentrated control will limit the practical effect of your participation in Company matters, through shareholder votes and otherwise.
Our articles of incorporation grant our Board of Directors the power to issue additional shares of common and preferred stock and to designate other classes of preferred stock, all without shareholder approval.
Our authorized capital consists of 250 million shares of capital stock. Pursuant to authority granted by our articles of incorporation, our Board of Directors, without any action by our shareholders, may designate and issue shares in such classes or series (including other classes or series of preferred stock) as it deems appropriate and establish the rights, preferences and privileges of such shares, including dividends, liquidation and voting rights. The rights of holders of other classes or series of stock that may be issued could be superior to the rights of holders of our common shares. The designation and issuance of shares of capital stock having preferential rights could adversely affect other rights appurtenant to shares of our common stock. Furthermore, any issuances of additional stock (common or preferred) will dilute the percentage of ownership interest of then-current holders of our capital stock and may dilute our book value per share.
8

Because we became public by means of a reverse merger, we may not be able to attract the attention of major brokerage firms.

Additional risks to our investors may exist since we became public through a “reverse merger.” Security analysts of major brokerage firms may not provide coverage of theour Company since, because we became public through a reverse merger, there is no incentive to brokerage firms to recommend the purchase of our common stock. In addition, because of past abuses and fraud concerns stemming primarily from a lack of public information about newly public businesses, there are many people in the securities industry and business in general who view reverse merger/public shellmerger transactions with suspicion. This may be the case even though our reverse merger transaction occurred in 2007. Without brokerage firm and analyst coverage, there may be fewer people aware of us and our business, resulting in fewer potential buyers of our securities, less liquidity, and depressedlower stock prices for our investors.

Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. may have material liabilities of whichinvestors than would be the case if we are not aware, or vice versa.
Although each of the parties to the Merger conducted a due-diligence review of the financial condition and legal status of the other, the Company may have material liabilities that Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. was not aware of and has not yet discovered; or conversely, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. may have material liabilities that the Company was not aware and did not discover prior to the consummation of the Merger. Furthermore, although the Merger Agreement contained customary representations and warranties from both parties concerning their assets, liabilities, financial condition and affairs, it is possible that none of URON Inc., Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. (as the operating entity after the Merger) or the pre-Merger owners of either entity will have any material recourse against another party or its former or current owners or principals in the event such representations and warranties prove to be untrue, with resulting damages.
We are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the reporting requirements of federal securities laws, which can be expensive.
As a result of the Merger, we are subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and becamehad become a public reporting company and, accordingly, subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and other federal securities laws. The costs of compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley, of preparing and filing annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC, furnishing audited reports to our shareholders, and other legal, audit and internal resource costs attendant with beingin a public reporting company will cause our expenses to be significantly higher than they would be if Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. had remained privately held. As a result, our historical financial information for fiscal 2007 may fail to capture the true costs of operating the company as a public reporting company, and our future operating results may fail to match our historical operating results because of such costs.
more traditional manner.

Our common stock trades only in an illiquid trading market.

Trading of our common stock is conducted on the over-the-counter bulletin board.OTC Bulletin Board (OTCBB: WCRS). This has an adverse effect on the liquidity of our common stock, not only in terms of the number of shares that can be bought and sold at a given price, but also through delays in the timing of transactions and reduction in security analysts’ and the media’s coverage of us and our common stock. This may result in lower prices for our common stock than might otherwise be obtained and could also result in a larger spread between the bid and asked prices for our common stock.


In addition, there has typically been very little trading activity in our common stock. Over the past three months,During 2011, the average daily trading volume (as reported by YahooGoogle Finance) has beenwas approximately 1755,000 shares with the 52-week trading prices ranging from $0.01 to $0.06 per share. The trade volume was as low as 2,000 shares for all of March and our outstanding shares are held byApril 2011. During the three-month period ended March 31, 2012, the average daily trading volume was approximately 500 shareholders of record.12,720 shares. The relatively small trading volume will likely make it difficult for our shareholders to sell their shares as and when they choose. Furthermore, small trading volumes generally depress market prices. As a result, you may not always be able to resell shares of our common stock publicly at the time and prices that you feel are fair or appropriate.

9

There is not now and there may not ever be an active market for shares of our common stock.

In general, there has been very littleminimal trading activityvolume in shares of our common stock. The small trading volume will likely make it difficult for our shareholders to sell their shares as and when they choose. Furthermore, small trading volumes are generally understood to depress market prices. As a result, you may not always be able to resell shares of our common stock publicly at the time and prices that you feel are fair or appropriate.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We will, however, pay dividends on our convertible preferred stock.

Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. has in the past paidstock.

When permitted by Minnesota law, we are required to pay dividends to WERCS (its former sole stockholder prior to the Merger). In the Merger, WERCS received 10,000,000 sharesholders of “Seriesour Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, each share of which carries a $2.10 stated value. Such preferred stockThere are 10 million shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding. Our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock entitles its holders to (i) a cumulative 10% dividend, compounded and payable on a quarterly basis; (ii) in the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, a preference in the amount of all accrued but unpaid dividends plus the stated value of such shares, before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of any junior securities; (iii) convert their preferred shares into our common stock on a share-for-share basis, subject to adjustment; and (iv) vote their preferred shares on an as-if-converted basis.

We have the right to redeem some or all such preferred shares, at any time upon 60 days’ advance notice, at a per-share price dependent upon the date of redemption. In the case of any redemption closing on or prior to March 31, 2009, the redemption price will be $3.00 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends; thereafter, the redemption price will $3.50 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have no preemptive or cumulative-voting rights.

We do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends for the foreseeable future on our common stock. Accordingly, any return on an investment in us will be realized only when you sell shares of our common stock. When legally permitted, we must expect to pay dividends to our preferred shareholders.

22
10

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect that the gross proceeds from the rights offering will be approximately $4,500,000, and that our offering and related expenses will be approximately $100,000. We intend to use the net proceeds of the statements maderights offering primarily to provide capital to grow our current business through acquisitions or to add new and complementary businesses, and to provide additional liquidity for working capital and general corporate purposes.

DILUTION

Purchasers of our common stock in this prospectus are “forward-looking statements,” as that term is defined under Section 27Athe rights offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of the Securities Act and Section 21Enet tangible book value of the Securities Exchange Actshares purchased. At March 31, 2012, we had a net tangible book value of 1934. These forward-looking statementsapproximately $ , or $ per share of our common stock. After giving effect to the sale of shares of our common stock in the rights offering and assuming the sale of the total gross amount of shares for gross proceeds of $4,500,000, and after deducting estimated transaction and offering expenses of $100,000, the pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2012, attributable to common shareholders would have been $ , or $ per share of our common stock. This amount represents an immediate dilution to purchasers in the rights offering of $ . The following table illustrates this per share dilution.

Subscription Price$
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 2011, before the rights offering$0.073
Net increase in pro forma tangible book value per share attributable to the rights offering$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the rights offering$
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to purchasers$

23

CAPITALIZATION

The following table describes capitalization as of March 31, 2012, on an actual basis and as adjusted to give effect to the rights offering, assuming gross proceeds from the rights offering of $4,500,000 million and before deducting our estimated offering expenses of $100,000. As-adjusted balances are subject to change based upon our current expectations and projections about future events. When used in this prospectus, the words “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect” and similar expressions, or the negative of such words and expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such words or expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are primarily locatedfinal participation in the material set forthrights offering. You should read this table together with the information under the headings “Summary,” “Risk Factors,”heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and “Business,” but are foundFinancial Condition” and our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information in other parts of this prospectus as well. These forward-looking statements generally relate to our plans, objectives and expectations for future operations and are based upon management’s current estimates and projections of future results or trends. Although we believe that our plans and objectives reflected in or suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we may not achieve these plans or objectives. You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We will not update forward-looking statements even though our situation may change in the future.

Specific factors that might cause actual results to differ from our expectations or may affect the value of the common stock, include, but are not limited to:
prospectus.

  As of March 31, 2012 
  Actual  As Adjusted 
  (in thousands) 
Cash and cash equivalents $2,486,834   
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable  2,475,506   
Current portion long-term debt  696,910     
Preferred dividends payable  4,075,000     
Deferred revenue  250,205     
Total current liabilities  7,497,621     
Long-term liabilities:        
Notes payable, long-term  1,229,278     
Deferred income taxes  580,000     
Total long-term liabilities  1,809,278     
Total liabilities  9,306,899     
Shareholders’ Equity:        
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock 10% cumulative dividends, $0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding  100,000     
Common stock no par value, 240,000,000 shares authorized, 5,397,780 shares issued and outstanding  -     
Additional paid-in capital  17,914,543     
Accumulated deficit  (5,659,438)    
Total shareholders’ equity  12,355,105     
Total capitalization $21,662,004   

·Changes in local, state or federal laws and regulations governing lending practices, or changes in the interpretation of such laws and regulations
24
·Litigation and regulatory actions directed toward our industry or us, particularly in certain key states

·Our need for additional financing, and

·Unpredictability or uncertainty in financing markets which could impair our ability to grow our business through acquisitions

Other factors that could cause actual results to differ from those implied by the forward-looking statements in this prospectus are more fully described in the “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Industry data and other statistical information used in this prospectus are based on independent publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources. Some data are also based on our good faith estimates, derived from our review of internal surveys and the independent sources listed above. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information.

11


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OPERATION

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes that appear at the end ofelsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve significant uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

Pursuantreport. For further information, see “Risk Relating to the December 13, 2007 Merger Agreement, WFL Acquisition Corp. (then our wholly owned subsidiary) merged with and into Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., with Wyoming Financial Lenders remaining as the surviving entity and a wholly owned operating subsidiary of the Company. As indicated above, this transaction is referred to throughout this prospectus as the “Merger.” The Merger was effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2007.

Since the Merger, we have provided (primarily throughForward-Looking Statements” above.

OVERVIEW

We provide (through Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc.) retail financial services to individuals primarily in the midwestern and southwestern United States. These services include non-recourse cash advance loans and installment loans, check cashing and other money services, including title loans. At the close of business on DecemberMarch 31, 2007,2012, we owned and operated 52 stores in tennine states, (Colorado,including Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wisconsin and Wyoming). As of the date of this prospectus, we owned and operated a total of 61 stores in the foregoing states and Arizona.


Wyoming.

We provide short-term consumer loans—known as cash advance“payday” or “cash advance” loans—in amounts that typically range from $100 to $500. Cash advancePayday loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally two to four weeks and the customer’s post-dated personal check for the aggregate amount of the cash advanced, plus a fee. The fee varies from state to state, based on applicable regulations, and generally ranges from $15 to $22 for each whole or partial increment of $100 borrowed. To repay the cash advance loans, customersloan, a customer may pay with cash, in which case their personal check is returned to them, or allow the check to be presented to the bank for collection. Installment loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally three to six months. The fee and interest rate on installment loans vary based on applicable regulations. Like cash advance or payday loans, installment loans are unsecured. All of our payday loans, installment loans and other services are subject to state regulations (which vary from state to state), federal regulations and local regulation, where applicable.


We also operate (through PQH Wireless, Inc.) Cricket Wireless retail stores as an authorized dealer of Cricket Wireless products and services. Authorized dealers are permitted to sell the Cricket line and generally locate their store operations in areas with a strong potential customer base where Cricket does not maintain a corporate storefront. These locations are generally within the urban core or surrounding areas of a community. We are an authorized premier Cricket dealer, and as such, we are only permitted to sell the Cricket line of prepaid cellular phones at our Cricket retail stores. As of March 31, 2012, we operated 48 Cricket wireless retail stores in 13 states (Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Texas).  

Our expenses primarily relate to the operations of our various stores. The most significant expenses include salaries and benefits for our store employees, phones and accessories, provisions for payday loan losses and occupancy expenseexpenses for our leased real estate and advertising.estate. Our other significant expenses are general and administrative, which includes compensation of employees, professional fees for accounting, audit and stock-based compensation expenseslegal services, and Merger transaction expenses.

management / consulting fees.

With respect to our cost structure, phone and accessory cost of sales and salaries and benefits are onetwo of our largest costs and are driven primarily by the additionnumber of branchesstorefronts operated throughout the yearperiod and growthseasonal fluctuation in loansales volumes. Occupancy costs make up our third largest expense item. Our provision for losses is also a significant expense. If a customer’s check is returned by the bank as uncollected (NSF or account closed), we make an immediate charge-off to the provision for losses for the amount of the customer’s loan, which includes accrued fees and interest. Any recoveries on amounts previously charged off are recorded as a reduction to the provision for losses in the period recovered. We have experienced seasonality in our Cricket operations, with the first and fourth quarters typically being our strongest periods as a result of broader economic factors, such as holiday spending habits at the end of each year and income tax refunds during the first quarter.

We evaluate our stores based on revenue growth, gross profit contributions and loss ratio (which, for the payday segment, is losses as a percentage of revenues), with consideration given to the length of time the branchstorefront has been open and its geographic location. We evaluate changes in comparable branchstorefront financial and other measures on a routine basis to assess operating efficiency. We define comparable branchesstorefronts as those branches that are open during the full periods for which a comparison is being made. For example, comparable branchesstorefronts for the annual analysis we undertook as of December 31, 20072011 have been open at least 24 months on that date. We monitor newer branchesstorefronts for their progress toward profitability and rate of loan growth.growth or units sold.

25
Revenues totaled $11.35 million in 2007 compared to $8.72 million in 2006. Income from stores increased to $4.27 million in 2007 compared to $3.52 in 2006. We incurred salaries and benefits expense in 2007 of $1.47 million compared to $1.06 million in 2006 as a result of increased corporate level personnel and the demands of running the increased number of stores on a year-over-year basis. Additionally we incurred $1.48 million in Merger transaction expense in 2007. Our 2007 tax rate on income before taxes was 97.1% compared to 37.7% in 2006.

The increased tax rate was primarily a result of the non-deductibility of certain Merger transaction and employee stock expenses in 2007. Primarily as a result of these factors net income was $.03 million in 2007 compared to $1.37 in 2006.


We also have 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (10% cumulative dividends,$0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value) authorized, issued and outstanding. Our board of directors votes quarterly to approve this dividend in the amount of $525,000, which represents an annual cost to us of $2.1 million. The dividend can be paid either in cash or in shares of our common stock at the investor’s discretion. This dividend is calculated in to the net income or loss available to common stockholders. As a result we had a net loss available to common shareholders in 2007 and 2006.

Our obligation to pay dividends significantly impacts our cash flow and our ability to grow through acquisitions, which is the most significant way in which we expect to grow. For instance, our use of cash in satisfaction of the dividend payment obligations prevents us from using that cash as part of acquisition transactions. The present condition of the credit markets also makes it difficult for us to surmount this obstacle through borrowing. In addition, our use of cash in satisfaction of the dividend payment obligations makes it more difficult for us to manage our cash in way that we will ensure the availability of cash for lending to our cash advance customers during the fall and winter months, which is typically the busiest time of year for payday lending. We are presently attempting to secure a credit line with a financial institution that will better ensure our ability to meet customer demand in the coming months.

The dividend obligation also significantly affects our net income available to common stockholders. For example, absent the dividend payment our first two quarters of operation during fiscal 2008 would have resulted in net income available to common stockholders of over $316,000. For this reason, we are exploring ways in which we may be able to retire or redeem the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.
According to the Community Financial Services Association of America (CFSA), industry analysts estimate that the industry has grown to approximately 22,000 payday loan branches in the United States and these branches extend approximately $40 billion in short-term credit to millions of households that experience cash-flow shortfalls between paydays. We believe our industry is highly fragmented as ten companies presently operate approximately 10,200 branches in the United States. With this industry growth and current fragmentation (discussed above), we believe there are opportunities to grow our business, primarily through acquisitions as opposed to organic growth. We are actively identifying possible store locations in numerous states in which we currently operate and evaluating the regulatory environment and market potential in the various states in which we currently do not have stores. In addition to expanding our geographic reach, our strategic expansion plans also involve the expansion and diversification of our product and service offerings. We believe that successful expansion, both geographically and product- and service-wise, will help to mitigate the regulatory and economic risk inherent in our business by making us less reliant on (i) cash advance lending alone and (ii) any particular aspect of our business that concentrated geographically.
The growth of the payday loan industry has followed, and continues to beis significantly affected by payday lending legislation and regulation in the various states and nationally. We actively monitor and evaluate legislative and regulatory initiatives in each of the states and nationally, and are involved with the efforts of the various industry lobbying efforts. To the extent that states enact legislation or regulations that negatively impacts payday lending, whether through preclusion, fee reduction or loan caps, our business could be adversely affected.
Presently, legislation is pending in Arizona which would extend a current law permitting cash advance loans. In the absence of such legislation, current law permitting cash advance loans will “sunset” or expire in July 2010. While we presently do not conduct significant operations in Arizona, the failure to extend or outrightly permit cash advance lending would negatively affect us. In Nebraska, legislation was recently introduced in 2008 (but did not advance) to ban all cash advance or payday loans in Nebraska. This bill was ultimately defeated. Nevertheless,Despite the defeat of this legislation, since we derivederived approximately 36%28% of our 2011 total payday segment revenues in Nebraska, any subsequent attempts to pass similar legislation in Nebraska, or other legislation that would restrict our ability to make cash advance loans in Nebraska, would pose significant risks to our business.

With payday loan industry growth and fragmentation, we believe there are opportunities to grow our business, primarily through acquisitions as opposed to organic growth. We continually evaluate opportunities in numerous states in which we currently operate and evaluate the regulatory environment and market potential in the various states in which we currently do not have stores. In 2007,addition to expanding our geographic reach, our strategic expansion plans also involve the federal government passed legislation (the 2007 Military Authorization Act) prohibitingexpansion and diversification of our product and service offerings. For this reason, we have focused, and will continue to focus, a significant amount of time and resources on the makingdevelopment of our Cricket Wireless retail stores. We will also explore growth opportunity through the conversion (or partial conversion) of payday (cash advance)stores into pawn stores. We believe that successful expansion, both geographically and product- and service-wise, will help to mitigate the regulatory and economic risk inherent in our business by making us less reliant on (i) cash advance lending alone and (ii) any particular aspect of our business that concentrated geographically.

We have 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (10% cumulative dividends, $0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value) authorized, issued and outstanding. One-fourth of the $2.1 million annual preferred dividend accrues each quarter, whether paid or not. Our Board of Directors votes to approve payment of dividends when appropriate and as permitted by Minnesota law. The dividend can be paid either in cash or in shares of our common stock at the discretion of the preferred shareholder. This preferred dividend is included in the net income or loss available to common shareholders. As a result, we had a net loss available to common shareholders in 2011 and 2010.

Our obligation to pay preferred dividends significantly impacts our cash flow and our ability to grow through acquisitions, which is the most significant way in which we expect to grow. For instance, our use of cash in satisfaction of the dividend-payment obligations prevents us from using that cash as part of acquisition transactions. The present condition of the credit markets available to businesses in our industry also makes it difficult for us to surmount this obstacle through borrowing. In addition, our use of cash in satisfaction of the dividend-payment obligations requires us to manage our cash in ways that we will ensure the availability of cash for lending to our payday loan customers during the fall and winter months, which is typically the busiest time of year for payday lending.

The preferred dividend obligation also significantly affects our net income available to common shareholders. For example, absent the 2011 preferred dividend of $2.1 million, our net income available to common shareholders would have been approximately $1.44 million. For this reason, we are continuing to explore ways in which we may be able to retire or redeem the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. During 2011, we had engaged in discussions with WCR, LLC regarding the conversion of preferred stock on terms more favorable than those contained in the Certificate of Designation for the preferred stock, but we were unable to reach a definitive agreement in this regard. It is difficult for us to forecast what success, if any, we may have in this endeavor since the preferred shareholders are not obligated to surrender their shares, exchange them, or engage in any sort of recapitalization transaction.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2012 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011

For the three-month period ended March 31, 2012, net income was $.79 million compared to net income of $.41 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, income from operations before income taxes was $1.29 million compared to $.67 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The major components of revenues, store expenses, general and administrative expenses, and income tax expense are discussed below.

26

Revenues

Revenues totaled $7.52 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $5.04 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in total revenues resulted primarily from higher Cricket division revenue which can be attributed to our recent acquisitions. During the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, we originated approximately $15.8 million and $15.2 million in cash advance loans, respectively. Our average loan (including fees) totaled approximately $383 and $378 during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our average fee for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was $54 and $55, respectively.

The following table summarizes our revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively:

  Three Months Ended 
March 31,
  Three Months Ended 
March 31,
 
  2012  2011  2012  2011 
        (percentage of revenues) 
Payday loan fees $2,307,901  $2,325,747   30.7%  46.2%
Phones and accessories  2,741,696   1,586,915   36.5%  31.5%
Cricket service fees  1,995,025   554,696   26.5%  11.0%
Installment interest income  196,509   -   2.6%  -%
Check cashing fees  195,812   232,542   2.6%  4.6%
Other income and fees  79,827   338,731   1.1%  6.7%
Total $7,516,770  $5,038,631   100.0%  100.0%

Store Expenses

Total expenses associated with store operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $5.31 million, compared to $3.54 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, or a 50% increase for the interim periods. The major components of these expenses are salaries and benefits for our store employees, provision for loan losses, costs of sales for phones and accessories, occupancy costs relating to our store leaseholds, advertising expenses, depreciation of store equipment and leasehold improvements, amortization of intangible assets and other expenses associated with store operations.

Overall, our most significant store expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 related to phone and accessory costs, salaries and benefits for our store employees, occupancy costs and provision for loan losses. A discussion and analysis of the various components of our store expenses appears below.

Phone and Accessories Cost of Sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, our costs of sales were $1.84 million compared to $.96 million for the same period in 2011. The increase in our Cricket Wireless segment phone and accessory costs resulted from operating additional storefronts in 2012 and from a change in the structure of dealer compensation from Cricket, which change decreased our margins while increasing fees to dealers.

Salaries and Benefits. Payroll and related costs at the store level were $1.69 million compared to $1.11 million for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Year over year, we operated one additional payday store and 17 additional Cricket storefronts.

Provisions for Loan Losses. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, our provisions for loan losses were $.28 million compared to $.18 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Our provisions for loan losses represented approximately 12.0% and 7.7% of our loan fee revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase can be attributed to our introduction of an installment loan product in Wisconsin, which has higher default rates than payday loans. Due to our inability to foretell the scope and duration of the current economic recovery, we believe there are currently uncertainties in how significant our total 2012 loan losses may be and how they may differ from 2011.

27

Occupancy Costs. Occupancy expenses, consisting mainly of store leases, were $.55 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 versus $.42 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Advertising. Advertising and marketing expenses remained consistent at $.08 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011. In general, we expect that our marketing and advertising expenses for 2012 will increase due to our acquisition of additional Cricket storefronts.

Depreciation. Depreciation, relating to store equipment and leasehold improvements, increased to $.07 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $.06 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets decreased from $.12 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 to $.06 million.

Other Store Expenses. Other expenses increased to $.75 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $.61 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

General and Administrative Expenses

Total general and administrative costs for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $.92 million compared to $.83 million for the period ended March 31, 2011. For the three months ended March 31, 2012, the major components of these costs were salaries and benefits for our corporate headquarters operations and executive management, interest expense, and other general and administrative expenses. A discussion and analysis of the various components of our general and administrative costs appears below:

Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $.53 million, a $.08 million increase from the $.45 million in such expenses during period ended March 31, 2011.

Interest. Interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $.08 million compared to $.09 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Other General and Administrative Expenses. Other general and administrative expenses, such as professional fees, management and consulting fees, utilities, office supplies, and other minor costs associated with corporate headquarters activities, increased $.01 million to $.30 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $.29 million from the three months ended March 31, 2011.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $.50 million compared to income tax expense of $.26 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, an effective rate of 39% and 38%, respectively.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net income was $1.44 million compared to a net income of $1.35 million in 2010. Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $2.32 million in 2011 compared to $2.10 million in 2010. The major components of each of revenues, store expenses, general and administrative expenses, total operating expenses and income tax expense are discussed below.

Revenues

Revenues totaled $19.49 million in 2011 compared to $17.98 million in 2010, an increase of $1.51 million or 8.40%. The increase in total revenues resulted primarily from the following factors impacting the Cricket Wireless division: an increase in the number of Cricket storefronts in the last four months of 2011 compared to 2010 and a higher per unit selling price of phones. We originated approximately $67.5 million in payday loans during 2011 compared to $71.88 million in payday loans during the prior year. The average loan (including fee) totaled $382 in 2011 versus $367 in the prior year. Our average fee for 2011 was $55 compared to $54 for 2010. We closed four payday storefronts in Montana late in the fourth quarter of 2010 because of recent state legislation. Revenues from Cricket phone sales totaled $4.59 million in 2011 compared to $4.09 million in 2010. Cricket service fee revenue totaled $3.74 million in 2011 compared to $1.42 million in 2010, an increase related primarily to a change in dealer compensation arrangement in 2011. We had 49 Cricket retail storefronts open and operating during at least some part of fiscal 2011 compared to 37 storefronts during fiscal 2010. During 2011, we added 18 Cricket storefronts and closed four. In comparison, during 2010, we added four Cricket storefronts and closed six. Other revenues, including installment interest income, check cashing, title loans, service change fees and other sources, totaled $1.50 million and $1.86 million for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

28

The following table summarizes our revenues:

  Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010  2011  2010 
        (percentage of revenues) 
Payday loan fees $9,663,130  $10,607,136   49.6%  59.0%
Phones and accessories  4,585,584   4,094,049   23.5%  22.8%
Cricket service fees  3,741,495   1,419,446   19.2%  7.9%
Installment interest income  538,273   -   2.8%  - 
Check cashing fees  682,094   739,733   3.5%  4.1%
Other income and fees  277,344   1,118,083   1.4%  6.2%
Total $19,487,920  $17,978,447   100%  100%

We expect that our sources of revenue for 2012 may continue to diversify as we continue to improve and increase sales in our Cricket retail operations and look to open new Cricket retail and pawn storefronts.

Store Expenses

Total expenses associated with store operations for 2011 were $14.10 million compared to $12.90 million for 2010, an increase of $1.20 million or 9.30%. The major components of these expenses are salaries and benefits for our store employees, provision for loan losses, costs of sales for phones and accessories, occupancy costs primarily relating to our store leaseholds, advertising expenses, depreciation of store equipment, amortization of intangible assets and other expenses associated with store operations.

Overall, our most significant increases in store expenses from 2011 to 2010 related to salaries and benefits for our store employees, the provision for loan losses, and phones and accessories. Our most significant decrease in store expenses over that same period relates to our costs of occupancy. A discussion and analysis of the various components of our store expenses appears below.

Salaries and Benefits. Payroll and related costs at the store level were $4.70 million in 2011 compared to $4.58 million in 2010, an increase of $.13 million. This increase is a result of an increase in the number of storefronts operating throughout 2011. As a result of additional Cricket retail storefronts in 2011, we expect that salaries and benefits for 2012 will increase because the additional storefronts will be operating the entire year. Our salaries and benefits expenses will further increase if we add additional storefronts in 2012.

Provisions for Loan Losses. Our provision for losses for 2011 totaled $1.40 million and $1.28 million for 2010. Our provision for loan losses as a percentage of loan fee revenue was 14.5% during 2011 versus 12.1% during 2010. The less favorable loss ratio is due primarily to higher loss percentages with installment lending. Due to our inability to foretell the speed and scope of the current economic recovery or the economy in general, we believe there are currently uncertainties in what loan losses for 2012 may be.

Phone and Accessories Cost of Sales.  The increase in our Cricket Wireless phone and accessory revenues resulted in corresponding increase in costs of sales.  For the year ended December 31, 2011, our costs of sales were $2.86 million compared to $1.71 million in 2010.  Also contributing to the increase was a 2011 change in the dealer compensation arrangement with Cricket that resulted in lower margins, partially offset by increased fees income.

Occupancy Costs. Occupancy expenses, consisting primarily of store leases were $1.69 million during 2011 compared to $1.85 million in 2010, a decrease of $.16 million primarily resulting from a higher number of storefront days (number of storefronts times days leased for year) in 2010 compared to 2011. Occupancy expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 10.3% in 2010 to 8.65% in 2010.

29

Advertising.  Advertising and marketing related expense was $.33 million in 2011 compared to $.36 million in 2010. We believe that our advertising expenses in 2012 may increase slightly over those in 2011, mainly as a result of the need to increase advertisement of our Cricket wireless cellular segment and for pawn stores we open in 2012.

Depreciation. Depreciation decreased by $.01 million in 2011. Depreciation was $.27 million for 2011 and $.28 million for 2010.

Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of the customer relationship and other intangible assets was $.44 million for 2011 and $.52 million for 2010. This has been decreasing as intangibles become fully amortized.

Other Store Expenses. Other store expenses increased from $2.33 million in 2010 to $2.42 million in 2011. Other store expenses include bank fees, collection costs, repair and maintenance, supplies, telephone, utilities and network lines, and others. The increase in these expenses during 2011 was primarily due to increased supplies related to our Cricket store acquisitions.

General and Administrative Expenses

Total general and administrative costs for 2011 were $3.07 million compared to $2.98 million for 2010. The major components of these costs for 2011 are salaries and benefits for our corporate headquarters operations and executive management, interest expense, and other general and administrative expenses.

Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits expenses for 2011 were $1.74 million compared to $1.53 million for 2010, with the increase being mainly attributable to an increase in the management bonus pool established pursuant to the employment agreement with the Company’s CEO. The Company expects that during 2012 salaries and benefits expenses associated with executive management and corporate headquarters will remain consistent with their 2011 levels.

Interest Expense. The Company had $.29 million of interest expense in 2011 compared to $.41 million in 2010, a 29.3% decrease due to a reduction in notes payable balances.

Other General and Administrative Expenses. Other general and administrative expenses, such as professional fees, management / consulting fees, utilities, office supplies, and other minor costs associated with corporate headquarters activities were $1.01 million in 2011 compared to $1.03 million during 2010. The decrease in these expenses is mainly attributable to a decrease in nonrecurring professional fees, partially offset by management / consulting fees.

Total Operating Expenses

Total operating expenses for 2011 and 2010 were $17.17 million and $15.88 million, respectively. We anticipate our total operating expenses in 2012 to increase compared to 2011 due to the increase in number of storefronts during 2011 and 2012.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense on continuing operations increased to $.88 million in 2011 compared to $.75 million in 2010 for an effective rate of 38% and 36%, respectively.

30

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Summary cash flow data is as follows:

  Three Months Ended March 31, 
  2012  2011 
       
Cash flows provided (used) by:        
Operating activities $2,240,883  $1,065,420 
Investing activities  (377,257)  (13,574)
Financing activities  (1,286,234)  (1,172,162)
Net increase (decrease) in cash  577,392   (120,316)
Cash, beginning of period  1,909,442   2,092,386 
Cash, end of period $2,486,834  $1,972,070 

At March 31, 2012, we had cash of $2.49 million compared to cash of $1.91 million on December 31, 2011. We believe that our available cash, combined with expected cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our liquidity and capital expenditure requirements through March 31, 2013. Our expected short-term uses of available cash include the funding of operating activities (including anticipated increases in payday loans), the financing of expansion activities, including new store openings or store acquisitions and the repayment of long-term debt.

Because of the constant threat of regulatory changes to the payday lending industry, we believe it will be difficult for us to obtain debt financing from traditional financial institutions. Financing we may obtain from alternate sources is likely to involve higher interest rates.

On October 18, 2011, we entered into a borrowing arrangement with River City Equity, Inc. and delivered a related long-term promissory note in favor of River City Equity. The borrowing arrangement allows us to borrow up to $2,000,000 at an interest rate of 12% per annum, with interest payable on a monthly basis. The note matures on September 30, 2013, on which date all unpaid principal and accrued but unpaid interest thereon is due and payable. The note includes a prepayment penalty and, under certain circumstances, permits River City Equity to obtain a security interest in all of the Company’s assets. As of March 31, 2011, $1,200,000 had been advanced under this arrangement.

Our overall cash and liquidity position has been significantly enhanced by the past and current willingness of the holders of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to not insist that the Company pay dividends to those shareholders to the greatest extent permitted by Minnesota state law. Minnesota state law indicates that a corporation can only pay a dividend in circumstances where the corporation will be able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business after making the dividend. If our preferred shareholders were to insist that the Company pay dividends to the greatest extent permitted by state law (as required by the terms of the preferred stock), our liquidity position would likely be negatively affected, perhaps materially, such that we would be required to arrange for or engage in additional borrowing to ensure that we would have capital available to fund cash advance loans and title loans to members of the United States military. The law also prohibits creditors in general from charging more than 36% interest to military borrowers (in calculating the applicable rate of interest, all fees, service charges, renewal charges, credit insurance premiums or any other product sold with the loan must be included). Management does not believe that this 2007 law has materially affected or will materially affect the Company and its business. As with the various state legislatures, however, it is possible that the federal government may enact legislation or regulation that further restricts payday lending or title lending in general, which would undoubtedly affect our business in adverse ways.


Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies
otherwise.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make a number of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.


Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, “Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

12

We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

31

Loan Loss

Loans Receivable Allowance

We maintain a loan loss allowance for anticipated losses for our cash advancepayday, installment and title loans. To estimate the appropriate level of the loan loss allowance, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current loan loss allowance is based on our net write offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last 1224 months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans that we write off. The CompanyWe also periodically performsperform a look-back analysis on itsour loan loss allowance to verify the historical allowance established tracks with the actual subsequent loan write-offs and recoveries. The Company isWe are aware that as conditions change, itwe may also need to make additional allowances in future periods.

Included in loans receivable are cash advancepayday loans that are currently due or past due and cash advancepayday loans that have not been repaid. This generally is evidenced where a customer’s personal check has been deposited and the check has been returned due to non-sufficient funds in the customer’s account, a closed account, or other reasons. Cash advanceAlso included in loans receivable are current and delinquent installment and title loans. Loans are carried at cost less the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company doesloans receivable allowance. We do not specifically reserve for any individual cash advance loan. The Company aggregates cash advance loansWe aggregate loan types for purposes of estimating the loss allowance using a methodology that analyzes historical portfolio statistics and management’s judgment regarding recent trends noted in the portfolio. This methodology takes into account several factors, including the maturity of the store location and charge-off and recovery rates. The Company utilizesWe utilize a software program to assist with the tracking of its historical portfolio statistics. As a result of the Company’s collectionscollection efforts, it historically experiences returned items of approximately 6.5% of gross loans written and writes off approximately 35%42% of thesethe returned items.  Based on days past the check return date, write-offs of returned items historically have tracked at the following approximate percentages:  1 to 30 days – 42%; 31 to 60 days – 66%; 61 to 90 days – 82%; 91 to 120 days – 88%; and 121 to 180 days – 90%. All returned items are charged-off after 180 days, as collections after that date have not been significant. The loan loss allowance is reviewed monthly and any adjustment to the loan lossloans receivable allowance as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is recorded. The Company uses a third party collection agency to assist in the collection of the loan collateral related to title loans, when

At December 31, 2011 and as the Company determines appropriate.

The Company entered into the title loan business with the acquisition of National Cash & Credit, LLC in February 2008. Currently, title loans are not a significant portion of the Company’s2010 our outstanding loans receivable portfolio.
aging was as follows:

  December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Current $4,626,000  $4,542,000 
1-30  297,000   276,000 
31 – 60  220,000   234,000 
61 – 90  223,000   209,000 
91 - 120  171,000   220,000 
121 – 150  189,000   227,000 
151 – 180  163,000   201,000 
   5,889,000   5,909,000 
Allowance for losses  (1,001,000)  (1,165,000)
  $4,888,000  $4,744,000 

A rollforward of the Company’sour loans receivable allowance for the years ended December 31, 20072011 and 20062010 is as follows:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Loans receivable allowance, beginning of year $1,165,000  $1,237,000 
Provision for loan losses charged to expense:  1,397,000   1,280,000 
Charge-offs, net  (1,561,000)  (1,352,000)
         
Loans receivable allowance, end of year $1,001,000  $1,165,000 

32
  
Year Ended December 31,
 
  
2007
 
2006
 
      
Loans receivable allowance, beginning of year $762,000 $661,000 
Provision for loan losses charged to expense  1,484,754  878,469 
Charge-offs, net  (1,270,754) (777,469)
        
Loans receivable allowance, end of year $976,000 $762,000 

Valuation of Long-LivedLong-lived and Intangible Assets


We assess

The Company assesses the possibility of impairment of long-lived and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future cash flows, significant changes in the manner of use of acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, and significant negative industry events or trends. When management determines thatIn addition, we conduct an annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 each year. We assess our goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level by applying a fair value test. This fair value test involves a two-step process. The first step is to compare the carrying value of long-livedour net assets to our fair value. If the fair value is determined to be less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any.

A reporting unit is an operating segment, or under certain circumstances, a component of an operating segment that constitutes a business. Our reporting units consist of multiple state and intangiblemulti-state based operations and therefore the cessation of operations in any particular state does not imply that goodwill for the relevant reporting unit will be impaired.

Due to the effect of our capital structure involving preferred stock and related cumulative preferred dividends, the market capitalization approach of valuing the reporting unit as a whole is not practical. The discounted future cash flows method is utilized in estimating value. When estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the net assets may not be recoverable,and related goodwill, an impairment test is measured based onperformed to measure and recognize the amount of the impairment loss, if any. Impairment losses, which are limited to the carrying value of goodwill, represent the excess of the assets’ carrying valueamount of a reporting unit's goodwill over the estimated fair value.


Share-Based Compensation

Under the fair value recognition provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 123R (SFAS 123R), “Share-Based Payment,” our share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense based on the applicable vesting schedule. Determining theimplied fair value of share-based awards at grant date requires judgment, which includes estimatingthat goodwill.

In determining the amountestimated future discounted cash flows, we consider current and projected future levels of share-based awards expectedincome, as well as strategic plans, business trends, prospects, and market and economic conditions. Impairment tests involve the use of judgments and estimates related to be forfeited. The Black-Scholes option pricing model (using estimated value of the Company) is used to measure fair value for stock option grants.


During 2007, we granted 1,600,000 shares of restricted stock options and warrants to certain of our employees and non-employees. These options and warrants vested upon the successful completion of the Merger on December 31, 2007. We estimated that the grant date fair market value of these restricted optionsthe business operations with which goodwill is associated, taking into consideration both historical operating performance and warrants totaled $368,000 ($0.23 per share) at the time of issuance. The market price of our common stock on November 29,2007 (the date of issuance) was $1.80,anticipated financial position and the exercise price for all of those options and warrants was $0.01 per share. During 2007, we granted warrants to a Company adviser for the purchase of up to 400,000 common shares at $0.01 per share. These warrants vested upon the successful completion of the Merger on December 31, 2007. We estimated that the grant date fair market value of these restricted warrants totaled $92,000 at the time of issuance ($0.23 per share). These warrants have not been exercised as of the date of this prospectus.

The table below summarizes information about the above-referenced grants of options and warrants:

Recipient (security type)
 
Date
 
Share-Based Compensation Expense
 
Steven Staehr (option)  11/29/2007 $126,500 
David Stueve (option)  11/29/2007 $57,500 
Rich Horner (option)  11/29/2007 $23,000 
Ted Dunhan (option)  11/29/2007 $23,000 
Rose Piel (option)  11/29/2007 $5,750 
Brian Chaney (option)  11/29/2007 $5,750 
John Quandahl (option)  11/29/2007 $92,000 
John Richards (option) *  11/29/2007 $23,000 
Tom Griffith (option) *  11/29/2007 $5,750 
Lantern Advisers, LLC (warrant)  11/29/2007 $92,000 
Donna Mendez  11/29/2007 $3,450 
Robert Jorgenson  11/29/2007 $2,300 

* Option was later cancelled.
13


For the year ended December 31, 2007, net income was $.03 million compared to net income of $1.37 million in 2006. Income before income taxes was $.93 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $2.20 million in fiscal 2006. The major components of each of revenues, store expenses, general and administrative expenses, total operating expenses and income tax expense are discussed below.
Revenues
Revenues totaled $11.35 million in 2007 compared to $8.72 million in 2006, an increase of $2.63 million or 30.1%. The increase in revenues was primarily a result of higher cash advance loan volumes resulting from an increase in the number of stores. The additional stores generated $2.67 million in year over year revenue growth. Same store revenue increased by $.06 million in 2007 compared to 2006. The Company closed two locations in 2007 resulting in a $.10 million reduction in revenue in 2007 compared to 2006. We originated approximately $62 million in cash advance loans during 2007 compared to $47 million during the prior year. The average loan (including fee) totaled $322 in 2007 versus $335 in the prior year. Our average fee rate for 2007 was $47.51 compared to $49.03 in 2006. Revenues from check cashing, title loans, guaranteed phone/Cricket fees, and other sources totaled $2.24 million and $1.82 million for 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The following table summarizes revenues:
  Year Ended December 31, Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 2007 2006 
      (percentage of revenues) 
          
Loan fees $9,104,545 $6,898,554  80.3% 79.1%
Check cashing fees  1,333,123  817,379  11.7% 9.4%
Guaranteed phone/Cricket fees  749,475  889,778  6.6% 10.2%
Other fees  159,381  114,127  1.4% 1.3%
Total $11,346,524 $8,719,838 $100.0%$100.0%

As we expand the number of store locations, we expect that our revenues will continue to increase over the course of fiscal 2008. We also expect that our sources of revenue for fiscal 2008 may begin to diversify as we become more involved in the title lending business after our acquisition of National Cash & Credit.
Store Expenses

Total expenses associated with store operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $7.08 million compared to $5.20 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The major components of these expenses are salaries and benefits for our store employees, provision for loan losses, costs of sales for our guaranteed phone/Cricket phone business, occupancy costs primarily relating to our store leaseholds, advertising expenses, depreciation of store equipment, amortization of intangible assets and other expenses associated with store operations.

Overall, our most significant increases in store expenses from fiscal 2006 to fiscal 2007 related to salaries and benefits for our store employees, provisions for loan losses, and our costs of occupancy. Our most significant decrease in store expenses over that same period relates to our costs of sales for our guaranteed phone/Cricket phone business. A discussion and analysis of the various components of our store expenses appears below.
Salaries and Benefits. Payroll and related costs at the store level were $2.64 million in 2007 compared to $1.92 million in 2006 an increase of $.72 million, as headcount increased mostly due to an increase in the number of store locations. As a result of added store locations since the close of fiscal 2007, we expect that salaries and benefits for fiscal 2008 will continue to increase.

Provisions for Loan Losses. Our provision for losses for 2007 totaled $1.48 million and $.88 million for 2006. Our provision for loan losses as a percentage of loan fee revenue was 16.3% during 2007 versus 12.7% during 2006. The less favorable loss ratio year-to-year reflects our accelerated rate of unit store growth during 2007, and a more challenging collections environment as a result of an increase in bankruptcy filings, higher energy prices and increased competition in the lending industry. Due primarily to a continued and increased economic downturn, we expect that fiscal 2008 will ultimately involve a greater loss ratio than fiscal 2007. Due to our inability to foretell the depth and duration of the present economic downturn, we believe there are currently uncertainties in how significant any increased loan losses for fiscal 2008 may be.
Guaranteed phone/Cricket. Guaranteed phone/Cricket costs dropped to $.44 million in 2007 compared to $.59 million in 2006. We believe the decrease was due to a national trend of more consumers relying on cellular phones versus home phones, which is where the guaranteed phone Cricket phone product is used. In general, we expect this trend to continue with the result that our guaranteed phone revenue will decline while Cricket phone (cellular) will increase.

Occupancy Costs. Occupancy expenses, consisting primarily of store leases were $.75 million during 2007, compared to $.43 million in 2006, an increase of $.32 million primarily resulting from the addition of stores during 2007. Occupancy expenses as a percentage of revenues increased from 4.9 % in 2006 to 6.7% in 2007, primarily due to the high number of stores many of which were opened recently and had lower profitability compared to the more mature locations. Because we have added and plan to add additional stores during fiscal 2008, we believe that our occupancy costs for fiscal 2008 will likely rise from their fiscal 2007 levels.


Depreciation. Depreciation increased by $.03 million in 2007 due to depreciation associated with capital expenditures for stores. Depreciation was $.11 million for 2007 and $.08 million for 2006.

Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $.14 million for both 2007 and 2006.

General and Administrative Expenses
Total general and administrative costs for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $3.33 million compared to $1.32 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The major components of these costs are salaries and benefits for our corporate headquarters operations and executive management, depreciation of certain headquarters-related equipment, Merger transaction expenses, and other general and administrative expenses, including utilities, office supplies, collection costs and other minor costs.

Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits expenses for fiscal 2007 increased by $.41 million to $1.47 million, as compared to $1.06 million for fiscal 2006, with the increase being mainly attributed to the addition of management personnel as the Company has grown and the hiring of a new executive management team. The Company expects that during fiscal 2008 salaries and benefits expenses associated with executive management and corporate headquarters will slightly increase from their fiscal 2007 levels as a result of continued Company growth.

Depreciation. Depreciation during fiscal 2007 decreased by $.06 million from $.33 million in fiscal 2006 to $.27 million in fiscal 2007.

Merger-Related Expenses. Expenses incurred in connection with the December 31, 2007 Merger transaction were a significant component of overall general, administrative and other costs for fiscal 2007. Those expenses, composed primarily of professional fees relating to the audit of the Company’s financial statements (the preparation of which was a condition to the closing of the Merger) legal fees, and other fees associated with the Merger transaction, amounted to $1.49 million. Because of the special and unique one-time nature of the Merger transaction, we do not expect to incur such expenses in fiscal 2008. Nevertheless, the ongoing costs associated with maintaining the Company’s public reporting status, including professional fees and expenses for tax services, Sarbanes-Oxley consulting services, independent accounting services and legal services are expected to partially offset the expected reduction in Merger-related expenses.

Other General and Administrative Expenses. Other general and administrative expenses, such as utilities, office supplies, collection costs and other minor costs associated with corporate headquarters activities were $.35 million in fiscal 2007, which is an increase of $.12 million over the $.23 million in such expenses incurred during fiscal 2006. For fiscal 2008, management does not expect any significant changes in these types of expenses from their fiscal 2007 levels.
Total Operating Expenses
Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $10.42 million compared to $6.52 million for 2006. The $3.90 million, or 59.74%, increase in operating expenses over the comparable period in 2006 was due primarily to the increased amount of transactions, expansion of our business with additional stores, expenses related to the Merger transaction and stock-based compensation expense.
Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense was $.90 million in 2007 compared to income tax expense of $.83 million in 2006 primarily as a result of 2007 Merger-related nondeductible permanent differences.
Results of Operations - Three Months Ended September 30, 2008 Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2007

For the three-month period ended September 30, 2008, net income was $.40 million compared to net income of $.46 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. During the three months ended September 30, 2008, income before income taxes was $.63 million compared to income before income taxes of $.74 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The major components of each of revenues, store expenses, general and administrative expenses, total operating expenses and income tax expense are discussed below.

Revenues

Revenues totaled $3.69 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008 compared to $2.86 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. This increase resulted from the increase in the number of stores operating during the 2008 interim period due to our acquisition of five stores in North Dakota operating under the name “Ameri-Cash,” the acquisition of National Cash & Credit, LLC and the acquisition of four stores from the “STEN” acquisition. During the three-month period ended September 30, 2008 we originated approximately $20.5 million in cash advance loans compared to $16.2 during the 2007 interim period. Our average loan (including fee) totaled approximately $361 during the period ended September 30, 2008 versus $333 in the 2007 interim period. Our average fee rate for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was $53 compared to $49 for the 2007 interim period. Revenues from check cashing, title loans, guaranteed phone/Cricket phone fees, and other sources totaled $.66 million and $.48 million for the three month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The following table summarizes our revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively:







Other. Other expenses were $.38 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008 versus $.25 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007 primarily due higher costs associated with operating a higher number of stores on a year-over-year basis.

General and Administrative Expenses

Total general and administrative costs for the three months ended September 30, 2008 were $.65 compared to $.37 million for the period ended September 30, 2007. For the three-month period ended September 30, 2008, the major components of these costs were salaries and benefits for our corporate headquarters operations and executive management, depreciation of certain headquarters-related equipment, and utilities, office supplies and other minor costs, professional fees for accounting and legal services (collectively grouped as “other” costs). A discussion of the various componentssignificant portion of our general and administrative costs for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 appears below:

Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008 were $.36 million, a $.10 million increase from the $.26 million in such expenses during period ended September 30, 2007. The increase resulted mainly from headquarters and management employees being slightly higher for the period ended September 30, 2008 then they were for the corresponding period ended September 30, 2007.reporting unit. This slight increase is mainly due to our addition of employees since the Merger.

Depreciation. Depreciation for the period ended September 30, 2008, in the amount of $.01 million was substantially identical to the $.01 million for the period ended September 30, 2007. Depreciation relates primarily to equipment and capital improvements at the Company’s corporate headquarters.

Other General and Administrative Expenses. Other general and administrative expenses, which includes professional fees for accounting and legal services, consulting services related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, utilities, office supplies, collection costs and other minor costs associated with corporate headquarters activities, aggregated to $.28 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008 versus $.09 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. We do not expect these types of costs to decrease to their fiscal 2007 levels, as most of them are attributed to efforts to comply with various rules and regulations applicable to public reporting companies.

Total Operating Expenses

Our total operating expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008 were $3.06 million compared to $2.12 million for the comparable period for 2007. Overall, the $.94 million increase in operating expenses were mainly attributed to our growth in the number of operating stores and increased costs associated with being a public reporting company.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the period ended September 30, 2008 was $.23 compared to income tax expense of $.28 million for the period ended September 30, 2007.  Our net income before taxes for the 2008 period of $.63 million versus net income before taxes for the 2007 period of $.74 millionanalysis resulted in a lower income tax expense for the three months ended September 30, 2008.
15


For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008, net income was $.68 million compared to net income of $1.29 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, income before income taxes was $1.12 million compared to income before income taxes of $2.01 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The major components of each of revenues, store expenses, general and administrative expenses, total operating expenses and income tax expense are discussed below.

Revenues

Revenues totaled $9.84 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 compared to $8.46 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. This increase resulted from the increasedetermination that no triggering events or changes in the number of stores operating during the 2008 interim period due to our acquisition of five stores in North Dakota operating under the name “Ameri-Cash,” the acquisition of National Cash & Credit, LLC and the acquisition of four stores from the “STEN” acquisition.  During the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 we originated approximately $54.2 million in cash advance loans compared to $45.9 million during the 2007 interim period. Our average loan (including fee) totaled approximately $351 during the period ended September 30, 2008 versus $334 in the 2007 interim period. Our average fee rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 was $52 compared to $49 for the 2007 interim period. Revenues from check cashing, title loans, guaranteed phone/Cricket phone fees, and other sources totaled $1.93 million and $1.73 for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
The following table summarizes our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively:
  
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
  
2008
 
2007
 
2008
 
2007
 
      (percentage of revenues) 
Payday loan fees $7,905,942 $6,742,867  80.4% 79.5%
Check cashing fees  908,941  1,042,249  9.2% 12.3%
Guaranteed phone/Cricket fees  444,087  593,431  4.5% 7.0%
Title loan fees  433,359  -  4.4%   
Other fees  145,975  98,620  1.5% 1.2%
Total $9,838,303 $8,459,167  100.0% 100.0%

Due mainly to our commencement of title lending activities in connection with our acquisition of National Cash & Credit, our sources of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 are slightly more diversified than the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

Store Expenses
Total expenses associated with store operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $6.61 million compared to $5.21 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The most significant components of these expenses were salaries and benefits, provisions for loan losses, guaranteed phone/Cricket costs of sales, occupancy costs, advertising expenses, depreciation of store equipment, amortization of intangible assets and other expenses associated with store operations.

Our most significant increases in store expenses from the two interim periods related to salaries and benefits for our store employees, provisions for loan losses, and our costs of occupancy. As with our fiscal year-end results, guaranteed phone/Cricket phone costs of sales showed continued reductions in expense resulting from slowing guaranteed phone/Cricket phone sales overall. In the nine months ending September 30, 2008 we also modestly decreased advertising expenses. A discussion of the various components of our store expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 appears below.

Salaries and Benefits. Payroll and related costs at the store level were $2.47 million compared to $1.97 million for the periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Increased salaries and benefits expense resulted from of our addition of several store locations. We expect that, with anticipated continued store growth, these salaries and benefits expenses will continue to increase.

Provisions for Loan Losses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008 our provisions for loan losses were $1.42 million. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007 such provisions were $1.06 million. Our provisions for loan losses represented approximately 17.1% and 15.7% of our loan and title fee revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We believe that the increased loss ratio for the comparable periods results from both our increased store count, since the processes of integrating acquired store locations frequently involves some amount of time before store managementcircumstances had adopted and implemented our protective pre-transaction measures, and a more challenging consumer collections environment in general. The more challenging environment is mainly reflected by increased bankruptcy filings, higher energy and other consumer prices. Presently, we do not foresee any end to the current economic downturn and as a result we expect higher loan losses during fiscal 2008 than those we experienced during 2007.
16

Guaranteed phone/Cricket. Guaranteed phone/Cricket costs (reflecting costs of sales of such items) decreased from $.34 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 to $.22 for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, a decrease of $.12 million. This decrease has followed our expectations that our guaranteed phone line of business will become increasingly less significant to our overall revenues as consumers move away from home phones in general (which is where the guaranteed phone product is used) toward cell phones. We expect the Cricket line of business to increase through the end of fiscal 2008 and in the foreseeable future as a result of continued growth through the Company’s existing Cricket stores and the addition of the nine Cricket stores acquired under the PQH Wireless transaction described above.

Occupancy Costs. Occupancy expenses, comprised mainly of store leases, were $.82 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 versus $.56 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in our occupancy expenses relates to our acquisitions and operation of more stores during the most recent six-month period. In general, as we pursue a growth by small acquisitions strategy, we expect this trend to continue for the foreseeable future.
Advertising. Advertising and marketing expenses were $.28 million during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008 as compared to $.33 million during the nine-month period ended September 30, 2007. Although we have not made a concerted effort to reduce our advertising expenses, the decrease in advertising and marketing expenses primarily results from the timing of payments. In general, we expect that our marketing and advertising expenses for fiscal 2008 will remain relatively stable but will increase overall, as compared to fiscal 2007, if we are successful in implementing our acquisition strategy during the year.

Depreciation. Depreciation, relating to store equipment and capital expenditures for stores, increased from $.08 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 to $.13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of intangible assets increased from $.10 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 versus $.12 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.

Other. Other expenses were $1.13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 versus $.76 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 primarily due higher costs associated with operating a higher number of stores on a year-over-year basis.

General and Administrative Expenses

Total general and administrative costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $2.11 compared to $1.19 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. For the nine-month period ended September 30, 2008, the major components of these costs were salaries and benefits for our corporate headquarters operations and executive management, depreciation of certain headquarters-related equipment, and utilities, office supplies and other minor costs, professional fees for accounting and legal services (collectively grouped as “other” costs). A discussion of the various components of our general and administrative costs for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 appears below:

Salaries and Benefits. Salaries and benefits expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $.95 million, a $.08 million increase from the $.87 million in such expenses during period ended September 30, 2007. Our payment cost for headquarters and management employees are slightly higher for the period ended September 30, 2008 then they were for the corresponding period ended September 30, 2007. This increase is mainly due to our addition of employees since the Merger.

Depreciation. Depreciation for the periods ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 remained constant at $.03 million for both periods. Depreciation relates primarily to equipment and capital improvements at the Company’s corporate headquarters.

Other General and Administrative Expenses. Other general and administrative expenses, which includes professional fees for accounting and legal services, consulting services related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, utilities, office supplies, collection costs and other minor costs associated with corporate headquarters activities, aggregated to $1.13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 versus $.28 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. We do not expect these types of costs to decrease to their fiscal 2007 levels, as most of them are attributed to efforts to comply with various rules and regulations applicable to public reporting companies.

Total Operating Expenses

Our total operating expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 were $8.71 million compared to $6.39 million for the comparable period for 2007. Overall, the $2.32 million increase in operating expenses were mainly attributed to our growth in the number of operating stores and increased costs associated with being a public reporting company.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense for the period ended September 30, 2008 was $.44 compared to income tax expense of $.78 million for the period ended September 30, 2007.  Our net income before taxes for the 2008 period of $1.12 million versus net income before taxes for the 2007 period of $2.07 million resulted in a lower income tax expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
Liquidity and Capital Resources

Summary cash flow data is as follows:
 Nine-Months Ended September 30, 
  2008 2007 
      
Cash flows provided (used) by :     
Operating activities $(1,091,673)$1,276,916 
Investing activities  (643,611) (106,281)
Financing activities  3,307,905  (1,204,920)
Net increase (decrease) in cash  1,572,621  (34,285)
Cash, beginning of period  984,625  1,265,460 
Cash, end of period $2,557,246 $1,231,175 
At September 30, 2008 we had cash of $2.56 million compared to cash of $.98 million on December 31, 2007. The increase results mainly from our receipt of cash in the private placement transaction that closed simultaneously with the Merger. For fiscal year 2008, we believe that our available cash, combined with expected cash flows from operations, will be sufficient to fund our liquidity and capital expenditure requirements for the remainder 2008. Our expected short-term uses of cash include funding of operating activities, anticipated increases in payday loans, dividend payments on our Series A preferred stock (to the extent approved by the Board of Directors), and the financing of expansion activities, including new store openings and store acquisitions.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

33





18

DESCRIPTION OF

BUSINESS

General

OVERVIEW

Western Capital Resources, Inc., is a Minnesota corporation formerly known as “URON Inc.,”that maintains two operating segments: one provides short-term consumer loans, commonly referred to as cash advance or "payday"“payday” loans, through itsand the other operates Cricket retail cellular wireless stores.

Payday operations are conducted under our wholly owned operating subsidiary Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., The Federal Trade Commission describes these loans as “small, short-term high-rate loans.” Our payday loans generally are offered and made in exchange for fees that, if treated as interest, are at a Wyoming corporation.rate extraordinarily higher than prime and are made to individuals who do not typically qualify for prime rate loans. As a consequence, our loans may be considered a type of Decembersubprime loan. In Wisconsin and Colorado, the Payday division provides short-term installment loans. The installment loan product has a rate of interest significantly higher than traditional financial institutions. At March 31, 2007,2012, we operated 5452 payday lending stores with locations in nine states, including Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wisconsin and Wyoming. The principal amountsOur provision of over 95% of our cash advancepayday and installment loans range from $100 to $500. Since that date, we have acquired 14 new stores, including five stores in Arizona, and closed two stores (see “Recent Developments,” below). Cash advance loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally up to four weeks and supportedis typically heavily regulated by that customer’s post-dated personal check for the aggregate amount of the cash advanced plus a fee. Approximately 68% of our loan transactions are made for a period of up to four weeks and approximately 32% of our loan transactions involve loans whose initial maturity extends beyond four weeks. The fee we charge for our pay day loans varies from state to state, based on applicable regulations, and generally ranges from $15 to $22 for each $100 borrowed. To repay the cash advance loans, customers may pay with cash,various states in which case their personal checkwe operate, and our payday lending and installment loan business is returned to them or allow the check to be presentedextremely susceptible to the bank for collection. Weadverse effects of any changes in federal or state laws and regulations that may further restrict or flatly prohibit payday lending.

Through our payday segment, we also provide title and ancillary consumer financial products and services that are complementary to our payday-lendingpayday and installment lending business, such as check-cashing services, money transfers and money orders. Our check-cashing services involve the cashing of checks for a fee; money-transfer services involve the transfer of money by wire for a fee; and our money-orders services involve the issuing of money orders and title loans. In addition, we offer guaranteed phone/Cricket™ phonesfor a fee. We believe these services are complementary since customers typically come to our customers.stores for financial reasons and to procure financial services (i.e., obtain a loan). Once the loan has been obtained, a customer may, for instance, decide to wire a payment of money or obtain a money order to satisfy a debt or other obligation. Our loans and other services are subject to state regulations (which vary from state to state), and federal and local regulations, where applicable.

Our second segment operates retail stores selling Cricket cellular phones and accessories. We are a premier Cricket dealer. Cricket phones are prepaid cellular phones that function for a period of time for a flat fee, without usage limitations and without any long-term contract or commitment required from the consumer. At March 31, 2012, we owned and operated 48 Cricket wireless retail stores in 13 states, including Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Texas. While there are state regulations that affect our provision of Cricket phone products and services, our Cricket phone business is not highly susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in federal or state laws and regulations.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, each of our major lines of business (i.e., payday and installment lending, and our Cricket wireless business) generated associated revenues. In 2011, we generated approximately:

·$10.20 million in payday lending revenues representing approximately 52.3% of our total revenues,
·$4.59 million in phone and accessory sales representing approximately 23.6% of our total revenues, and
·$3.74 million in Cricket related sales and service fees representing approximately 19.2% of our total revenues.

The tables below summarize our financial results and condition as of March 31, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (audited).

  March 31, 2012  March 31, 2011 
Revenues $7,516,770  $5,083,631 
Net income (loss) to common shareholders $264,042  $(112,631)
Current assets $7,851,373  $8,418,534 
Current liabilities $7,497,621  $7,883,414 
Total assets $21,662,004  $22,021,776 
Total liabilities $9,306,899  $9,623,479 
Shareholder equity $12,355,105  $12,398,297 

34

  December 31, 2011  December 31, 2010 
Revenues $19,487,920  $17,978,447 
Net loss to common shareholders $664,769  $751,059 
Current assets $8,418,534  $7,958,443 
Current liabilities $7,883,414  $6,452,628 
Total assets $22,021,776  $20,770,882 
Total liabilities $9,623,479  $7,707,816 
Shareholder equity $12,398,297  $13,063,066 

The above figures include an assumed preferred stock dividend relating to our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $2.1 million in 2011 and 2010.

PAYDAY LENDING BUSINESS

General Description

The short-term consumer loans we provide are commonly referred to as “payday loans” or “cash advance loans,” “payday loans,” or “deferred deposit advances.”advance” loans. Such loans are referred to as “payday loans” because they are typically made to borrowers who at the time of the loan transaction, have no available cash and promise to repay the loan out of their next paycheck. In some cases, these same types of loans are referred to as “deferred deposit advances” because the borrowers, instead of funding repayment of the loan out of a paycheck, promise to repay the loan with their next regular fixed-income payment, such as a social security check.

When we make cash advance or “payday” loans, we provide our customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally up to four weeks that is supported by that customer’s post-dated personal check for the aggregate amount of the loan, plus a fee. During 2011, we offered payday loans typically ranging from $10 to $500, with the average loan amount being approximately $327. Approximately 75.0% of our loan transactions are made for a period of up to four weeks and approximately 25.0% of our loan transactions involve loans whose initial maturity extends beyond four weeks. To repay the payday loans, customers may pay with cash, in which case their personal check is returned to them, or allow their personal check to be presented to their bank for collection.

As part of our payday lending business, we offer short-term installment loans in Colorado and Wisconsin. In 2011 approximately 5.3% of loan revenue was derived from installment lending.

The Payday Loan Process

Customers seeking to obtain a payday loan must:

·complete a loan application
·maintain a personal checking account
·have a suitable source of income
·have a valid driver’s license or other form of picture ID
·not otherwise be in default on a loan from us where available
·enter into a standard loan agreement and promissory note with us, and
·deliver their personal post-dated check.

Our standard payday loan application with customers provides that we will not cash their check until the due date of the associated loan. To repay a payday loan, a customer may pay with cash, in which case their personal check is returned to them, or allow the check to be presented to the bank for collection. All of our loans are subject to state, federal, and where applicable, local regulations. State and local regulations are not uniform. Where permitted by state regulation, a customer may renew a loan after full payment in cash of the fee associated with the original loan. When applicable, a customer renewing a loan signs a new promissory note and provides us with a new check.

We require that a payday loan customer have and maintain a personal checking account for a number of reasons. First, we need to ascertain that the personal post-dated check we receive from that customer is written against a valid and existing checking account. Second, we review recent bank statements from the checking account for proof that the customer’s statements to us, and the representations made to us in the related loan agreement, relating to their employment and level of income are accurate. Third, we also review the recent bank statements for evidence of any returned checks. If an applicant had multiple returned checks on their recent bank statements, we are unlikely to extend a loan to that person.

35

Ordinarily, we deem items such as a recent pay stub, or a bank statement evidencing periodic deposits, as sufficient proof of current employment. We do not, however, independently verify that a borrowing customer is employed at the time of a loan. Furthermore, we do not require or request any information relating to whether a borrowing customer’s employment is on a full-time or part-time, or hourly or salaried, basis; nor do we otherwise make any independent verification regarding these kinds of employment-related facts. We make loans without proof of employment and without a recent bank statement only to repeat customers, who have not previously defaulted on loans we have made to them, in states that do not require those items as prerequisites for a loan. An employment income source is determined to be “suitable” if it appears to be valid from our review of the bank statements a borrower provides us, and any pay stubs they may also offer as evidentiary support for their employment. Generally, we do not advance a payday customer more than 25% of the monthly income that they appear to earn, based on our review of applicable documentation the customer provides to us. We apply this limitation to all of our customers and in all circumstances, including attempts to roll over loans, except for repeat customers who have had repaid all of their prior loans on time. For installment customers, we will loan up to 35% of their monthly income.

We do not undertake any formal or informal credit check of borrowers, or any review of their credit history in connection with a proposed loan transaction. When making a loan to a first-time customer, we obtain reports from a third-party vendor that summarizes recent credit requests, existing bad debt, and existing delinquencies. These reports are provided by Teletrack. If an applicant has a poor Teletrack report showing multiple recent credit requests or existing delinquencies, or more than one returned check on their recent bank statements, we are unlikely to extend a loan to that person. We do not order Teletrack reports for repeat customers.

As part of each payday loan transaction, we enter into a standardized written contract with the borrowing customer. The standardized contracts vary slightly based on differing state laws, but all of our standard contracts plainly state in simple terms the annual percentage rate (assuming the fees we charge are computed as interest) in compliance with Regulation Z, and the consequences of defaulting on the loan. We retain copies of our written contracts at the stores where the transactions are processed and also provide copies to our customers. Our standard documentation includes:

·a promise to repay the loan and associated loan fee
·an express right to prepay without penalty (but without return of any portion of the associated loan fee unless required by state law)
·a statement that the borrower will pay an additional fee in the event that the post-dated check is returned for insufficient funds
·the borrower’s right to rescind the transaction, without cost, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately following the date of the loan, by returning the borrowed amount and acknowledgment that the loan was rescinded
·customary representations and warranties
·a dispute-resolution clause under which the parties agree to submit any claims or controversies to binding arbitration
·a notice of financial privacy rights
·an affirmative check-the-box representation about whether the borrower is a member of the U.S. military, and
·an acknowledgment that the borrower has read and understands the borrowing agreement.

Upon completion of a loan application, the provision of proof of an existing bank account, current income, a valid driver’s license or other acceptable photo identification, and signed loan agreement and our acceptance of such agreement, the loan approval process is complete. At that point, the customer signs a promissory note and provides us with a personal post-dated check for the principal loan amount plus a specified fee. All documentation is reviewed and payday loans are approved at the store level only, barring extraordinary circumstances. Nearly all of the loans we make are “payday loans” where the borrower provides us with a personal post-dated check. All checks are drawn upon the borrowers bank (weborrower’s bank. We do not accept third-party checks).checks in connection with a payday lending transaction. We make very few “deferred deposit advance” loans, and we estimate that fewer than one percent of our total loans during fiscal 20072011 were loans of this type. Because nearly all of our loan transactions are “payday loans,” nearly all of our customers are employed at the time of the loan. WeIn part, this is because we require reasonable proof of current employment as a condition to obtaining a loan. Ordinarily, we deem items such as a recent pay stub and a bank statement evidencing periodic payroll deposits as sufficient for this purpose. We do not, however, independently verify employment atloan from us.

36

Beyond the time of a loan through any other means. Furthermore, we do not make any determination regarding whether a potential borrower works full-time or part-time, or whether such potential borrower’s employment is on an hourly or salaried basis. In addition, all of our customers must have an active bank account as a prerequisite to obtaining a “payday loan” from us. We make loans without proof of present employment and without a recent bank statement only to repeat customers, who have repaid our prior loans made to them, in states that do not require such items as a prerequisite for a loan. All of our cash advance loans are made in cash. We do not undertake any credit check of borrowers or any review of their credit history in connection with a proposed loan. For new customers, we order third-party reports (from Teletrac) that summarize recent credit requests, existing bad debt and existing delinquencies; and we review the recent bank statements they provide to us for evidence of a returned checks. If an applicant has a poor Teletrac report (showing multiple recent credit requests or existing delinquencies) or more than one or two returned checks on their recent bank statements, we are unlikely to extend a loan to that person. Beyond these steps described above, we do not make any independent determination of the ability of a newpotential borrower to repay the loans we make to them, but insteadthem. Instead, we rely on the borrowers’a borrower’s representations to us and proof regarding their employment and ownership of an active bank account, our review of their recent bank statement, coupled withand our general policy limitingthat limits payday loans to no more than 25% of theira borrower’s monthly income. For repeat customers, we do not order Teletrac reports nor (as noted above) do we require recent bank statements or proofincome, and 35% of current employment unless required by state law. an installment loan customer’s monthly income.

In general, our lending process and standards are extraordinarily different from those used by banks. To our knowledge, banks typically order and carefully review credit reports, engage in some level of analysis relating to the ability of a potential borrower to repay the loan, and will typically make independent verification of employment and earnings history through payroll deposits, phone calls, reviews of tax returns and other processes—all in an effort to minimize the risk of a loan default. As a result, we generally experience a higher default rate on our personal loans than banks do on their personal loans. At June 30, 2008,March 31, 2012, we had an aggregate of $5,167,342 inall loan types of approximately:

·$3.6 million in current outstanding loan principal, fees and interest due to us
·$1.1 million of late loans (customers’ repayment checks presented as NSF within the last 180 days or installment loan balances not past the final installment due date with 1 or more payments delinquent)

The Fees We Charge

The fee we charge for a payday loan varies from state to us,state, based on applicable regulations, and $308,052 in cash advance fees duegenerally ranges from $15 to us. At that date we also had an aggregate$22 for each whole or partial increment of $1,406,000 in uncollectible bad check fees and loans. For fiscal 2007, we had an aggregate of $1,367,908 in uncollectible bad check fees and loans.

We charge fees for the loans we provide that vary by state-to-state, as do the maximum fees chargeable under state laws.$100 borrowed. We do not charge interest in connection with our loans.payday loans but do charge interest on our short-term installment loans made in Colorado and Wisconsin. If, however, we calculate the loan fees we charge as an annual percentage rate of interest, such rate would range from 120%177% for a 60-day31-day loan transacted in WyomingKansas (on the low end) to approximately 570%574% for a 14-day loan in Wisconsin (on the high end), with the actual average loan amount and average actual loan fees we charge involving an imputed annual percentage rate of approximately 343%450% and 203% for a 14-day and 31-day loan, respectively. The term of a loan significantly affects the imputed APR of the fees we charge for our loans. For instance, when a $15 fee is charged for a two-week loan of $100, the resulting APR is 391%. When the same fee on $100 is charged for a four-week loan, the resulting APR is 195%. When our general range of payday loan fees is applied to our average 2011 loan amount of $327, the fee ranges from $46.99 to $68.92 and the APR ranges from 391% to 574% for a two-week loan and from 195% to 287% for a four-week loan. Currently, we do not charge the maximum fee permitted in all of the states where we operate. We do, however, charge a uniform fee for all transactions processed in any particular state that involve the same range of cash advancepayday loan amounts and the same term.

The table below sets forth the uniform fees we charge and imputed APRs on non-interest payday loans in the states where we operate:

operated during 2011.

StateFees APR (%)
on a 14-
day $100
Loan
 APR (%)
on a 28-
day $100
Loan
  APR (%)
on a 14-
day $300
Loan
  APR (%)
on a 28-
day $300
Loan
 
Iowa$15 on first $85 advanced; 11.1% on additional amounts (up to $445) 435%  217%  338%  169%
Kansas$15 per $100 advanced 391%  196%  391%  196%
Nebraska$17.50 per $100 advanced 456%  228%  456%  228%
North Dakota$20 per $100 advanced 521%  261%  521%  261%
South Dakota$20 per $100 advanced 521%  261%  521%  261%
Utah$20 per $100 advanced 521%  261%  521%  261%
Wisconsin$22 per $100 advanced 574%  287%  574%  287%
Wyoming30% per $100 advanced if loan is less than $150 or 20% per $100 advanced if loan is equal to or greater than $150 (subject to numerous maximums) 782%  391%  521%  261%

37
State
 
Fees
 
APR (%) on
 a 14-day 
$100 loan (1)
 
APR (%) on 
a 28-day 
$100 loan (1)
 
APR (%) on 
a 14-day 
$274 loan (1)
 
APR (%) on 
a 28-day 
$274 loan (1)
 
Arizona $17.50 per $100 advanced  455.0 227.5 498.2 249.1%
Colorado $20 on first $300 advanced; $7.75 per $100 advanced (up to $500)  520.0% 260.0% 189.8% 94.9%
Iowa $15 on first $85 advanced; 11.1111% on additional amounts (up to $445)  433.4% 216.7% 341.5% 170.7%
Kansas $15 per $100 advanced  390.0% 195.0% 427.0% 213.5%
Montana $20.54 per $100 advanced (maximum fee of $61.62)  534.0% 267.0% 584.7% 292.4%
Nebraska $17.50 per $100 advanced  455.0% 227.5% 498.2% 249.1%
North Dakota $20 per $100 advanced  520.0% 260.0% 569.3% 284.7%
South Dakota $20 per $100 advanced  520.0% 260.0% 569.3% 284.7%
Utah $20 per $100 advanced  520.0% 260.0% 569.3% 284.7%
Wisconsin $22 per $100 advanced  572.0% 286.0% 626.3% 313.1%
Wyoming $20.54 per $100 advanced (maximum fee of $192.84)  534.0% 267.0% 584.7% 292.4%

(1) Assumes

Of the nine states in which we presently operate, three states (South Dakota, Utah and Wisconsin) do not limit the payday loan fees we may charge or the term (i.e., the length) of the loans we may offer our customers. In addition, Utah does not limit the amount we may loan to customers in a payday lending transaction.

In Colorado, we offer short-term installment loans from $100 to $500 payable in six equal monthly payments. Loan terms include a 45% annual interest rate, an origination fee of 20% on loan amounts up to $300 and 7.5% on loan amounts thereafter and a monthly maintenance fee. In 2011, we introduced a short-term installment product in Wisconsin. Wisconsin installment loans are payable over four to six months at an annual percentage rate of approximately 390%.

Many states have laws limiting the amount of fees that fees aremay be charged in connection with any lending transaction (including payday lending transactions) when calculated as an annual percentage rate or the payday lending is expressly prohibited. These limitations, combined with other limitations and restrictions, effectively prohibit us from utilizing our present business model for cash advance or “payday” lending in those jurisdictions. In addition, the federal government passed the “2007 Military Authorization Act” which prohibits lenders from offering or making payday loans (or similar lending transactions) to members of the U.S. military when the interest rate.

or fees calculated as an annual percentage rate, exceed 36%. Like the state limitations discussed above, this limitation effectively prohibits us from utilizing our present business model for cash advance or “payday” lending when dealing with members of the U.S. military. As a result of these restrictions, we do not conduct business with U.S. military personnel.

The above-described payday fees are the only fees we assess and collect from our customers for payday loans. Nevertheless, we also charge a flat fee that ranges from $15 to $30 (depending on the state) for returned checks in the event that a post-dated check we attempt to cash as repayment for our loan is returned. In 2011, we had approximately 7,200 checks returned that were assessed a fee, compared to approximately 8,300 such checks during 2010. In 2011, we collected fees on returned checks on approximately 26% of the returned checks, for a total of approximately $46,000. In 2010, we collected on approximately 34% of these returned checks, for a total of approximately $55,000.

Extensions or “Rollovers” of Payday Loans

When a customer “rolls over” or extends the term of an outstanding loan, we treat that rollover or extension as a brand new loan and we again charge the above-described loan fee for that transaction. This rollover has no effect on the imputed annual percentage rate of the loan in those cases where the extended term is equal to the initial term of the loan. For example, a $100 four-week loan that costs $20 to obtain is the APR equivalent of 261%. If a customer extends the term of that loan for an additional four-week period, the customer will have paid $40 total in fees to obtain the $100 eight-week loan—which is again the APR equivalent of 261%. In cases where a customer (1) extends or rolls over a loan for a length of time that is less than the original loan or (2) repays the extended loan prior to the expiration of the fully extended term, the imputed APR will increase. For example, if a customer who obtained an initial $100 four-week loan for $20 in loan fees (the APR equivalent of 261%) later extends the term of that loan for only two additional weeks and pays the additional $20 loan fee, that customer will have borrowed $100 for a six-week period at a total cost of $40—which is the APR equivalent of 347%. We do not charge any interest on the unpaid fee from the initial term of the loan because, as a condition to agreeing to a loan extension, we will only accept cash payment of the fee for extending the loan. In 2011, 10.2% of our total loan fee revenues were derived from loan fees charged and collected upon the extension or rollover of payday loans. Approximately 10% of payday loans are rolled over or renewed.

Most states prohibit payday lenders from extending or refinancing a payday loan. Nevertheless, four states in which we presently operate—South Dakota, North Dakota, Utah and Wisconsin—do permit a loan to be extended or “rolled over” for a specified period. Specifically, Wisconsin and North Dakota permit only one loan extension; South Dakota permits up to four loan extensions; and Utah has no limit on the number of loan extensions but does limit the time period of extensions to 10 weeks from the origination date of the original loan.

38

Summary of Loan Terms

The table below sets forth the minimum and maximum loans we approve, the maximum fee we charge, the maximum term of the loan and whether an extension/rollover is permitted in the state were we operate.

 

State

 

 

Minimum Loan

 Maximum Loan 

 

Maximum Fee

 Maximum Term Extension/  Rollover Permitted
Colorado - Installment No minimum $500 20% origination on first $300; 7.5% thereafter; 45% interest and a monthly maintenance fee 

Minimum

6 months

 

Yes

 

 

Iowa No minimum $500 

$5+10% of first $100

10% thereafter (1)

 31 days No
Kansas No minimum $500 $15 per $100 30 days No
Nebraska No minimum $500 15%1 per $100 31 days No
North Dakota No minimum $600 20% 60 days Yes (one)
South Dakota No minimum $500 No limit No limit Yes (four)
Utah No minimum No limit No limit 84 days Yes
Wisconsin - Installment No minimum $750 390% 7 months Yes
Wisconsin - Payday No minimum $1,500 No limit No limit Yes (one)
Wyoming No minimum No limit 20% 30 days No

______________

(1)Denotes that the applicable percentage is calculated on the loan amount plus any finance charges.

Multiple Loans to Single Customers

We occasionally make multiple loans to a single customer if permitted by applicable law and regulations. Based on our outstanding payday loans as of March 31, 2012, approximately 7.1% of our customers had more than one loan outstanding. In these cases, the average number of separate loans outstanding was two and the average aggregate principal amount loaned was approximately $420.

Risks Associated With Our Loans—Default and Collection

Ordinarily, our customers approach us for a loan because they do not at that timecurrently have insufficient funds sufficient to meet their present obligations, and so rarely if ever do our customers have sufficient funds in their checking accounts to cover the personal post-dated checks they provide us at the time of the loan transaction. The nature of theseour payday loan transactions present a number of risks, including the ultimate risk that the loan will not be paid back. WeIn addition, we do not obtain security for our payday loans principally because, even assuming our customers would have potential collateral to offer as security for our loans,a payday loan, the small size of the each particular lending transaction does not justify the time, effort and expense of identifying potentialthe collateral for security and properly obtaining a security interest in such collateral. As a consequence, all of our payday loans are unsecured and our borrowers are only personally liable to repay our cash advance loans.unsecured. This means that, absent court or other legal action compelling thema customer to repay our loans, we rely principally on the willingness and ability of our customers to repay our loans cash advance.amounts they owe us. In this regard, in many cases the costs of merely attempting to collect amounts exceeds the amounts whichowed to us exceed the amounts we would seek to collect, which makescollect—making it impractical to take formal legal action against a defaulted borrower. In

When a customer defaults on a loan, we engage in store-level collection practices that include attempts to contact the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 6%customer and obtain payment, and attempts to contact the customer’s bank in order to determine whether funds are available to satisfy their personal post-dated check. If funds are available, we present the check to the bank for repayment and an official check from the bank is obtained to pay off the item. The costs involved in these initial collection efforts are minimal as they involve some employee time and possibly a flat $15-30 bank fee to cover the cost of the personal post-datedcashier’s check. If funds are not available, we generally attempt to collect returned checks for up to 90 days (or up to 180 days in cases where a bank account is still active and the customer has not initiated a stop payment on the postdated check provided), principally through continued attempts to contact the customer. If our attempts remain unsuccessful after 90 (or 180) days, we receivedassign the item to a collection agency. Assignment to a collection agency may cost us 30-40% of the amount eventually collected (if any) from the customer. Ordinarily, we do not recoup any costs of collection from our customers.

39

Historically, we collect approximately 58% of the amount of all returned checks, which results in connection with cash advanceapproximately 2.42% of our total payday loans were returned for insufficient funds.

being uncollectible. In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007,2011, we made approximately 202,597178,000 payday loan transactions, of which approximately:

·83% were paid in full at or prior to the expiration of the original loan term, accounting for approximately 84% of our loan fee revenues
·11% were refinanced, extended, renewed or otherwise paid after the expiration of their original loan term, accounting for approximately 11% of our payday loan fee revenues, and
·6% involved a personal post-dated check that was returned for insufficient funds.

Marketing Strategy

Our advertising and marketing efforts are designed to introduce customers to our services, build customer loyalty and generate repeat visits and transactions. Of these transactions, approximately 83.3% were paidOur principal means of advertising our payday lending services consists of Yellow Page directories used in full at or prior to the expiration of their original loan term, and such transactions represented approximately 89% of our loan fee revenues for such period. Another 10.7% of these transactions were refinanced, extended, renewed or otherwise paid after the expiration of their original loan term, and such transactions represented approximately 11% of our loan fee revenues for such period. As indicated above, approximately 6% of the personal post-dated we received in connection with payday loans were returned for insufficient funds.

In cases where a borrower fails to pay a loan when due, the terms of our loans do not include the charge of any additional interest, penalties or fees. In cases where a borrower’s post-dated personal check is returned for insufficient funds, we normally assess a flat fee that varies by state but which currently rangesactive markets as well as building signage visible from $15 to $30. In most states, extending or refinancing a “payday loan” is prohibited. Nevertheless, a small number of states inlocal arterial roadways on which we operate permit a loan to be extended or refinanced for a specified period. These states are Colorado, South Dakota, North Dakota, Utahlocated. For our Cricket business, we rely primarily on Cricket advertising and Wisconsin. The maximum number of times a customer may extend or refinance a payday loan varies state-by-state. For instance, Colorado and North Dakota permit only one extension. South Dakota permits four. Utah and Wisconsin have no limits. A customer in these jurisdictions may rollover or extend a loan any number of times up to these limits and these limits constituted the range of the number of timespromotional items as well as building signage visible from local arterial roadways on which we rolled over or extended loans in these jurisdictions in fiscal 2007 and the first nine months of fiscal 2008.  Upon each “roll over” or extension of a loan, we treat that rollover or extension as a brand new loan and we charge (again) the applicable fee for that transaction. Of the payday loans we made during fiscal 2007 that were extended or refinanced, the average number of times they were refinanced was 3.76 times. In fiscal 2007 and the first six months of fiscal 2008, the terms (lengths) of the loans that were rolled over and extended in these jurisdictions, to the extent we generated fees, ranged from 1-45 days in Colorado, 1-60 days in North Dakota, 1-120 days in South Dakota, 1-84 days in Utah, and 1-240 days in Wisconsin. On average, we rolled over or extended the term of 41.31% of our loans in these five states, including 11% of our loans in Colorado, 22% of our loans in North Dakota, 42% of our loans in South Dakota, 58% of our loans in Utah and 68% of our loans in Wisconsin during fiscal 2007. We occasionally make multiple loans to a single customer if permitted by applicable law and regulations. Based on our outstanding loans as of December 31, 2007, approximately 5.7% of our customers had more than one loan outstanding. In these cases, the average number of separate loans outstanding was two and the average aggregate principal amount loaned was approximately $500.
Reverse Merger Transaction

Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated December 13, 2007 (referred to throughout this prospectus as the “Merger Agreement”), by and among URON Inc., WFL Acquisition Corp., a Wyoming corporation and then our wholly owned subsidiary, and Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., a Wyoming corporation, WFL Acquisition Corp. merged with and into Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. remaining as the surviving entity and our wholly owned operating subsidiary. This transaction is referred to throughout this prospectus as the “Merger.” The Merger became effective as of the close of business on December 31, 2007.

At the effective time of the Merger, the legal existence of WFL Acquisition Corp. ceased and all shares of capital stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. that were outstanding immediately prior to the Merger were cancelled, with one share of common stock of such corporation issued to the Company. Simultaneously, WERCS (a Wyoming corporation and the former sole holder of capital stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc.) received:

·1,125,000 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 17.9% of our common stock outstanding immediately after the Merger, and

·10,000,000 shares of our newly created preferred stock, designated as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,” which is presently convertible into our common stock on a share-for-share basis, subject to adjustment.

On an aggregate and as-if-converted basis, WERCS received and held 11,125,000 common shares representing approximately 63.3% of our common stock immediately after the Merger. In addition, WERCS received a cash payment of $278,845 in return of capital. Each share of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has a stated value of $2.10. Upon any event resulting in the our liquidation, each holder of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock would be entitled to receive $2.10 per preferred share, plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Basedare located. Our Cricket locations are also listed on the foregoing, the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued in the Merger had an approximate aggregate value of $21 million. The shares of our common stock issued in the Merger had an approximate aggregate value of $1,350,000. Accordingly,Cricket Wireless website and after considering the return of capital payment issued to WERCS in connection with the Merger, the total consideration issued to WERCS in the Merger aggregated approximately $22,628,845 million. We incurred approximately $1.5 million in Merger-related expenses.

We engaged in the Merger to acquire the business of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., having met with the management of such company and investigated their business. Prior to the Merger, our business consisted of providing dial-up internet service to residential and commercial customers, principally in the Midwestern United States, Texas, South Carolina and Florida. Because of the proliferation of more advanced and attractive alternatives to dial-up modems for accessing the Internet, URON’s business was rapidly dwindling.

As indicated above, the Merger resulted in our acquisition of the business of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc.; but also resulted in the change of control of URON and a change in our Board of Directors whereby (i) WERCS, the former owner of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., became our controlling shareholder (benefically owning, immediately after the Merger, approximately 63.3% of our common stock) and (ii) our then sole director resigned after having appointed Messrs. Moberly, Larson, Houlton and Klaasen to our board. Presently, WERCS beneficially owns 58.9% of our common stock.

At the time of the Merger, our Chief Operating Officer (Mr. John Quandahl) was the Chief Operating Officer of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. In fact, our executive management in general was changed on November 29, 2007, in anticipation of the Merger. At that time, it was the determination of the URON Board of Directors (which then consisted of one individual who had theretofore also served as the Chief Executive Officer of URON) that, since a letter of intent had already been entered into with Wyoming Financial Lenders with respect to the then-potential merger transaction, the process of integrating the two companies would proceed far more smoothly if day-to-day operational decisions respecting such integration could be madeare searchable by persons who were intimately familiar with the business to be acquired. This decision was significantly influenced by the fact that (i) the management personnel appointed on November 29, 2007 were not involved in URON’s dwindling dial-up internet business and (ii) URON’s Board of Directors remained unaffected and wholly controlled by URON’s pre-Merger shareholders. Accordingly, if the parties had failed to promptly reach a definitive Merger Agreement, URON’s Board of Directors would have removed the newly appointed managers without effect on URON’s remaining dwindling business. Furthermore, the sole director on URON’s Board of Directors was fully informed about the conflicts of interest presented by the management appointments, and expressly retained final discretion to close the Merger transaction even after the Merger Agreement has been executed and delivered on December 13, 2007.
19

Prior to the Merger, we effected a 1-for-10 share combination (i.e., reverse stock split) of our capital stock that was effective as of December 27, 2007. The share combination was approved by our Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act with a corresponding reduction in the number of shares of authorized capital stock. The reverse stock split was deemed necessary by the parties to Merger Agreement in order to obtain a post-Merger capitalization that would properly apportion the Company’s equity among WERCS and the shareholders of URON prior to the Merger in a manner consistent with the Merger Agreement. In this regard, the Merger Agreement made the effectuation of the reverse stock split a condition to the consummation of the Merger. The effect of the reverse stock split upon the shareholders of URON prior to the Merger was to reduce the absolute number of shares of capital stock which each possessed by a factor of ten, maintain their percentage ownership in the Company until the Merger, and then upon the effectiveness of the Merger reduce their collective percentage ownership in the Company to approximately 9.5%.  In addition, our Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of directors comprising the Board of Directors, and appointed five new directors at the effective time of the Merger. Also at the effective time of the Merger, our former sole director resigned from our Board of Directors.

Recent Developments
Acquisition of National Cash's Credit
On February 26, 2008, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, and its members. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, Christopher Larson, held substantially all of the ownership interests in National Cash & Credit and was an affiliate of that company. Under the Exchange Agreement, the members of National Cash & Credit assigned to us all of the outstanding membership interests in National Cash & Credit in exchange for our issuance to them of an aggregate of 1,114,891 shares of common stock and a cash payment of $100,000. Mr. Larson receives 769,415 common shares out of the 1,114,891 total shares issued in the transaction. The aggregate transaction value was $1,437,870. We valued the stock issued to the members of National Cash & Credit at $1.20 per share, despite the fact that our common stock had been trading for a period of weeks prior to the closing ataddress, city or around $3.00 per share (and the closing price of our common stock on February 26, 2008 was $2.95), principally because of the following factors:

·The then-current market price for shares of the Company’s common stock was (and remains) substantially affected, and unnaturally increased, by the very few number of shares eligible for trading. In this regard, please see "The Market Price of our Common Stock" on page 1 above.

·
Given the illiquid market on which the common stock was an is trading, the best determinant of value was believed to be the most recent price at which shares were sold in a private transaction. This price was the $1.20 per share involved in the private placement offering undertaken in connection with the Merger fewer than 60 days earlier. In that transaction, nearly three million shares (representing over one-third of the Company’s common stock) were sold for cash at $1.20 per share. A majority of the shares sold in this other private placement transaction were also sold to Company insiders.

·The shares were issued in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the federal Securities Act of 1933 and certain state securities laws, and were restricted securities the subsequent resale or transfer of which is prohibited except in cases where a registration of such transaction under applicable federal and securities laws has been effected or an exemption for such transaction is available. The Exchange Agreement did not contain any covenants or obligations of the Company to seek or effect a registration of all or any part of the shares. Furthermore, no other aspect of the issuance of the Shares involved any covenant or obligation of the Company to seek or effect any such registration.

·A significant majority of the shares (769,415 out of 1,114,891 total shares) were issued to Christopher Larson, a director and the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and therefore a Company “affiliate” (as such term is defined under federal securities laws). Unless securities of an affiliate are registered with respect to a particular transaction (e.g., a resale), such securities will be considered “control securities” under the principles of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 for at least as long as the holder remains an affiliate, and therefore will indefinitely remain “restricted securities” subject to significant limitations on the resale of such shares. Holders of restricted issued by public reporting companies may generally sell their restricted securities (i) after an initial holding period of six months, (ii) subject to volume limitations prescribed by Rule 144, (iii) subject to manner-of-sale limitations prescribed by Rule 144, and (iv) subject to further paperwork and filing requirements prescribed by Rule 144. In the case of the Company, however, a special rule applicable to any companies that are or ever have been “shell companies” applies, which will effectively prohibit any resales under the safe harbor provisions of Rule 144 until January 7, 2009. Applicable volume limitations under Rule 144 are the greater of (i) one percent of the shares outstanding (based upon the issuer’s most recently filed periodic report on Form 10-K or 10-Q), or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities during the prior four weeks. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, the trading volume of the Company’s common stock is exceedingly light and even in cases where resales of shares may be attempted, the volume limitations under Rule 144 will effectively delay the resale of the vast majority of shares held by any control person for an indefinite period of time.
·In the absence of registration of restricted securities, whether held by affiliates or non-affiliates, a holder of such restricted securities may engage in a private sale of such securities. In any such case, the buyer of such securities and the facts and circumstances surrounding such private resale generally must be such that they would permit the Company, if it were the seller of such securities, to privately place the securities to the buyer. Thus, buyers of restricted securities purchased in a private sale must (i) be accredited investors, (ii) not be generally solicited with respect to the sale, (iii) take the purchased securities with a restrictive securities legend on them, and (iv) hold the securities for a minimum of at least six months (but in no event sell them prior to January 7, 2009). Restricted securities that are purchased in a private resale transaction are typically purchased at a steep discount to the current market prices of unrestricted and freely trading securities of the same class.

·Under the Securities Exchange Act, shareholders who are affiliates of a public reporting issuer must not sell any securities, whether restricted or otherwise and whether publicly or privately, while they are in possession or have knowledge of material and non-public information relating to the issuer. In general, issuers typically permit their affiliates (officers and directors, certain other key management employees) to sell their shares during short windows beginning with only four points during a calendar year which begin with the filing of required periodic reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q. These restrictions were considered important since a substantial majority of the shares were to be issued to Mr. Larson and, given Mr. Larson’s role as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, it would be infrequent that Mr. Larson could safely conclude that he was not in possession of material non-public information relating to the Company.

·Shareholders who are affiliates of a public reporting issuer must also be wary of short-swing profit liability under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Section 16 will effectively prohibit (i) selling within six months of any purchase, with a resulting profit and (ii) buying within six months of any sale, where the purchase is at a per-share price lower than the per-share sale price. If an affiliate nonetheless engages in a prohibited transaction, he or she is liable to disgorge all profits to the issuer (plus reasonable attorney’s fees).

The transaction terms, including the consideration to be provided to the members of National Cash & Credit, was negotiated principally by Messrs. Larson and Moberly (our Chairman). Negotiations over the transaction terms had initially begun in connection with the Merger transaction. During that time, the parties agreed in principle that the number of shares of common stock constituting consideration for the acquisition price would be 1,114,891, while the other transaction terms were not finalized until the definitive agreement was entered into in February 2008. This figure was agreed to based on the prior six-month financial performance of National Cash & Credit (through December 31, 2007), and valuation of the National Cash & Credit business at approximately $1.4 million. This valuation was not substantiated by any independent appraisal or other valuation, which the Company and its Board of Directors deemed unnecessary in light of the fact that such valuation was equivalent to an imputed earnings multiple of approximately 2.7x of annualized EBITDA (which annualized EBITDA was approximately $500,000). The transaction was also discussed among the Company’s Board of Directors and the proposed final Exchange Agreement was presented to the Board of Directors for approval (with Mr. Larson’s vote not being counted) after the disclosure of all of the material terms of the transaction and presentation of the proposed final agreement in writing—as permitted under the Minnesota Business Corporation Act for approving transactions involving a conflict of interest. The $100,000 cash distribution represented cash held by National Cash & Credit at the closing that was in excess of an agreed upon working capital closing requirement.

At December 31, 2007, National Cash & Credit had total assets of $1.7 million and total liabilities of $2.9 million. For the six-month period ended December 31, 2007, National Cash & Credit had revenues of approximately $710,000 and net income of approximately $125,000. National Cash & Credit offer payday loans and title loans, which are short-term consumer loans somewhat similar to payday loans. In its title lending business, National Cash & Credit advances a loan of up to 50% of the estimated value of a vehicle, owned by the borrowing customer, for a term of 30 days and secured by the title to the customer’s vehicle. Generally, if a customer has not repaid a loan after 30 days, the receivable is charged to expense and collection efforts are initiated. On occasion, agents are hired to initiate repossession. Approximately three percent of title lending transactions result in an attempt to repossess a vehicle. National Cash & Credit operates five locations in Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area.
The closing of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement occurred effective as of February 26, 2008. In the transaction, we acquired a total of five new stores located in the Phoenix, Arizona market. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, Christopher Larson, possessed a material financial interest in National Cash & Credit, LLC. For further information, please see “Certain Relationships and Transactions.”

Acquisition of Ameri-Cash
On March 1, 2008, we acquired five stores offering payday advance loans in Fargo, Grand Forks, Bismarck and Minot, North Dakota. These stores, currently operating under the trade name “Ameri-Cash,” increased to ten the total number of stores which we operate in North Dakota. We paid approximately $400,000 for these stores and associated assets.

Acquisition of PQH Wireless

On October 15, 2008, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with PQH Wireless, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and Mark Houlton, Charles Payne and John Quandahl, the three stockholders of PQH Wireless, and acquired all of the outstanding shares of PQH Wireless for a total purchase price of $3,035,000. The purchase price was paid by:

·  making a cash payment of $535,000 to Charles Payne and issuing a promissory note to Mr. Payne in the principal amount of $500,000, and

·  issuing a promissory note in the amount of $1,000,000 to each of Mark Houlton and John Quandahl.

Our obligations under the promissory notes delivered to the stockholders are secured by the assets of PQH Wireless that existed on the date of closing. The promissory note issued to Charles Payne accrues interest at the annual rate of 7%, and the promissory notes issued to each of Mark Houlton and John Quandahl accrue interest at the annual rate of 10%. We are required to make monthly interest-only payments on the outstanding balances of the notes for the first 90 days, and thereafter to make monthly principal and interest payments in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the remaining balances over the remaining term of the notes. The notes mature and, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, become fully due and payable on October 1, 2011.

The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the parties and indemnification obligations relating to those representations, warranties and covenants, which survive until October 15, 2010.

Mark Houlton is a director of the Company and John Quandahl is the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Because each of these individuals were stockholders of PQH Wireless, each had a direct material financial interest in PQH Wireless. The ownership of Messrs. Houlton and Quandahl in PQH Wireless and the material terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement were disclosed to the disinterested members of the audit committee of our board of directors, which approved the Stock Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

PQH Wireless was formed approximately two years ago and owns and operates nine stores at locations in Missouri, Nebraska and Texas, as an authorized seller of Cricket cellular phones.
Revolving Credit Line with Banco Popular

On November 13, 2008, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. entered into a Business Loan Agreement and associated agreements with Banco Popular North America, located in Rosemont, Illinois. The Business Loan Agreement provides Wyoming Financial Lenders with a one-year revolving line of credit in an amount of up to $2,000,000. The Business Loan Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, and contained certain financial covenants (including the satisfaction of certain financial criteria, as a condition to loan advances, such as current ratio and debt-to-adjusted-net-worth ratio).

The Business Loan Agreement involved the delivery by Wyoming Financial Lenders of a promissory note in favor of Banco Popular. Under the promissory note, interest on advanced amounts accrues at the per annum rate of one point over the Banco Popular North America Prime Rate (which rate is presently 4.5%). Initially, therefore, interest will accrue at the rate of 5.5%. Payments consisting solely of accrued interest will be made on a monthly basis beginning on November 29, 2008. All accrued and unpaid interest, together with all outstanding principal, will be due on October 30, 2009. Amounts advanced under the Business Loan Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and personally by Christopher Larson, our Chief Executive Officer. These guarantees are for payment and performance (not of collection), which means that Banco Popular may enforce either or both of the guarantees without having earlier exhausted its remedies against Wyoming Financial Lenders.

Defaults occur under the Business Loan Agreement in the event of:

Default in payment
Default by Wyoming Financial Lenders under the Business Loan Agreement or any of the other agreements entered into in connection with the Business Loan Agreement
Default under any other material agreement to which Wyoming Financial Lenders or any guarantor is a party
Insolvency of Wyoming Financial Lenders
An adverse change in the financial condition of Wyoming Financial Lenders
Defective collateralization or the commencement of creditor proceedings against borrower or against any collateral securing the obligations under the Business Loan Agreement, or
A change in control of more than 25% of the common stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders

In the event of any default, Banco Popular may accelerate all amounts due subject to a ten-day right to cure applicable in certain circumstances.

In connection with the Business Loan Agreement, both Wyoming Financial Lenders and the Company granted security to Banco Popular. In particular, Wyoming Financial Lenders granted Banco Popular a security interest in substantially all of its assets, and the Company pledged its ownership (i.e., shares of common stock) in Wyoming Financial Lenders.

Effect of General Economic Conditions on our Business

We do not believe that consumer demand for our services is presently being negatively impacted by the present crises in the credit markets or financial services industry. We also do not believe that a typical recession will have a significant and adverse impact on demand for our services. If, however, a recession or other economic downturn or event were to involve a significant rise in unemployment levels, we could then anticipate a negative and material impact on our business since all of our payday loan customers must be employed in order to obtain a loan from us. In addition, it seems likely that a continued poor or worsening economic situation could result in greater loan losses than we have recently experienced. Already our business experienced an increase in our provision for losses for 2007 versus 2006. For example, our provision for loan losses totaled $1.48 million for 2007 and $.88 million for 2006. Our provision for loan losses as a percentage of loan fee revenue was 16.3% during 2007 versus 12.7% during 2006. The less favorable loss ratio year-to-year reflects in part a more challenging collections environment as a result of an increase in bankruptcy filings, higher energy prices and increased competition in the lending industry. Due primarily to a continued and increased economic downturn, we expect that fiscal 2008 will ultimately involve a greater loss ratio than fiscal 2007. Due to our inability to foretell the depth and duration of the present economic downturn, we believe there are currently uncertainties in how significant any increased loan losses for fiscal 2008 may be. In addition, we believe that the tightening of credit in general has made it more difficult for us to make certain we have the liquidity to fund our operations and make loan proceeds available to consumers. Furthermore, we anticipate that the present condition of the financial markets will make it more difficult for us to borrow money to fund the expansion of our operations through acquisitions. We may also have a more difficult time in identifying sellers of businesses willing to accept our stock as part of any acquisition consideration.
zip code.

Industry Information

Currently, there

There are an estimated 22,00020,600 cash advance loan stores in the United States, which in the aggregate provide approximately $40$38.5 billion in short-term credit to millions of households experiencing cash-flow shortfalls (Source: Financial Services Association of America). During this same time, the number of states that expressly permit or do not expressly prohibit cash advance loans has grown from six to 36 states and the District of Columbia.shortfalls. Industry trends currently indicate that overall, there is likely to be a net decrease in total payday lending stores over the next few years fromdue to store closings resulting primarily from a combination of regulatory changes (e.g. a recent federal law prohibits payday lending to members of the U.S. military, and there are frequent attempts to pass legislation in various states that would limit or prohibit payday lending) andlegal changes, a slowdown in new store growth and general economic conditions. In 2007, the payday lending store base declined approximately 2.5% (approximately 600 stores), the first such decline in seven years.

The Federal Trade Commission has issued an FTC Consumer Alert (Federal Trade Commission, March 2008, Consumer Alert entitled “Payday Loans Equal Very Costly Cash: Consumers Urged to Consider the Alternatives”.) that discourages consumers from obtaining payday loans such as the loans we offer, primarily on the basis that the types of loans we offer are very costly and consumers should consider alternatives to accepting a payday loan. For further information, you may obtain a copy of the alert at www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/pubs/consumer/alerts. As noted above, the federal government has recently passed legislation, the 2007 Military Authorization Act, prohibiting us from offering or making our loans to members of the military when the interest or fees calculated as an annual percentage rate exceed 36%. This limitation effectively prohibits us from utilizing our present business model for cash advance or “payday” lending when dealing with members of the U.S. military, and as a result we do not and do not plan to conduct payday lending business with U.S. military personnel. These facts evidence the widespread belief that our charges relating to our loans are too expensive to be good for consumers. Some consumer advocates and others have characterized payday lending as “predatory.” As a result, there are frequently attempts in the various state legislatures, and occasionally in the U.S. Congress, to limit, restrict or prohibit payday lending. 
In July 2008, a bill was introduced before the U.S. Senate, entitled the “Protecting Consumers from Unreasonable Credit Rates Act of 2008” (an amendment to the Truth in Lending Act), proposing to set a maximum actual or imputed interest rate of 36% on all extensions of credit of any type. The bill is intended to limit the charges and fees payable in connection with payday lending. Presently, the bill is in the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs. The Company has no further information regarding the bill at this time. The passage of this bill into law would essentially prohibit the Company from conducting its payday lending business in its current form, and would certainly have a material and adverse effect on the Company, operating results, financial condition and prospects and even its viability. For more information see “Risk Factors” above.

According to the Community Financial Services Association of America cash advance(CFSA), payday loan customers typically are middle-income or lower-middle-income, middle-educated individuals who are a part of a young family (citing:(See Community Financial Services Association of America, citing to The Credit Research Center, McDonough School of Business, Georgetown University, Gregory Elliehausen and Edward C. Lawrence, "Payday“Payday Advance Credit in America: An Analysis of Customer Demand"Demand”). The Community Financial Services Association of AmericaCFSA is a lobbying organization for the payday loan industry. The Credit Research Center study cited by the CFSA was based upon telephone interviews of 427 borrowers of payday loans in 2000 and 2001, and the answers provided in those interviews by the borrowers were not independently verified by the study’s authors. Moreover, the authors of that study note that, of the 5,364 payday loan consumers whom they attempted to contact and interview for the study, 1,113 were not able to be reached because their phones had been disconnected and another 1,043 refused to be interviewed or else quit the interview prior to completion. We do not possess independent information that corroborates the findings of The Credit Research Center, and we do not collect demographic data about our customers.

The Consumer Federation of America (CFA), a nonprofit consumer advocacy organization, has submitted written comments to the Federal Trade Commission that make assertions very different assertions.from those proponed by the CFSA. For example, the CFA asserts that “payday loan borrowers are typically female, make around $25,000 a year, are renters, and more likely to be minorities than the general population. Payday lenders have clustered around military bases, in low to moderate income neighborhoods, and in predominantly minority areas.” (See Comments To the Federal Trade Commission Regarding the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act Collecting Consumer Debts: The Challenges of Change By the Consumer Federation of America, June 20, 2007).


The CFA presently does not make available to the public the research data to support its claims, and as a consequence we are unable to evaluate their accuracy. However, other statistics concerning payday lending (such as default rates) that are contained in CFA website material conflict with our statistics borne out by years of involvement in the business.

40
20


Services

Cash Advance

Predatory Lending and Regulatory Concerns

The Federal Trade Commission has issued an FTC Consumer Alert (Federal Trade Commission, March 2008, Consumer Alert entitled “Payday Loans


Customers seeking Equal Very Costly Cash: Consumers Urged to Consider the Alternatives”) that discourages consumers from obtaining payday loans such as the loans we offer, primarily on the basis that payday loans are very costly and consumers should consider alternatives to accepting a payday loan. For further information, you may obtain a copy of the alert at www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/pubs/consumer/alerts/alt060.shtm.

In general, the payday lending suffers from the perception and widespread belief that payday lenders are in the nature of predatory lenders, offering loans to low income and poorly educated consumers at costs that are too high to be good for consumers. This perception and belief results in frequent efforts in the U.S. Congress and various state legislatures, often proponed by consumer advocacy groups and lobbyists for traditional financial institutions such as banks, to further regulate and restrict or prohibit payday lending outright. For example, the federal government passed the 2007 Military Authorization Act which prohibits any persons from offering or making loans to members of the military when the interest and loan fees, calculated as an annual percentage rate, exceed 36%. This limitation effectively prohibits payday lenders from making payday loans to members of the U.S. military.

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was passed by the U.S. Congress and signed into law. Under the Act, a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will consolidate most federal regulation of financial services offered to consumers, and replace the Office of Thrift Supervision’s seat on the FDIC Board. Almost all credit providers, including mortgage lenders, providers of payday loans, other nonbank financial companies, and banks and credit unions with assets over $10 billion, will be subject to new regulations to be passed by the Bureau. While the Bureau does not appear to have authority to make rules limiting interest rates or fees charged, the scope and extent of the Bureau’s authority will nonetheless be broad, and it is expected that the Bureau will address issues such as rollovers or extensions of payday loans and compliance with federal rules and regulations. Future restrictions on the payday lending industry could have serious consequences for the Company.

During the 2010 legislative session in Colorado, House Bill 10-1351 was passed into law. This bill amended the Colorado Deferred Deposit Loan Act, the existing payday lending law. The law became effective August 11, 2010 and modified traditional payday lending by changing the single payment advance (with no minimum term) into a single or multiple payment loan with a minimum six month term. It also limited the amount and type of fees that can be charged on these loans, effectively reducing by one-half the fees that can be charged and when the fees may be realized. In 2010, we began offering an installment loan product at our store in Colorado and in 2011 at our four stores in Wisconsin.

In May 2010, new laws were enacted in Wisconsin that restrict the number of times a consumer may renew (or rollover) a payday loan. Previously, there were no limits to the number of rollovers permitted. Effective January 1, 2011, consumers in Wisconsin were only allowed to renew a payday loan once, and then lenders are required to offer a 60-day, interest free, payment plan to consumers.

In response to these changes, the Company began offering unsecured installment loans in Wisconsin in lieu of payday loans beginning in May 2011. By the fourth fiscal quarter, the Company had phased out payday loans in Wisconsin altogether. Any adverse change in present federal or state laws or regulations that govern or otherwise affect payday lending could, at any point, result in our curtailment or cessation of operations in certain jurisdictions or locations. Furthermore, any failure to comply with any applicable federal laws or regulations could result in fines, litigation, the closure of one or more store locations or negative publicity. Any such change or failure would have a corresponding impact on our results of operations and financial condition, primarily through a decrease in revenues resulting from the cessation or curtailment of operations, decrease in our operating income through increased legal expenditures or fines, and could also negatively affect our general business prospects as well if we are unable to effectively replace such revenues in a timely and efficient manner or if negative publicity effects our ability to obtain additional financing a cash advance loan must completeneeded.

We do not believe that payday lending is predatory, nor do we believe that our loans are too costly for consumers if they are judiciously obtained. In fact, we believe that bank overdraft fees by themselves are typically far more costly for consumers, and bouncing a loan application, maintaincheck can often involve other negative consequences such as independent fees levied by the parties to whom a personal checking account (typically verified through recentbad check is written, negative publicity, etc. In this regard, the FDIC released a November 2008 report called “Study of Bank Overdraft Programs.” The report indicates that the average amount obtained when bank statements), havecustomers overdraw their accounts is $60, and the average overdraft fee charged by the bank is $27. This equates to an APR of 1,173% and 587% for a suitable source of income (typically verified through recent payroll stubs ortwo-week and four-week $60 bank statements), have a valid driver’s license, and not otherwise be in default on a loan from us where available. There is no credit rating required and no credit history is obtained. An income source is "suitable" if it appears to be valid from our review“loan,” respectively. In sum, we believe that many of the pay stubsbad perceptions about our industry are fueled primarily by:

41

·the effects of our loans on consumers who do not judiciously obtain payday loans
·a lack of genuine understanding about the choices faced by low and middle-income people facing a critical cash shortage, and
·anti-payday lending lobbying campaigns often funded by traditional financial institutions, such as banks and credit unions, that would economically benefit from the elimination of payday lending.

Finally, we have become aware of continued aggressive enforcement and bank statements (subjectprosecution by the Federal Trade Commission against payday lenders using unfair and abusive lending practices in violation of the Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z, including failures to properly disclose loan terms and imputed APRs. In particular, we believe that FTC regulators are expanding theories relating to “fair and adequate” disclosure loan terms. This focus includes marketing and advertising materials (specifically, the layout and presentation of such materials), and specific practices, that may detract attention from or diminish the prominence of disclosures relating to loan terms, and the costs and risks involved with payday loans. Moreover, it has come to our willingness to loan only 25% of the customers monthly income). When making a loan to a first-time customer, we obtain reports from a third-party vendorattention that detail recent credit requests, existing bad debt, and existing delinquencies. These reportsFTC regulators are specific to merchants and differ from credit reports. Ordinarily,more keenly scrutinizing whether payday lending business practices match advertised claims. While we do not advancepresently anticipate any adverse regulatory issues or outcomes relating to our customersbusiness, it is possible that one or more than 25% of their monthly income. our store locations could come under FTC scrutiny and that any such scrutiny could negatively affect store performance and consume considerable time and attention of our management.

Seasonality

We apply this limitationhave experienced seasonality in our payday lending operations, with the first and fourth quarters typically being our strongest periods as a result of broader economic factors, such as holiday spending habits at the end of each year and income tax refunds during the first quarter.

Effect of General Economic Conditions on our Payday Lending Business

We believe that consumer demand for our payday lending services is increasing as a result of the recent economic recovery and slowly improving employment numbers; however, we expect improving economic conditions to be partially negated by unemployment levels that remain high in the context of recent history. High unemployment levels generally reduce the pool of payday loan consumers that can meet all of our customers,loan qualifications, particularly the employment requirement. In addition, it seems likely that the continued economic situation and higher unemployment rates could result in all circumstances including attemptsgreater loan losses than we experienced in 2011 with unemployment rates expected to roll over loans, except for repeat customers who have had repaid their prior loans on time. Upon completion of a loan application and our acceptance of such application, the loan approval process is complete. At that point, the customer signs a promissory note and provides us with a checkremain high for the principalforeseeable future. Our business experienced fluctuating changes in our provision for loan amount pluslosses in recent years. For instance, our provision for loan losses totaled $1.40 million for 2011, an increase of $.12 million from our provision of $1.28 million for 2010. Our provision for loan losses as a specified fee. All documentation is reviewed and cash advance loans are approved at the store level only, barring extraordinary circumstances. State laws typically limit fees to a rangepercentage of $15 to $22 for each $100 of principal borrowed. Approximately 68% of our loans mature within four weeks, on or near the date of a customer’s next payday. Our standard agreement with customers provides that we will not cash their check until the due date of the associated loan. The customer’s debt to us is satisfied by: (i) payment of the full amount owed in cash (at which point we return the customer’s personal check); or (ii) deposit of the customer’s check with the bank. Where permitted by state regulation, a customer may renew a loan after full payment of the fee associated with the original loan. When applicable, a customer renewing a loan signs a new promissory note and provides us with a new check.


As part of each lending transaction, we enter into a standardized written contract with the borrowing customer. The standardized contracts vary slightly based on state law differences, but all of our standard contracts plainly state in simple terms the annual percentage rate (assuming the fees we charge are computed as interest) in compliance with Regulation Z, and the consequences of defaulting on the loan. We retain copies of our written contracts at the stores where the transactions are processed and also provide copies to our customers. The documentation includes (i) a promise to repay the loan and associated loan fee (ii)revenue was 14.5% for 2011 and 12.1% during 2010. The less favorable loss ratio in 2011 reflected in part a more challenging collections environment as a result of an express right to prepay without penalty (but without return of any portion of the associated loan fee), (iii) a statement that the borrower will pay an additional feeincrease in bankruptcy filings, higher energy prices and increased competition in the event that the post-dated check is returned for insufficient funds, (iv) a right of the borrower to rescind the transaction, without cost, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately following the date of the loan, by returning the borrowed amount alone, (v) customary representations and warranties, (vi) a dispute-resolution clause under which the parties agree to submit any claims or controversies to binding arbitration, (vii) a notice of financial privacy rights, (viii) an affirmative check-the-box representation about whether the borrower is a member of the U.S. military, and (ix) an acknowledgment that the borrower has read and understands the borrowing agreement.
When a customer defaults on a loan, we engage in store-level collection practices that include attempts to contact the customer and obtain payment and attempts to contact the customer’s bank in order to determine whether funds are available to satisfy their personal post-dated check. If funds are available, then we present the check to the originator’s bank for repayment and an official check from the bank is obtained to pay off the item. The costs involved in these initial collection efforts are minimal as they involve some employee time and possibly a $15-30 fee to the originator’s bank to cover the cost of the cashier’s check. If funds are not available, we generally actively attempt to collect returned checks for approximately 90 days, principally through continued attempts to contact the customer. If attempts remain unsuccessful after 90 days, we assign the item to a collection agency. Assignment to a collection agency may cost us 30-40% of the amount eventually collected, if any, from the customer. Ordinarily, we do not recoup from our customers any costs of collection.

We attempt to align the interests of our store managers with the interests of the Company. We do this primarily by making our store managers eligible to receive a discretionary management bonus on a quarterly basis. The discretionary bonus is based on store performance. In our evaluation of store performance and determination of whether to pay a discretionary bonus to our store managers, we consider the amount of loan and check-cashing fees generated by the store, less bad debt. We communicate to our managers the bases upon which we evaluate store performance and determine whether to pay bonuses to them.lending industry. We believe that our inclusionnew installment loan offering has also contributed to the increased loan loss percentage for 2011. We also believe that as the country moves out of bad debtrecession and into recovery, our consumer base will increase as individuals are denied credit by traditional lenders because of recent unemployment, foreclosure or liquidity issues. Nevertheless, we are not certain how improving economic conditions or an increase in our performance evaluation,consumer base will affect our loan losses for 2012.

Credit and financing available to us and our communicationindustry has been negatively impacted by the recent economic situation, recent federal and state legislation, and the overall negative perception associated with payday lending.

Future growth in our payday lending business beyond reinvestment of our current profits may be limited due to our managersthe tighter credit markets. Furthermore, we anticipate that the present condition of the factors we consider, incentsfinancial markets and increased regulation related to payday lending currently under consideration at the federal level will make it more difficult for us to borrow money to fund the expansion of our store managers tooperations through acquisitions.

42

CRICKET PHONE BUSINESS

General Description

We are an authorized dealer of Cricket Wireless products and services and operate theirCricket retail stores in the best interests of the Company overall.

We charge fees for the loans we provide that vary by state-to-state, as do the maximum fees chargeable under state laws. We do not charge interest in connection with our loans. If, however, we calculate the loan fees we charge as annual percentage rate of interest, such rate would range from 120% for a 60-day loan transacted in Wyoming (on the low end) to approximately 570% for a 14-day loan in Wisconsin (on the high end), with the average actual loan fees we charge involving an imputed annual percentage rate of approximately 343%. Currently, we do not charge the maximum fee permitted in all of the states where we operate. We do, however, charge a uniform fee for all transactions processed in any particular state that involve the same range of cash advance amountsArizona, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and same term.
Ordinarily, our customers approach us for a loan because they do not at that time have funds sufficient to meet their present obligations, and so rarely if ever do our customers have sufficient funds in their checking accounts to cover the personal post-dated checks they provide us at the time of the loan transaction. The nature of these loan transactions presentTexas. Although Cricket Wireless owns a number of risks, including the ultimate risk that the loan will not be paid back. We do not obtain security for our payday loans principally because, even assuming our customers would have potential collateralcorporate stores, Cricket Wireless is partnering with dealers in order to offer as security for our loans, the small size of the each particular lending transaction does not justify the time, effort and expense of identifying potential collateral for security and obtaining a security interest in such collateral. As a consequence, our loans are unsecured and our borrowers are only personally liable to repay our cash advance loans. This means that, absent court or other legal action compelling them to repay our loans, we rely principally on the willingness and ability of our customers to repay our, cash advance loans. In many cases, the costs of attempting to collect amounts exceeds the amounts which we would seek to collect, which makes it impractical to take formal legal action against a defaulted borrower. In the year ended December 31, 2007, approximately 6% of the personal post-dated checks we received in connection with cash advance loans were returned for insufficient funds.
The table below sets forth the maximum fees that wereach their market-penetration goals. Authorized dealers are permitted to sell the Cricket line and generally locate their store operations in areas with a strong potential customer base where Cricket does not maintain a corporate storefront. These locations are generally within the urban core or surrounding areas of a community. We are an authorized premier Cricket dealer, and as such, we are only permitted to sell the Cricket line of prepaid cellular phones at our Cricket retail stores. In addition, each store we operate must resemble a Cricket corporate store. Once we identify an area to locate a new store, we contact Cricket Wireless to obtain approval. Once Cricket Wireless approves our recommended location, we establish the storefront.

We profit in this business through retail sales of cellular phones used with Cricket services, sales of phone accessories (e.g., face plates and phone chargers), fees charged when a customer changes services (service reactivations, adding lines, plan changes, etc.), or whenever a customer pays his or her Cricket invoice at one of our store locations.

We bear no risk of non-payment because of the prepaid nature of the service and because Leap Wireless Communications provides the cell phone services. Service automatically terminates upon nonpayment, which is midnight of the date on which the payment is due if the account remains unpaid. If a customer pays their service charge within 60 days of termination, the service is reinitiated and the phone number remains unchanged. After 60 days, a customer is deemed to be a new customer and a new phone number is assigned.

Market Information and Marketing

At March 31, 2012, Cricket cellular phone service was offered in 35 states and had approximately 6.2 million customers. Leap Wireless Communications, Inc. is a Delaware public reporting corporation and the owner of Cricket Wireless. Cricket Wireless service offers customers unlimited wireless voice, data, text, Muve Music TM and broadband data services for a flat monthly rate. In addition, our retail stores in select markets offer Cricket PAYGo™ services, which is an unlimited prepaid wireless service. Cricket PAYGo is a daily pay-as-you-go wireless and text messaging service designed for customers who prefer the flexibility and control offered by traditional prepaid services but who are seeking greater value for their dollar.

Cricket products and services are primarily targeted to market segments that are underserved by traditional communications companies. Based on disclosures made by Leap Wireless Communications, Cricket customers tend to be younger, have lower incomes and include a greater percentage of ethnic minorities. Cricket services are designed to appeal to customers who value unlimited wireless services with predictable billing and who use the majority of those wireless services from within Cricket service areas. In contrast, the majority of wireless customers in the states whereU.S. subscribe to post-pay services that may require credit approval and a contractual commitment from the subscriber for a period of at least one year and may include overage charges for call volumes in excess of a specified maximum. Like Leap Wireless Communications, we presently operate, including minimum and maximum loan amounts, the maximum term of loans and whether extensions of loans (sometimes referred to as “rollovers”believe that a significant portion of the loan) are permitted:


 
State
Minimum Loan
Maximum Loan
 
Maximum Fee
Maximum Term
Rollover/Extensions Permitted
Arizona$50$50015%*No limitYes
ColoradoNo minimum$500
20% of first $300;
7.5% thereafter
40 daysYes
IowaNo minimum$500
$5+10%* of first $100;
10% thereafter
31 daysNo
KansasNo minimum$500$15 per $10030 daysNot prohibited
Montana$50$30025%31 daysNo
NebraskaNo minimum$50015%* per $10031 daysNo
North DakotaNo minimum$60020%60 daysYes
South DakotaNo minimum$500No limitNo limitYes
UtahNo minimumNo limitNo limitNo limitNo
WisconsinNo minimumNo limitNo limitNo limitYes
WyomingNo minimumNo limit20%30 daysNo
_________________
* denotes that the applicable percentage is calculated on amount loaned plus finance charges.
The cash advance-lending business is seasonal due to the fluctuating demand for cash advance loans during the year. Usually, the highest demand for cash advance loans occurs in January andremaining growth potential in the fourth calendar quarter. DueU.S. wireless market consists of customers who are price-sensitive, who have lower credit scores or who prefer not to the receipt of income-tax refunds, demand for cash advance loans normally declines from February through April. As with most payday lenders,enter into fixed-term contracts. We believe that our loan loss ratio fluctuates withauthorized Cricket store business directly caters and appeals strongly to these changes in demand, with a higher loss ratio being typical in the second and third calendar quarters and a lower loss ratio being typical in the first and fourth calendar quarters.

Other Financial Services

We also offer other consumer financial services, such as check-cashing services, phone services, installment loans, money transfers and money orders. Together, these other financial services constituted 20% and 21% of our revenues for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

Check Cashing

As part of our business, we also cash checks for a fee. We primarily cash payroll checks, but we also cash government assistance, tax refund and insurance checks or drafts. Our check cashing fees for payroll checks average approximately 2.5% of the face amount of the check, subject to local market conditions, and this fee is deducted from the cash given to the customer for the check. We display our check cashing fees in full view of our customers on a menu board in each store and provide a detailed receipt for each transaction. Although we have established guidelines for approving check cashing transactions, we have no preset limit on the size of the checks we will cash. Our established guidelines provide that, for new customers, we independently verify employment with an employer prior to cashing a payroll check and call the originating bank to attempt to verify funds, if possible. For a repeat customer, we do not make attempts to independently verify employment or funds at the originating bank.

During fiscal 2007 and the first nine months of fiscal 2008, we cashed approximately 135,777 and 82,630 checks respectively, with an aggregate face amount of approximately $52,566,271 and $36,019,243, respectively. The face amount of the average check was $387.15 and $435.91 during those respective time periods and our average fee per check was $9.53 and $10.96 during those respective time periods, or approximately 2.5%, of the average check.

The full amount of the check fee is recognized as revenue at the time of the transaction with no allowance for anticipated returned checks. If a check cashed by us is returned for any reason, we record the face amount of the check (which includes the check fee) as a loss in the period in which it is returned in other store expenses. We then contact the customer to initiate the collection process. Check cashing revenues are typically higher in the first quarter due primarily to customers’ receipt of income tax refund checks.

Our guaranteed phone service is a licensed Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (referred to in the industry as a CLEC) providing local landline telephone service to several hundred customers in Nebraska, Iowa and Minnesota. As part of our guaranteed phone service business, we purchase phone service from the incumbent carriers (ILECs) and resell the service to end-users on a prepaid basis. Cricket is a wireless phone service provider, and we operate two Cricket retail stores where we sell Cricket phones and serve as a payment center for Cricket customers. We also sell other cellular phones to consumers.

segments.

We expect that consumers may wish to prepay their phone service or purchase prepaid cellular/Cricket phones (1) in order to avoid costly phone purchase and long-term and expensive service contracts with wireless carriers, (2) because poor credit histories may prevent them from successfully obtaining a service contract with a wireless carrier, or (3) due to a short-term need and circumstances in which they expect to engage in heavy usage of phones, and so they wish to pay a flat fee for a period of time instead of risking additional per-minute charges on their phone usage. phones:

·to avoid costly phone purchase and long-term and expensive service contracts with wireless carriers
·because poor credit histories may prevent them from successfully obtaining a service contract with a wireless carrier, or
·due to a short-term need and circumstances in which they expect to engage in heavy usage of phones, and so they wish to pay a flat fee for a period of time instead of risking additional per-minute charges on their phone usage.

43

Nevertheless, we do not formally query our customers who purchase our phone products or services as to their motivations in purchasing those products or services, and we do not have customer data indicating the extent to which our phone customers cannot obtain a service contract from a long-term contract carrier of phone service or some other phone service provider.

Marketing

Market Strategy


Our advertising and marketing efforts are designed to introduce customers to our services, build customer loyalty and generate repeat visits and transactions. Our principal means of advertising consists of promotional materials and Yellow Page directories used in our active markets.

Technology and Information

We maintain an integrated system of software applications and platforms for processing the various types of transactions we offer. These systems provide us with customer service, internal control mechanisms, record-keeping and reporting information. As of the date of this prospectus, we have one point-of-sale system used by all of our payday locations, and a different point-of-sale system used for our title loan services. On a daily basis, transaction data is collected and integrated into our management information systems. These systems are designed to provide summary, detailed and exception information to regional, area and store managers as well as corporate staff.

21

Security

We believe the principal security risks to our operations are robbery and employee theft. We have established extensive security systems, dedicated security personnel and management information systems to address both areas of potential loss.

To protect against robbery, most store employees work behind bullet-resistant glass and steel partitions, and the back office, safe and computer areas are locked and closed to customers. Our security measures in each store include safes, electronic alarm systems monitored by third parties, control over entry to customer service representative areas, detection of entry through perimeter openings, walls and ceilings and the tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Employees use cellular phones to ensure safety and security whenever they are outside the secure customer service representative area. Additional security measures include alarm systems in all stores , remote control over alarm systems, arming/disarming and changing user codes and mechanically and electronically controlled time-delay safes.

Since we have high volumes of cash and negotiable instruments at our locations, daily monitoring, unannounced audits and immediate responses to irregularities are critical. Our regional managers perform weekly unannounced store audits and cash counts at our stores. We self-insure for employee theft and dishonesty at the store level.

Competition

Like most other cash advance lenders, we believe that the primary competitive factors in our business are location and customer service. We face intense competition in an industry with relatively low barriers to entry, and we believe that the cash advance lending markets are becoming more competitive as the industry matures and consolidates. We compete with other cash advance and check cashing stores and financial service entities and retail businesses that offer cash advance loans or similar financial services. For example, we consider credit card companies that offer cash advance features, credit unions, banks that offer small loans, and creditors and loan services that can extend payment terms an outstanding loans to be competitors. In addition, we compete in part with services offered by traditional financial institutions, such as overdraft protection.

Additional areas of competition have recently arisen. Businesses now offer loans over the internet as well as “loans by phone,” and these have begun to compete with us. There also has been increasing penetration of electronic banking and related services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including direct deposit of payroll checks, payroll cards, stored-value cards and electronic transfer of government benefits.

We believe that our management team,business model is scalable and can be expanded successfully into current adjacent and new markets as we continue to perfect our operational protocols and our administrative office functions relating to our Cricket business. We are looking to acquire additional Cricket dealerships in the midwest and launch additional stores in new Cricket markets that are currently underserved by competing service providers.

Products and Services

Our authorized Cricket retail stores offer the following products and services:

·Cricket Wireless service plans, each designed to attract customers by offering simple, predictable and affordable wireless voice, Muve Music TM, text and data services that are a competitive alternative to traditional wireless and wireline services by offering plans with a flat-rate and unlimited usage within Cricket service areas, and without requiring fixed-term contracts, early termination fees or credit checks
·Cricket Wireless plan upgrades (e.g., international calling minutes to Canada and/or Mexico; roaming service packages, text messages) and applications (including customized ring tones, wallpapers, photos, greeting cards, games and news and entertainment message deliveries) on a prepaid basis
·Cricket handsets
·Cricket broadband service affording customers unlimited wireless access to the Internet through their computers at a flat rate with no long-term commitments or credit checks, and
·Cricket PAYGo service, an unlimited prepaid (daily pay-as-you-go) wireless and text messaging service available in select markets.

The service payment options for Cricket customers include:

·automatic charge against a debit or credit card on bill cycle due date
·check payment by mail
·payment at any corporate Cricket store, dealer location or alternative payment locations (e.g., a local grocery store), and
·payment by telephone using a credit or debit card.

Customers also have an option on the purchase of their cellular phone, including the latest in Android-based and Blackberry OS-based smartphones. The customer can either purchase a new or refurbished phone from us or purchase a used phone from a previous customer. All phones must be paid for in full because there is no contract for the monthly prepaid service. New phone prices range from $59 to high-end cellular phones at $329 before promotional rebate offers.

Seasonality

Our customer activity is influenced by seasonal effects related to traditional retail selling periods and other factors that arise from our target customer base. We generally expect new sales activity to be highest in the first and fourth quarters. Nevertheless, our revenues can be strongly affected by the launch of new markets, promotional activity and competitive actions, any of which has a combined 36 years of industry experience, provides us with a competitive strength. We also believe that customer service is criticalhave the ability to developing loyalty. In our industry, we believe that quality customer service means (i) assisting with the loan application process and understanding the loan terms, (ii) treating customers respectfully, (iii) processing transactions with accuracy, efficiency and speed.



reduce or outweigh certain seasonal effects.

REGULATION

We are subject to regulation by federal, state and local governments that affect the products and services we provide. Generally, these regulations are designed to protect consumers who deal with us and are not designed to protect our shareholders.


44
22


Regulation of Cash AdvancePayday Lending


Our business activities are subject to regulation and supervision at the state and federal levels.

In those states where we currently operate, we are licensed as a payday lender where required and are subject to various state regulations regarding the terms and conditions of our cash advancepayday loans and our lending policies, procedures and operations. In some states, cash advancepayday lending is referred to as deferred“deferred presentment, deferred” “cash advance loans”, “deferred deposit loans” or consumer“consumer installment loans. State regulations normally limit the amount that we may lend to any single consumer and may limit the number of loans that we may make to any consumer at one time or in the course of a single year. State regulations also limit the amount of fees that we may assess in connection with any loan or transaction and may limit a customer’s ability to renewextend or “rollover” a loan with us. TheOften, state statutesregulations also often specify minimum and maximum maturity dates for cash advancepayday loans and, in some cases, specify mandatory cooling-off periods between transactions. We

Our payday lending practices must also comply with the disclosure requirements of the Federal Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z thereunder.under that Act. Our collection activities for delinquent loans are generally subject to consumer protection laws regulating debt collectiondebt-collection practices. Finally, our payday lending business subjects us to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.

Recent Legal Developments and Trends

During the last few years, legislation has been introduced and passed in the U.S. Congress and in certain statesstate legislatures proposing or effecting various restrictions or an outright prohibition on cash advance loans.payday lending. Currently, state laws in Arizona, Montana, Oregon and Georgia have effectively eliminated the ability to conduct cash advancepayday lending activities in those states, andstates. In addition, a recent2007 federal law prohibits loans of any type to members of theU.S. military personnel and their family members with charges or interest in excess of 36% per annum.

In Arizona, current state law2010, Congress passed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act which consolidated most federal regulation of financial services offered to consumers, and replaced the Office of Thrift Supervision’s seat on the FDIC Board. Almost all credit providers, including mortgage lenders, providers of payday loans, other nonbank financial companies, and banks and credit unions with assets over $10 billion, are now subject to new regulations to be passed by the Bureau. While the Bureau does not appear to have authority to make rules limiting interest rates or fees charged, the scope and extent of the Bureau’s authority will effectively bannonetheless be broad, and it is expected that the Bureau will address issues such as rollovers or extensions of payday loans and compliance with federal rules and regulations. Future restrictions on the payday lending as of July 1, 2010. Legislation to extend or overturn the ban is pending. Nevertheless, even if the prohibition is delayed or eliminated, we believe it is likely that such delay or elimination will be accompanied by limitations on fees or interest rates chargeable by payday lenders, in addition to other possible restrictions. Presently, we have five stores in Arizona. At this point, it is difficult to assess the materiality of any limitations on the business we conduct in Arizona. A ban on payday lending in Arizonaindustry could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Regulations promulgated by the United States Department of the Treasury under the Bank Secrecy Act require reporting ofus to report all transactions involving currency in an amount greater than $10,000. Generally, every financial institution must report each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer that involves an amount greater than $10,000. In addition, multiple currency transactions must be treated as a single transaction if the financial institution haswe have knowledge that the transactions are by or on behalf of any one person and result, in a single business day, in the transfer of cash in or out totaling more than $10,000. In addition, the regulations require institutionsus to maintain information concerning sales of monetary instruments for cash in amounts from $3,000 to $10,000.

Furthermore, the The Bank Secrecy Act requires us, under certain circumstances, to file a suspicious activity report.

The Money Laundering Act of 1994 requires us, as a money service business, to register with the United States Department of the Treasury. Money services businesses include check cashers and sellers of money orders. Money services businesses must renew their registrations every two years, maintain a list of their agents, update the agent list annually, and make the agent list available for examination. In addition, the Bank Secrecy Act requires us, under certain circumstances, to file a suspicious activity report.


23


Finally, we have established various procedures designed to comply, and we continue to monitor and evaluate our business methods and procedures to ensure compliance, with the USA PATRIOT Act.

45

Privacy Regulation


We are subject to a variety of federal and state laws and regulations restricting the use and seeking to protect the confidentiality of customer identity and other personal nonpublic customer information. We have identified our systems that capture and maintain nonpublic personal information, as that term is understood under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and associated regulations. We disclose our public information policies to our customers as required by that law. We also have systems in place intended to safeguard this information as required by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.Act, which specifically governs certain aspects of our payday lending business.

COMPETITION

Like most other payday lenders, we believe that the primary competitive factors in our business are location and customer service. We face intense competition in an industry with relatively low barriers to entry, and we believe that the payday lending markets are becoming more competitive as the industry matures and consolidates. We compete with other payday lending and check cashing stores, and with financial service entities and retail businesses that offer payday loans or similar financial services. For example, we consider credit card companies that offer payday features, credit unions, banks that offer small loans, and creditors and loan services that can extend payment terms on outstanding loans to be our competitors. In addition, we compete in part with services offered by traditional financial institutions, most particularly with respect to the “overdraft protection” services those institutions may offer and the charges they levy for checks written with insufficient funds.

Additional areas of competition have recently arisen. Businesses now offer loans over the Internet as well as “loans by phone,” and these services compete with the services we offer. There also has been increasing penetration of electronic banking and related services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including direct deposit of payroll checks, payroll or debit cards, stored-value cards, prepaid credit and debit cards, and electronic transfer of government benefits.

We also believe that customer service is critical to developing loyalty. In our industry, we believe that quality customer service means:

·assisting with the loan application process and understanding the loan terms,
·treating customers respectfully, and
·processing transactions with accuracy, efficiency and speed.

Our Cricket store business competes primarily with other actual or potential authorized sellers and distributors of Cricket products and services. The authorization to sell Cricket products and services is granted by Cricket Communications, a Delaware corporation (sometimes referred to as “Cricket Wireless, Inc.”) and wholly owned subsidiary of Leap Wireless International, Inc. Presently, we believe that our ability to compete with other sellers of Cricket products and services will materially depend on the success with which we operate those store locations for which we presently have authorization to operate. If we successfully manage those stores and are able to develop and maintain a strong working relationship with Cricket Communications, we expect that we may be able to effectively compete for additional store locations when and as they come available.

Competition within the cellular phone industry in general is significant. We not only compete with other suppliers of Cricket or other prepaid service providers but also with the other national cellular phone providers such as Verizon, AT&T and Sprint. It is estimated that there are in excess of 32 million wireless subscriber connections in the U.S.

With the introduction of additional prepaid phone providers such as Straight Talk service rolled out by Wal-Mart in October 2009, Wal-Mart’s Family Mobile TM powered by T-Mobile, which began in September 2010, that provides unlimited talk and text for 3 family members, and the increase of national retailers offering numerous prepaid phone options, such as Cricket PAYGo™ services sold at Target stores or Cricket phones sold at Best Buy or Dollar General, it is possible that current and potential new customers will purchase these or other future competing services from these national resellers because of brand recognition, location or convenience, any of which would negatively impact our sales and our ability to win authorizations for new locations to grow our Cricket business. In addition, it is possible that Cricket Communications may itself, at some point in the future, determine to become more involved in the direct operation of its retail stores and move away from an authorized distributor business model or modify its existing model by changing the compensation structure to dealers or by increasing the number of dealer locations and thus reduce traffic to existing locations. In any such event, our ability to maintain and grow our Cricket business will be negatively impacted.

46
Employees

As

TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION

We maintain an integrated system of Decemberpoint of sale and management software applications and platforms for processing the various types of financial transactions we offer. These systems provide us with customer service, internal control mechanisms, record-keeping and reporting information. Both of our point-of-sale systems used at our payday and Cricket store locations integrate transaction data with our management information systems on a real-time basis. These systems are designed to provide summary, detailed and exception information to regional, area and store managers as well as corporate staff and are designed to collect customer information for demographic analysis.

SECURITY

We believe the principal security risks to our operations are robbery and employee theft. We have established extensive security systems, dedicated security personnel and management information systems to address both areas of potential loss. To protect against robbery, most payday lending store employees work behind bullet-resistant glass and steel partitions, and the back office, safe and computer areas are locked and closed to customers. Our security measures in most payday lending and Cricket stores include safes, electronic alarm systems monitored by third parties, control over entry to customer service representative and inventory areas, detection of entry through perimeter openings, walls and ceilings and the tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Payday segment employees use cellular phones to ensure safety and security whenever they are outside secured areas. Additional security measures used in many stores include some combination of alarm systems, remote control over alarm systems, the arming, disarming and changing of user codes, and mechanically and electronically controlled time-delay safes.

Since we have high volumes of cash and negotiable instruments at our payday stores and inventory volumes at our Cricket stores, we believe that daily monitoring, unannounced audits and immediate responses to irregularities are critical to security and play an important role in our internal controls. Our regional managers and corporate staff perform unannounced store audits and cash counts at our stores as well as random inventory counts of cellular phones and accessories. We self-insure for employee theft and dishonesty at the store level.

EMPLOYEES

At March 31, 2007,2012, we had approximately 120268 employees, consisting of 110250 store personnel three field managers(106 of whom were employed at payday loan stores and seven144 of whom were employed at Cricket retail stores), 12 corporate office employees.employees and six corporate office managers. We believe our relationship with our employees is good, and we have not suffered any work stoppages or labor disputes. We do not have any employees that operate under collective-bargaining agreements.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in a variety of legal claims and proceedings incidental to our business, including customer bankruptcy and employment-related matters from time to time, and other legal matters that arise in the normal course of business. We believe these claims and proceedings are not out of the ordinary course for a business of the type and size in which we are engaged. While we are unable to predict the ultimate outcome of these claims and proceedings, management believes there is not a reasonable possibility that the costs and liabilities of such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

47
24

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

PROPERTIES

Our headquarters is in Council Bluffs, Iowa.Omaha, Nebraska. There, we have a 3,500-square-foot5,775-square-foot space, with additional space available, which is sufficient for our projected near-term future growth. The monthly lease amount is $3,280currently $3,900 and escalates to $5,500 by the end of the lease term runs through November 2010.on December 31, 2014. The corporate phone number is (712) 322-4020.

(402) 551-8888.

As of the date of this prospectus,March 31, 2012, we have 66had 52 payday store locations. Our payday store locations typically range in size from 1,000 square feet to 2,000 square feet, and have varying lease terms (none of which, however, have remaining terms of more than five years). As of thethat date, of this prospectus, we haveour payday lending stores were in the following cities:

·  Buckeye, ArizonaSterling, Colorado

·  Lower Buckeye, Arizona

·  Surprise, Arizona
·  Tempe, Arizona
·  Mesa, Arizona
·  Sterling, Colorado
·Council Bluffs, Iowa (two locations)

·Des Moines, Iowa (four locations)

·Sioux City, Iowa

·Dodge City, Kansas

·Garden City, Kansas

·  Billings, Montana (two locations)Columbus, Nebraska

·  Butte, Montana

·  Great Falls, Montana
·  Columbus, Nebraska
·Grand Island, Nebraska

·Hastings, Nebraska

·Lincoln, Nebraska (three locations)

·Bismarck, North Dakota (two locations)

·Grand Forks, North Dakota (three locations)

·Fargo, North Dakota (four locations)

·Minot, North Dakota

·Aberdeen, South Dakota

·Rapid City, South Dakota

·Sioux Falls, South Dakota

·Watertown, South Dakota

·Salt Lake City, Utah  (four locations)

·Sandy, Utah

·Taylorsville, Utah

·West Jordan, Utah

·Kenosha, Wisconsin (two locations)

·Pleasant Prairie, Wisconsin

·Racine, Wisconsin (two locations)

·Casper, Wyoming (two locations)

·Gillette, Wyoming

·Laramie, Wyoming

·Sheridan, Wyoming

·Rock Springs, Wyoming

As of March 31, 2012, we had 48 Cricket store locations. Our Cricket store locations typically range in size from 1,000 square feet to 2,500 square feet, and have varying lease terms (none of which, however, have remaining terms of more than five years). As of that date, our Cricket retail stores were in the following cities:

·Nogales, Arizona

·Phoenix, Arizona

·Fort Collins, Colorado

·Greeley, Colorado

·Coeur d’Alene, Idaho

·Cahokia, Illinois

·Fairview Heights, Illinois

·Mundelein, Illinois

·Arlington Heights, Illinois

·Round Lake Beach, Illinois

·Elkhart, Indiana

·Gary, Indiana (two locations)

·Merrillville, Indiana

·Mishawaka, Indiana

·South Bend, Indiana

·Griffith, Indiana

·Council Bluffs, Iowa

·Kansas City, Kansas

·Kansas City, Missouri (four locations)

·St. Louis, Missouri (four locations)

·Wellston, Missouri

·Lincoln, Nebraska

·Omaha, Nebraska (seven locations)

·Cincinnati, Ohio

·Oklahoma City, Oklahoma (two locations)

·Tulsa, Oklahoma

·Hillsboro, Oregon

·Portland, Oregon

·San Antonio, Texas (three locations)

·McAllen, Texas (two locations)

·Laredo, Texas

48
25

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings. Nevertheless, our business frequently involves many immaterial legal proceedings relating primarily to the collection of customer debts.

MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S
COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS
Market Information

MANAGEMENT

Our common stock is listed for trading on the over-the-counter bulletin board under the symbol “WCRS.OB.” The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, Colorado 80209.

The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices for our common stock as reported by the OTC Bulletin Board in 2007 and the second quarter of 2008. Our common shares did not begin trading on the OTC Bulletin Board until February 2007. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown, or commission, and may not represent actual transactions. Trading in our common stock during the period represented was sporadic, exemplified by low trading volume and many days during which no trades occurred. On November 19, 2008, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board was $1.10.
  
Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
 
High
 
Low
 
First Quarter $4.00 $1.30 
Second Quarter $4.00 $1.10 
Third Quarter $3.00 $.50 
Fourth Quarter $3.00 $.50 

  
Year Ended December 31, 2008
 
  
High
 
Low
 
First Quarter $6.00 $2.73 
Second Quarter   5.05  3.70 
Third Quarter  4.95  2.10 

Holders
As of the date of this filing, we had approximately 500 holders of record of our common stock.
In the event that (i) Lantern Advisers, LLC sells the 400,000 shares of common stock covered by this prospectus after its exercise of an outstanding warrant to purchase such shares, (ii) Mark Houlton sells the 416,667 shares of common stock covered by this prospectus, and (iii) Mill City Ventures, LP sells the 800,000 shares of common stock covered by this prospectus, then the percentage of beneficial ownership of our common shares held by certain owners and management, as identified in the section “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” below, will be decreased to the following percentages: Christopher Larson (19.8%), Steven Staehr (10.3%), John Quandahl (4.2%), Mark Houlton (less than one percent) Robert W. Moberly (57.3%), WERCS (57.3%), Mill City Ventures, LP (less than one percent), Joseph A. Geraci, II (3.3%).
26

Dividends
Holders of our common stock are entitled to share pro rata in dividends and distributions with respect to the common stock when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors outconsists of funds legally available therefor. We have not paid any dividends on our common stockRichard E. Miller, Angel Donchev, Thomas H. Ripley, Ellery Roberts and intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business. Additionally, we must first pay preferred dividends on our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as described under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” below. The current dividend payable to the holders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock aggregates to $525,000 on a quarterly basis. Other than with respect to shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, future dividend policy is subject to the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements and our financial condition.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The table below sets forth certain information, as of the close of business on December 31, 2007, regarding equity compensation plans (including individual compensation arrangements) under which our securities were then authorized for issuance.

  
Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
 
Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Issuance Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(excluding securities reflected
in column a)
 
  (a) (b) (c) 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders  0  0  0 
           
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders (1)
  2,000,000  0.01  None
(2)

(1)We are currently not required by applicable state law or the listing standards of any self-regulatory agency (e.g., the OTC Bulletin Board, NASD, AMEX or NYSE) to obtain the approval of our shareholders prior to issuing any such compensatory options, warrants or other rights to purchase securities of the Company.

(2)In January 2008, our Board of Directors adopted the 2008 Stock Incentive Plan permitting the issuance of various incentives, including options or similar rights to purchase or acquire up to 2,000,000 shares of our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, no incentives have been issued under such plan.
27

MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Management

At the effective time of the Merger, and consistent with Minnesota state law and our Articles of incorporation and corporate by laws, our Board of Directors was reconstituted by the appointment of Christopher Larson, Robert W. Moberly, James Mandel, John H. Klaasen IV and Mark Houlton as directors, and the resignation of Donald Miller from his role as a director of the Company.Quandahl. The following table sets forth the name and position of each of our current directors and executive officers.

Name
 
Age
 
Positions
Christopher LarsonJohn Quandahl 3645 Director, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and PresidentDirector
Steven StaehrSteve Irlbeck 4547 Chief Financial Officer
John QuandahlRich Horner 4149 Chief Operating OfficerVice President and Treasurer, Wyoming Financial Lenders
Robert W. MoberlyRichard Miller 5565Director (Chairman)
Angel Donchev30 Director
James MandelThomas H. Ripley 5042 Director
John H. Klaasen IVEllery Roberts 46Director
Mark Houlton4342 Director

The biographies of the above-identified individuals are set forth below:


Christopher Larson

John Quandahl, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and President since November 2007, co-founded and served as Chief Financial Officer of Cash Systems, Inc., a NASDAQ traded (symbol: CKNN) financial services company involved in the casino gaming industry, from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Larson also served on the Board of Directors of Cash Systems from 2001 to 2006. Cash Systems was taken public through a reverse merger and during Mr. Larsons’ tenure the company experienced revenue growth from $600,000 to $120,000,000 annually. Mr. Larson founded and served as the chief executive of National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, from October 2004 until its acquisition by the Company in February 2008, when the Company acquired all of that limited liability company’s membership interests. Mr. Larson became a director of the Company on December 31, 2007 in connection with the Merger.


Robert W. Moberly has been employed with WERCS since 1987 as its Chief Operating Officer. WERCS owned all of the outstanding capital stock of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., which the Company acquired on December 31, 2007. WERCS is presently an affiliate of the Company. Mr. Moberly is responsible for locating and evaluating business acquisitions for WERCS and its affiliates. Mr. Moberly also develops WERCS, business strategies. Mr. Moberly holds many licenses in insurance and securities, including: Property and Casualty, Life and Health, Surplus Lines in insurance and Registered Representative Series 7, Financial Operations Principal Series 27, General Principal Series 24, Municipal Securities Registered Representative Series 53 and Options Principal Series 4 in securities. Prior to joining WERCS, Mr. Moberly worked for two years as a securities broker for Dain Bosworth and 15 years as the owner of a contracting business. Mr. Moberly, a native of Greybull, Wyoming, graduated from Worland High School and attended the University of Wyoming. Mr. Moberly become a director of the Company on December 31, 2007 in connection with the Merger.

James Mandel has been the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Multiband Corporation (NasdaqCM: MBND) since October 1, 1998. Prior to August 2006, Multiband was an affiliate of the Company, owning approximately 51%, of the Company after the remaining 49%, of the Company's shares had been spun-off to Multiband shareholders of record as of  August 10, 2006. Multiband is a Minnesota corporation based in NewHope, Minnesota, and is principally engaged in the business of offering voice, data and video series to residents of multi-dwelling units, and also serves as the master service operator and marketer of DirecTV services to residents of multi-dwelling units. Mr. Mandel was co-founder of Call 4 Wireless, LLC, a telecommunications company specializing in wireless communications, and served as its Chairman and a member of its Board of Directors from December 1996 until October 1998, and as its interim Chief Executive Officer from December 1996 until December 1997. From October 1991 to October 1996, he was Vice President of Systems for Grand Casinos, Inc., where his duties included managing the design, development, installation and on-going maintenance for the 2,000 room, $507 million Stratosphere Hotel, Casino and Tower in Las Vegas. Mr. Mandel also managed the systems development of Grand Casino Mille Lacs, in Onamia, Minnesota, Grand Casino Hinckley in Hinckley, Minnesota and six other casinos nationwide. He formerly served as Chairman of the Board of Directors for CorVu Corporation, an international software development company which was sold in June of 2007, and currently serves as a director for NewMarket Technologies, an international technology company based in Dallas, Texas. Mr. Mandel has served as a director of the Company since December 31, 2007.
28

John H. Klaasen IV is a Business Financial Advisor with Merrill Lynch in Denver, Colorado, and provides advisory services for individuals, closely held businesses and public companies in a wide variety of industries. Mr. Klaasen has served in this position since 2004. Prior to joining Merrill Lynch, Mr. Klaasen worked in Wells Fargo’s Commercial Banking Group based in Denver, Colorado for 12 years. Mr. Klaasen has broad experience in the areas of commercial banking, investment banking and private wealth management. Mr. Klaasen graduated magna cum laude with a Bachelor of Science degree in finance from San Diego State University. Mr. Klaasen is active in a variety of community organizations. Mr. Klaasen became a director of our Company on December 31, 2007 in connection with the Merger.

Mark Houlton founded Houlton Enterprises, Inc. and opened his first check-cashing / payday advance store in Omaha, Nebraska in 1997. Over the course of his ownership, this single store company grew to a total of 24 stores in Nebraska, Iowa, North Dakota and Wisconsin. In 2005, Mr. Houlton sold his stock to WERCS, Inc. and Houlton Enterprises was merged into Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. Since the merger of Houlton Enterprises into WERCS, Mr. Houlton has been involved as a partner in PQH Wireless, a Nebraska based business that serves as a dealer for Cricket Communications.  Mr. Houlton is a 1988 graduate of the University of Nebraska, Lincoln, having received a B.S. in management. Mr. Houlton became a director of our Company on December 31, 2007 in connection with the Merger.

Steven Staehr has served as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer since November 2007 and was previously employed by Cash Systems, Inc. from 2005 until 2007 as its corporate controller, where he was responsible for all aspects of financial accounting and SEC reporting for the company. Cash Systems is a Delaware corporation based in Las Vegas, Nevada that is a provider of cash access products and related systems to the gaming industry. Mr. Staehr was based in Las Vegas and Burnsville, Minnesota during his tenure at Cash Systems. Mr. Staehr has also held high-level financial executive positions with several other large companies, most notably with Encore Productions, Inc., where he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2000 until joining Cash Systems in August 2005. Encore Productions is a Las Vegas-based provider of audio-visual convention services with offices throughout the USA. During Mr. Staehr’s tenure with Encore Productions, he was based in Las Vegas. Prior to that, Mr. Staehr also was employed by Mirage Resorts, Inc., Boyd Gaming Corporation, Caesar’s Entertainment World, Inc. and Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Staehr was the corporate controller for Boyd Gaming during its initial public offering. Mr. Staehr is a licensed certified public accountant in the states of California and Nevada, and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

John Quandahl, the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, currently also serves as the President of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., a position he has held since 2007. Mr. Quandahl served as the Company’s Interim Chief Financial Officer from January 1, 2008 to May 10, 2011. From 2005 until joining Wyoming Financial Lenders, Mr. Quandahl was the President of Houlton Enterprises, Inc., and prior to that served as that corporation’s Chief Operating Officer from 1999 until 2004. During his tenure at Wyoming Financial Lenders and Houlton Enterprises, Mr. Quandahl and the respective employers were based in Omaha, Nebraska. Mr. Quandahl was the controller as SilverstonSilverstone Group, Inc., from 1993 until 1998, and before that began his career at the Nebraska Department of Revenue as a tax auditor in 1989. Mr. Quandahl is a certified public accountant (inactive) and earned a degree in accounting from the University of Nebraska - Lincoln. Mr. Quandahl became ourserved as Chief Operating Officer of Wyoming Financial Lenders prior to the consummation of the Merger in November 2007 primarily to prepare for the integration ofits merger with the Company and Wyoming Financial Lenders. He has continued to serve as our Chief Operating Officer since that time. Effective January 1, 2009, Mr. Quandahl was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer and until May 2011, our interim Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Quandahl was appointed to the MergerBoard of Directors on DecemberMarch 9, 2009.

Steve Irlbeck was appointed the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in May 2011. Mr. Irlbeck joined the Company in January 2009 as the Company’s Senior Director of Accounting. From 1995 until 2008, Mr. Irlbeck was employed at Lutz & Company, PC, a public accounting and consulting firm in Omaha, Nebraska where he was a tax partner. Mr. Irlbeck is a certified public accountant (inactive) and earned a degree in accounting from Creighton University.

Rich Horner, the Company’s Vice President of Wyoming Financial Lenders, joined Wyoming Financials Lenders in 2000 as its general manager. Since that time, he has served as the Wyoming Financial Lenders controller from 2007 to present. Mr. Horner was promoted to Vice President of Wyoming Financial Lenders in January 2009. Prior to joining Wyoming Financial Lenders, Mr. Horner served in a finance and budgetary capacity for InfoUSA. Mr. Horner has an MBA in finance and management from the University of Nebraska-Omaha.

Richard Miller is an independent business consultant. Previously, Mr. Miller was Chief Executive Officer of Pirelli Tire North America, a $120 million tire manufacturer, and Chief Executive Officer of Dunn Tire Corporation, a $25 million regional tire retailer. Prior experience also includes senior operating positions with Dunlop Tire and Michelin Tire. Mr. Miller has served as Executive Chairman of True Home Value, Inc., and currently serves as Chairman of Flow Dry Industries and Swift Spinning, Inc. ― two private companies to which Blackstreet Capital Management, LLC provides management and advisory services. Mr. Miller is a highly decorated former Marine Captain and holds a BA from Chapman College in California. Mr. Miller serves as Chairman of the Board.

Angel Donchevwas appointed as a director of the Company on March 31, 2007.2010 in connection with the acquisition of voting control of the Company by WCR, LLC. Mr. Donchev is employed by Blackstreet Capital Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company principally engaged in the management of private investments. Mr. Donchev joined Blackstreet Capital Management in 2005 and currently serves as a director of American Combustion Industries, Flow Dry Technology, Inc., Swift Spinning, Inc., and Alpha Graphics, Inc. (all of which are private companies). Mr. Donchev has been involved in control buyouts of companies with combined revenues in excess of $300 million over the past five years. Previously, Mr. Donchev worked as a generalist in the Corporate Finance division of Stephens Inc., a middle market investment bank, where he gained experience in a variety of M&A and public offering transactions. Prior to that, Mr. Donchev worked for Teton Capital, an Austin, Texas based hedge fund, where he provided research and analysis on potential investments. Mr. Donchev graduated summa cum laude from the McCombs School of Business at the University of Texas at Austin, where he received a BBA in Business Honors and Finance.

49

Thomas H. Ripley, was appointed as a director of the Company on February 17, 2012 to fill the vacancy created by Aldus Chapin, II. Mr. Ripley is an independent operating partner that has worked with Blackstreet Capital Management, LLC. since April 2008 and currently serves as the Chairman of the Board of American Combustion Industries, and is also the President and a director of ThinkDirect Marketing Group. Mr. Ripley has been an operating partner and member of the executive team of several companies since 2001. Prior to his private equity experience, Mr. Ripley worked on Wall Street for Bear Stearns, and Goldman Sachs. Mr. Ripley was a Captain in the U.S. Marine Corps and holds a Masters in Business from the University of Chicago, and completed his undergraduate studies at the Virginia Military Institute.

Ellery Roberts was appointed by the Board of Directors to serve as a director on May 10, 2010. Mr. Roberts is the co-founder and co-managing principal of RW Capital Partners LLC, a lower middle-market mezzanine fund. Mr. Roberts brings over 15 years of private equity investing experience having been one of the founding members and Managing Director of Parallel Investment Partners, LP (formerly SKM Growth Investors, LP), a Dallas based private equity fund focused on re-capitalizations, buyouts and growth capital investments in lower middle market companies throughout the United States. Mr. Roberts was responsible for approximately $400 million in invested capital across two funds. Also during his tenure with Parallel, Mr. Roberts sat on the boards of Environmental Lighting Concepts, Hat World Corporation, Senex Financial Corporation, Builders TradeSource Corporation, Action Sports, Weisman Discount Home Centers, Winnercom, Mealey’s Furniture, Regional Management Corporation, Marmalade Cafes and Diesel Service and Supply (all of which are private companies). Prior to Parallel, Mr. Roberts was a Vice President with Lazard Freres & Co. While at Lazard, he focused on and also gained experience in the home building, health care, retail, industrial and lodging sectors. Prior to joining Lazard in 1997, Mr. Roberts was with Colony Capital, Inc., where he analyzed and executed transactions for Colony Investors II, L.P., a $625 million private equity fund and prior to that was with the Corporate Finance Division of Smith Barney, Inc. where he participated in a wide variety of investment banking activities. During his career Mr. Roberts has been directly involved with over $3.0 billion in direct private equity investments. Mr. Roberts received his B.A. degree in English from Stanford University.

Under our corporate bylaws, all of our directors serve for indefinite terms expiring upon the next annual meeting of our shareholders.


Family Relationships

When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to enable the Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of the Company’s business and structure, the Board of Directors focuses primarily on the industry and transactional experience, and other background, in addition to any unique skills or attributes associated with a director. With regard to Mr. Quandahl, the Board of Directors considered his significant experience, expertise and background with regard to accounting, financial and tax matters, his particular experience with the payday lending industry as well as retail operations, and his demonstrated experience and skills in managing and evaluating the coordination and integration of the Company’s two principal operating segments. With regard to Mr. Donchev, the Board of Directors considered his background and experience with the public securities markets and his former employment and experience with the investment banking field. With regard to Mr. Ripley, the Board of Directors considered his experience in business acquisitions and post-acquisition operational improvements with emphasis upon cost reduction and revenue growth. With regard to Mr. Miller, the Board of Directors considered his leadership experience as well as his background and experience in retail operations. Finally, with regards to Mr. Roberts, the Board of Directors considered his extensive experience in finance and capital structures, his prior board leadership experience as well as his prior experience in retail operations.

The Company does not have a standing nominating committee. Instead, the entire Board of Directors shares the responsibility of identifying potential director-nominees to serve on the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors does have a standing Compensation Committee and Audit Committee. The Compensation Committee is composed of Mr. Roberts. The Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Roberts and Donchev, with Mr. Roberts serving as the chairperson. The Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that there are no familial relationships among any of our officers or directors.


Involvementonly Mr. Roberts is “independent,” as such term is defined in Certain Legal Proceedings

During the past five years, no officer, director, control person or promoterSection 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing rules, and meets the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. The preceding disclosure respecting director independence is required under applicable SEC rules. However, as a corporation whose shares are listed for trading on the OTCBB, the Company has been involved inis not required to have any legal proceedings respecting: (i)independent directors at all on its Board of Directors, or any bankruptcy petition filed by or againstindependent directors serving on any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the timeparticular committees of the bankruptcyBoard of Directors.

50

The Board of Directors has determined that at least one member of the Audit Committee, Mr. Ellery Roberts, is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act. Mr. Robert’s relevant experience is detailed above. As noted above, Mr. Roberts qualifies as an “independent director,” as such term is defined in Section 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq listing rules, and meets the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors has determined that each of the Audit Committee members is able to read and understand fundamental financial statements and that at least one member of the Audit Committee has past employment experience in finance or within two years prior to that time; (ii) any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses); (iii) being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; or (iv) being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated.accounting.

51
29

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation for awarded to or earned by: (i) each individual who served as the principal executive officer and principal financial officer of either the Company (then known as URON Inc.) or Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc.Western Capital during the year ended December 31, 2007;2011; and (ii) each other individual that served as an executive officer of either the Company (then known as URON Inc.)Western Capital or Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. at the conclusion of the year ended December 31, 20072011 and who received more than $100,000 in the form of salary and bonus during such fiscal year.


For purposes of this prospectus,report, these individuals are collectively the “named executives” of the Company.
  
Annual Compensation
 
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
 
Bonus
($)
 
Other Annual
Compensation
($)
 
Stock
Options
Awards
($) (5)
 
Stock
Awards ($)
 
John Quandahl, President and Chief Operating Officer (1)
  
2007
2006
  
229,000
70,350
  
0
0
  
0
0
  
92,000
0
  
0
0
 
Christopher Larson, President and Chief Executive Officer (2)
  2007  0  0  0  0  0 
Donald Miller, President and Chief Executive Officer (3)
  
2007
2006
  
0
0
  
0
0
  
0
0
  
0
0
  
25,000
0
 
Steven Staehr, Chief Financial Officer (4)
  2007  0  0  0  126,500  0 

Name and Principal Position    Salary  Other Annual Compensation  Stock Option
Awards
  Total 

John Quandahl(1)

  2011  $246,000  $80,114  $0  $326,114 
   Pres. and Chief Operating Officer  2010  $246,000  $70,313  $0  $316,313 

Steve Irlbeck(2)

  2011  $140,000  $70,000  $0  $210,000 
   Chief Financial Officer  2010  $120,000  $55,000  $0  $175,000 

Rich Horner(3)

  2011  $148,000  $64,000  $0  $212,000 
   Vice President and Treasurer of WFL  2010  $145,500  $50,000  $0  $195,500 

___________

(1)
Mr. Quandahl is the President and Chief Operating Officer of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., the wholly owned and principal operating subsidiary of the registrant.Western Capital that offers payday lending services. Mr. Quandahl also began serving as the Chief Operating Officer of URON Inc.Western Capital effective November 29, 2007, and continues to serve in that capacity forcapacity. Effective January 1, 2009, Mr. Quandahl was also appointed to serve as the Company since the Merger. 2007 compensation in the form of salary was paid by Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., and 2007 compensation in the form of stock options was awarded by URON Inc. All 2006 compensation was paid by Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc.

(2)Mr. Larson became theCompany’s President and Chief Executive Officer of URON Inc. effective November 29, 2007 and continues to serve in those capacities for the Company since the Merger.Officer. From January 1, 2009 through May 10, 2011, Mr. Quandahl also served as interim Chief Financial Officer.
(3)(2)Mr. Miller served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of URON Inc. from August 2006 until November 29, 2007. All compensation reflected in the table was paid or awarded by URON Inc.

(4)Mr. Staehr becameIrlbeck is the Chief Financial Officer of URON Inc. effective November 29, 2007,Western Capital Resources. Mr. Irlbeck began serving as our Chief Financial Officer on May 10, 2011. Prior to May 10, 2011, Mr. Irlbeck was the Company’s Senior Director of Accounting.
(3)Mr. Horner is the Company’s Controller and continuesbecame the Vice President and Treasurer of Wyoming Financial Lenders in January 2009. Prior to serve in that capacity forJanuary 2009, Mr. Horner served as the Company since the Merger. Stock options reflected in the table were awarded by URON Inc.Company’s Controller.
30

(5)
Amounts listed reflect the dollar amounts related to option awards recognized for financial statement reporting purposes with respect to the fiscal years indicated, in accordance with FAS 123(R) (disregarding the estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions). In each case: the exercise price of the option was $0.01 per share; the market price of our common stock on the date the options were granted was $1.80; and the value ascribed to the stock option awards for financial statement reporting purposes was calculated at $0.23 per share. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amount are included in Note 7, “Stockholders’ Equity,” to our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2007, which are included at the end of this prospectus.
URON Inc. Executive Compensation Prior to the Merger

Prior to the Merger, URON did not pay any cash or cash-equivalent remuneration to any executive officer or any director during its last most recently completed years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007. URON issued no options, warrants, restricted stock or other stock-based compensation to any officer or director during the year ended December 31, 2006. In February 2007, URON entered into an employment agreement with Donald Miller, thereby employing him as its Chief Executive Officer. Under that agreement, Mr. Miller’s sole compensation was the issuance of 50,000 shares of common stock (after giving effect to the December 27, 2007 reverse stock split) with restricted transferability. On November 29, 2007, in connection with the appointment of Mr. Christopher Larson as URON’s President and Chief Executive Officer and the resignation of Mr. Miller from such position, URON and Mr. Miller terminated the aforementioned employment agreement.

Also on November 29, 2007, in connection with their appointments as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of URON, respectively, Messrs. Quandahl and Staehr received non-vested contingent options to purchase shares of common stock at the per-share price of $0.01. Under their respective option agreements, Mr. Staehr had the right to purchase up to 550,000 common shares and Mr. Quandahl had the right to purchase up to 400,000 common shares. By their terms, the options did not vest or become exercisable until URON engaged in a change in control, as defined in the option agreements. The closing of the Merger constituted a change in control, as defined in such agreements. The option agreements provided that the shares purchasable thereunder were not to be affected by any stock combination (i.e., reverse stock split) effected in connection with the Merger. The value ascribed to the component of executive compensation represented by the stock options, in accordance with FAS 123(R), is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table (see above) in column captioned “Long-Term Compensation Awards—Securities Underlying Options.”

Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. Executive Compensation Prior to the Merger

Prior to the Merger, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. paid cash compensation, but did not issue any options, warrants, restricted stock or other stock-based compensation to John Quandahl, its principal executive officer during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007. Furthermore, Wyoming Financial Lenders did not have an employment agreement with Mr. Quandahl during that time. Nevertheless, Wyoming Financial Lenders did have an arrangement with Mr. Quandahl at the time of the Merger to pay him an annual salary of $250,000.

Executive Compensation Arrangements After the Merger

Since the Merger, the Company (on a combined basis) has not entered into and does not have any employment agreements with any named executives or any other members of its executive management. The Company’s current arrangements with it executive officers are to pay (i) Mr. Larson, its President and Chief Executive Officer, an annual salary of $150,000, (ii) Mr. Quandahl, its Chief Operating Officer, an annual salary of $250,000, and (iii) Mr. Staehr, its Chief Financial Officer, an annual salary of $120,000.
31

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The table below sets forth certain information regarding unexercised options,

We had no outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2007,2011 for each of theany named executives identified in the Summary Compensation Table (see above):


 
Option Awards
 
Name
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
 
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
 
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options (#)
 
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
 
Option
Expiration
Date
 
John Quandahl  400,000
(1)
 0  0  0.01  11/29/08 
Christopher Larson  0  0  0  -  - 
Donald Miller  0  0  0  -  - 
Steven Staehr  550,000
(1)
 0  0  0.01  11/29/08 

(1)Option was granted on November 29, 2007, subject to vesting upon a change in control of the Company. The Merger qualified as a change in control of the Company, as defined under the relevant option agreement. These options have been exercised.

executives.

Employment and Change-in-ControlChange-In-Control Agreements


We do not currently have any employment or change-in-control agreements with theany named executives or any other current members of our executive management. Nevertheless,On March 31, 2010, we may consider enteringentered into employment agreements and change-in-control agreementsan Employment Agreement with members ofMr. Quandahl to serve as our senior management. As indicated above, we do have arrangements with our executive officers to pay (i) Mr. Larson, our President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to that time, Mr. Quandahl served in such capacities without any written agreement. Mr. Quandahl receives an annual base salary of $150,000, (ii)$246,000 and is eligible for an annual performance-based cash bonus.

The performance-based bonus provisions of the Employment Agreement permit Mr. Quandahl our Chief Operating Officer, anand other members of management to receive annual salarybonus payments based on adjusted EBITDA targets annually established by the Board of $250,000,Directors. The 2011 and (iii)2010 adjusted EBITDA target was $4 million. If the Company’s actual adjusted EBITDA performance for a particular annual period ranges from 85-100% of the established adjusted EBITDA target, management will be entitled to receive a cash bonus consisting of 7.5% of the actual adjusted EBITDA. Mr. Staehr, our Chief Financial Officer, anQuandahl’s share of the bonus pool for any particular year is expected to be 10-50% and the bonus pool will be payable to other management-level participants in the bonus pool selected from time to time by the Board of Directors. If the Company’s actual adjusted EBITDA performance for a particular annual salaryperiod is less than 85% of $120,000.the established adjusted EBITDA target, no bonus will be payable, and if such performance exceeds 100% of the established adjusted EBITDA target, the bonus pool will include 15% of the amount by which such performance exceeds the target. In addition to the adjusted EBITDA threshold, the agreement also contains capital expenditure and working capital thresholds.

52

During 2011 and 2010, the Board of Directors authorized certain transactions that resulted in the capital expenditure limitation and working capital threshold eligibility requirements not being satisfied. The board waived compliance with these two eligibility requirements in 2010 and approved the exclusion of such transactions when testing these two eligibility requirements in 2011. The board also authorized the adjusted EBITDA calculation to exclude certain expenditures. The effect of those actions permitted eligible participants to benefit under the management bonus pool arrangement in both 2010 and 2011.

The Employment Agreement also contains customary provisions prohibiting Mr. Quandahl from soliciting customers and employees of the Company for three years after any termination of his employment with the Company, and from competing with the Company for either three years (if Mr. Quandahl is terminated for good cause or if he resigns without good reason) or two years (if the Company terminates Mr. Quandahl’s employment for without good cause or if he resigns with good reason). If Mr. Quandahl’s employment is terminated by the Company without “good cause” or if Mr. Quandahl voluntarily resigns with “good reason,” then Mr. Quandahl will be entitled to (i) severance pay for a period of 12 months and (ii) reimbursement for health insurance premiums for his family if he elects continued coverage under COBRA.

Compensation of Directors


Currently, our directors receive no

Name and Principal Position    Compensation  Other Annual Compensation  Stock Option
Awards
  Total 
Richard Miller(1)  2011  $0  $100,000  $0  $100,000 
   Chairman  2010  $0  $75,000  $0  $75,000 
Ellery Roberts(2)  2011  $102,583  $0  $0  $102,583 
   Director  2010  $11,666  $0  $0  $11,666 
Angel Donchev  2011  $0  $0  $0  $0 
   Director  2010  $0  $0  $0  $0 
Aldus Chapin II(3)  2011  $0  $0  $0  $0 
   Director  2010  $0  $0  $0  $0 

____________

(1)Mr. Miller provides management consulting services to the Company in addition to his services as Chairman of the Board. In accordance with the consulting agreement, his compensation is $100,000 per year. All compensation reflected in the table for Mr. Miller was paid pursuant to his consulting agreement with the Company.
(2)Mr. Roberts serves on a special committee of the Board of Directors. In connection with this service, the Board of Directors approved the payment of compensation to Mr. Roberts in the amount of $13,000 per month from June through November 2011, and $10,000 per month from December 2011 through November 2012.
(3)Mr. Chapin resigned from the Board of Directors effective February 17, 2012.

Related-Party Transactions

On October 18, 2011 the Company entered into a borrowing arrangement with River City Equity, Inc. and delivered a related long-term promissory note in favor of River City Equity. The borrowing arrangement allows the Company to any standardborrow up to $2,000,000 at an interest rate of 12% per annum, with interest payable on a monthly basis. The note matures on September 30, 2013, on which date all unpaid principal and accrued but unpaid interest thereon is due and payable. The note includes a prepayment penalty and, under certain circumstances, permits River City Equity to obtain a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s assets. As of December 31, 2011, $1,000,000 has been advanced under this arrangement. After the initial advancement from River City Equity under the borrowing arrangement, for their services as directors. Nevertheless, wethe brother of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer obtained an ownership interest in River City Equity. Since such time, there have been additional advancements. The Board of Directors has been apprised of the fact that, subsequent to the transactions creating the arrangement with River City Equity, that entity has become a “related party” under applicable SEC disclosure rules. The Company may in the future determineseek advancements from the $1,000,000 remaining available under the borrowing arrangement. In any such case, advancements will be approved in the manner required under the board’s related-party transaction policy discussed below.

The Board of Directors has adopted a written Conflict of Interest and Related Party Transaction Policy. That policy governs the approval of all related-party transactions, subject only to certain customary exceptions (e.g., compensation, certain charitable donations, transactions made available to all employees generally, etc.). The policy contains a minimum dollar threshold of $5,000.

53

The entire Board of Directors administers the policy and approves any related-party transactions. At each calendar year’s first regularly scheduled meeting, management discloses any related-party transactions to be entered into by the Company for that calendar year, including the proposed aggregate value of such transactions if applicable. After full disclosure of all material facts, review and discussion, the board approves or disapproves such transactions. If a related-party transaction will be ongoing, the board may establish guidelines for management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the related party. However, management is generally required to update the board as to any material change to the related-party transactions approved at the first calendar year meeting.

In the event management recommends any related-party transactions after the first calendar year meeting, such transactions are generally presented to the board for approval in advance, or preliminarily entered into by management subject to ratification by the board. If ratification is not obtained, management must make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such transaction.

Procedurally, no director is allowed to vote in any approval of a related-party transaction for which he or she is the related party, except that such a director may otherwise participate in a related discussion and shall provide our directors with some form of compensation, either cash or options or contractually restricted securities.  to the board all material information concerning the related-party transaction and the director’s interest therein.

54
32

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF

CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

As of the dateclose of this prospectus,business on June 13, 2012, we had outstanding two classes of voting securities—common stock, of which there were 8,889,6445,397,780 shares issued and outstanding; and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, of which there were 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding. Each share of capital stock is currently entitled to one vote on all matters put to a vote of our shareholders.


The following table sets forth the number of common shares, and percentage of outstanding common shares, beneficially owned as of the date of this prospectus,June 13, 2012, by: (i) each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock; (ii) each current director; (iii) each executive officer and other persons identified as a named executive officer in the “Executive Compensation” section of this prospectus (see above); and (iv) all current executive officers and directors as a group.

·each person known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the Company’s outstanding common stock
·each current director
·each executive officer of the Company and other persons identified as a named executive in our Summary Compensation Table above, and
·all current executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the following persons is 2201 West Broadway, Suite 1, Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501,11550 “I” Street, Omaha, Nebraska 68137, and each such person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite his, her or its name.


 
Common
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
 
Percentage of
Common Shares (1)
 
Christopher Larson (2)
  1,841,290  20.7%
Steven Staehr (3)
  966,667  10.9%
John Quandahl (4)
  400,000  4.5%
John H. Klaasen IV (5)
  0  * 
James Mandel (6)
  470  * 
Mark Houlton (7)
  416,667  4.7%
Robert W. Moberly (8)
  11,125,000  58.9%
        
All current executive officers and directors as a group (9)
  14,750,094  78.1%
        
Donald Miller (10)
9449 Science Center Drive
New Hope, MN 55428
  61,354  * 
        
WERCS (11)
400 East First Street
PO Box 130
Casper, WY 82602
  11,125,000  58.9%
        
Lantern Advisers, LLC (12)
80 South Eighth Street, Suite 900
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  713,310  7.7%
        
Mill City Ventures, LP (13)
80 South Eighth Street, Suite 900
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  800,000  9.0%
        
Joseph A. Geraci, II (14)
80 South Eighth Street, Suite 900
Minneapolis, MN 55402
  1,513,310  16.3%

Name and Address Common Shares
Beneficially Owned(1)
  

Percentage of

Common Shares(1)

 
Richard Miller(2)  333,750   5.9%
Ellery Roberts(3)  -   - 
Angel Donchev(3)  -   - 
Thomas H. Ripley(3)  -   - 
Rich Horner(4)  100,000   1.9%
Steve Irlbeck(5)  200,000   3.7%
John Quandahl(6)  200,000   3.7%
All current executive officers and directors as a group(7)  833,750   14.6%

WCR, LLC(8)

c/o Blackstreet Capital Advisors II

5425 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite #701

Chevy Chase, MD 20815

  10,791,250   71.5%

Alpha Capital Anstalt(9)

Pradaafant 7

Furst en Tums 9490

Vaduz, Liechtenstein

  416,667   7.7%

_______________

* less than 1%

33

(1)
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes general voting power and/or investment power with respect to securities. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the record rate, and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of other securities currently convertible or convertible within 60 days, are deemed outstanding for computing the beneficial ownership percentage of the person holding such securities but are not deemed outstanding for computing the beneficial ownership percentage of any other person. Under the applicable SEC rules, each person’s beneficial ownership is calculated by dividing the total number of shares with respect to which they possess beneficial ownership by the total number of outstanding shares of the Company. In any case where an individual has beneficial ownership over securities that are not outstanding, but are issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants or similar rights within the next 60 days, that same number of shares is added to the denominator in the calculation described above. Because the calculation of each person’s beneficial ownership set forth in the “Percentage of Common Shares” column of the table may include shares that are not presently outstanding, the sum total of the percentages set forth in such column may exceed 100%.

(2)Mr. Larson becameMiller is a director of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer on November 29, 2007. All shares reflectedCompany. Share figures contained in the table are outstanding common shares.taken from Mr. Miller’s most recent filing under §13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on Schedule 13G/A, filed with the SEC on November 3, 2010.
(3)Messrs. Roberts, Donchev, and Riley are directors of the Company.

55

(3)

(4)Mr. StaehrHorner became the Treasurer of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. in January 2009.
(5)Mr. Irlbeck became the Company’s Chief Financial Officer on November 29, 2007. All shares reflected inMay 10, 2011 and was the table are outstanding common shares.Company’s Senior Director of Accounting from January 1, 2009 to May 10, 2011.

(4)(6)Mr. Quandahl becameis the Company’s Chief OperatingExecutive Officer on November 29, 2007. All shares reflected in the table are outstanding common shares.

(5)Mr. Klaasen becameand a director of the Company on December 31, 2007.Company.

(6)Mr. Mandel became a director of the Company on December 31, 2007.

(7)Mr. Houlton became a directorConsists of the Company on December 31, 2007. All shares reflected in the table are outstanding common shares.Messrs. Miller, Roberts, Donchev, Riley, Irlbeck, Horner and Quandahl.

(8)Mr. Moberly became a directorConsists of the Company on December 31, 2007. Mr. Moberly is the Chief Operating Officer1,091,250 shares of WERCS, a Wyoming corporation, which was the sole stockholder of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. prior to the Merger on December 31, 2007. All shares reflected in the table as beneficially owned by Mr. Moberly are issuable upon conversion of an equal number ofcommon stock and 9,700,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock heldwhich are convertible into an equal number of record by WERCS.

(9)Includes Messrs. Larson, Staehr, Quandahl, Klaasen, Mandel, Houlton and Moberly.

(10)Mr. Miller was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer during 2007 until November 29, 2007. Mr. Miller served as the Company’s sole director until December 31, 2007.

(11)
WERCS is a Wyoming corporation that was the sole stockholder of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. prior to the Merger on December 31, 2007. 10,000,000 shares beneficially owned by WERCS are common shares issuable upon conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. Investment and voting control over the shares beneficially owned by WERCS is exercised by Robert W. Moberly, its Chief Operating Officer. The significant shareholders of WERCS (those shareholders holding ten percent or more of the outstanding capital stock of WERCS) are Robert W. Moberly (our Chairman) who owns 203,685 shares of WERCS, Mark Houlton (a director) who owns 154,140 shares of WERCS, and Gail Zimmerman who owns 395,976 shares of WERCS. Other than Messrs. Moberly and Houlton, no other officers or directors of the Company own any interest in WERCS.

(12)Lantern Advisers, LLC is a Minnesota limited liability company beneficially owned by Mr. Joseph A. Geraci, II and Douglas Polinsky, each of whom share investment and voting control. 400,000 share reflectedcommon stock. Share figures contained in the table are issuable upon exercisetaken from WCR LLC’s most recent filing under §13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on Schedule 13D/A, filed on November 5, 2010.
(9)Based solely on a warrant.registered shareholder report dated June 1, 2012.

56

(13)Mill City Ventures, LP is a Minnesota limited partnership the securities of which are beneficially held by Mill City Advisors LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company that serves as the general partner to Mill City Ventures, LP. Investment and voting control over the shares beneficially owned by Mill City Advisors LLC is exercised by Joseph A. Geraci, II, the sole member and manager of such company.
34

(14)Joseph A. Geraci, II, possesses beneficial ownership of securities held by Lantern Advisers, LLC and Mill City Ventures, LP. See footnotes 12 and 13 above.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreement with Multiband Corporation. URON Inc. entered into a management agreement with Multiband Corporation for personnel and office support (including operations and accounting) relating to URONs prior internet-access business as August 1, 2006.

THE RIGHTS OFFERING

The Subscription Rights

We incurred service fees to Multiband Corporation in the amount of $56,570 for the year ended December 31, 2006. Don Miller, our sole director and Chief Executive Officer during this period, was also the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Multiband Corporation. The Board of Directors believes that the fees paid and payable to Multiband Corporation pursuantare distributing, at no charge, to the management agreement are at market rate.


Certain Equity and Equity-Linked Transactions. On November 29, 2007, URON entered into three separate transactions. In one transaction, we issued a warrantrecord holders of our shares of capital stock as of        , 2012, the record date, non-transferable subscription rights to Lantern Advisers, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company and then a holder of more than ten percent of the Company’s outstanding common stock, in consideration of its consulting efforts and services relating to the structuring of a then-potential transaction with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. The warrant provides Lantern Advisers with the right, for a period of five years, to purchase up to 400,000 shares of our common stock at the per-sharea subscription price of $0.01. Among$ per share. Each subscription right will entitle the holders of our capital stock to purchase one share of our common stock, which we refer to as the “basic subscription privilege.” Each eligible holder of record of shares of our capital stock will receive       subscription rights for each share of capital stock owned by such holder as of 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the record date. We intend to keep the rights offering open until , 2012, unless our Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, extends such time.

You may exercise all or a portion of your subscription rights, or none at all. If, however, you exercise less than your entire basic subscription privilege, you will not be eligible to exercise your over-subscription privilege

We will not issue fractional shares of common stock in the rights offering, and holders will only be entitled to purchase a whole number of shares of common stock. Any excess subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty.

Over-Subscription Privilege

If you fully exercise your basic subscription privilege and other termsshareholders do not fully exercise their basic subscription privileges, then you may also exercise the over-subscription privilege component of your subscription rights to purchase additional shares of common stock that remain unsubscribed at the expiration of the rights offering, subject to the availability and pro rata allocation of shares among persons exercising their over-subscription privileges. To the extent that the number of the unsubscribed shares is not sufficient to satisfy all of the properly exercised over-subscription requests, then the shares which are available will be prorated among those shareholders properly exercising their over-subscription privileges based on the number of shares each such shareholder subscribed for under their basic subscription privilege. If this pro rata allocation results in any shareholder receiving a greater number of common shares than the shareholder subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of his, her or its over-subscription privilege, then such shareholder will be allocated only that number of shares for which the shareholder subscribed, and the remaining common shares will be allocated among all other shareholders exercising their over-subscription privileges on the same pro rata basis described above. This share-allocation process will be repeated until all common shares have been allocated or all over-subscription exercises have been honored, whichever occurs earlier.

In order to properly exercise your over-subscription privilege, you must deliver the subscription payment related to the exercise of your over-subscription privilege prior to the expiration of the rights offering. Because we will not know the total number of unsubscribed shares prior to the expiration of the rights offering, if you wish to maximize the number of shares you purchase pursuant to your over-subscription privilege, you will need to deliver payment in an amount equal to the aggregate subscription price for the maximum number of shares of our common stock available to you, assuming that no shareholder other than you has purchased any shares of our common stock pursuant to their basic subscription privilege and over-subscription privilege.

We can provide no assurances that you will actually receive the number of shares you wish to purchase upon exercise of your over-subscription privilege. For example, we will not be able to satisfy any portion of your exercise of the over-subscription privilege if all of our other shareholder exercise their basic subscription privileges in full. We will only fully honor an exercised over-subscription privilege to the extent sufficient shares of our common stock are available after the exercise of all basic subscription privileges associated with the subscription rights.

To the extent there are fewer shares available to you upon exercise of your over-subscription privileges than that for which you subscribe and tender payment under such privilege, you will be allocated only the number of unsubscribed shares available to you, and any excess subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned to you, without interest or deduction, as soon as practicable. To the extent shareholders properly exercise their over-subscription privileges for an aggregate amount of shares that is less than the number of the unsubscribed shares, you will be allocated the number of shares for which you actually tender payment in connection with the exercise of your over-subscription privilege. We will deliver certificates representing shares of our common stock purchased with the over-subscription privilege as soon as practicable after the expiration of the rights offering.

57

Delivery of Shares of Common Stock Acquired in the Rights Offering

If you purchase shares in the rights offering by submitting a rights certificate and payment, we will mail you a stock certificate evidencing the new shares purchased as soon as practicable after the completion of the rights offering. One stock certificate will be generated for each rights certificate processed. Until your stock certificate is received, you may not be able to sell the shares of common stock acquired in the rights offering. If, as of the record date, your shares were held by a custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee, and you participate in the rights offering, you will not receive stock certificates for your new shares. Nevertheless, your custodian bank, broker, dealer or other nominee will be credited with the shares of common stock you purchase in the rights offering as soon as practicable after the completion of the rights offering.

Reasons for the Rights Offering

Prior to approving the rights offering, our Board of Directors carefully considered our current and expected acquisition opportunities, our liquidity requirements, our expected results of operations, current market conditions, and business and capital-raising opportunities, as well as the warrant alsodilution of the ownership percentage of the current holders of our common stock that may be caused by the rights offering if they do not exercise their rights in full.

After weighing the factors discussed above and the effect of the $4,400,000 in additional capital, after deducting $100,000 of estimated offering-related expenses, that may be generated by the sale of shares pursuant to the rights offering, our Board of Directors determined the rights offering to be in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Although we believe that the rights offering will strengthen our financial condition and allow us to pursue opportunities to grow and diversify the Company, the Board of Directors is not making any recommendation as to whether you should exercise your subscription rights.

Effect of Rights Offering on Existing Shareholders

The ownership interests and voting interests of our existing shareholders that do not fully exercise their subscription rights will be diluted.

Method of Exercising Subscription Rights

The exercise of subscription rights is irrevocable and may not be cancelled or modified. You may exercise your subscription rights as follows:

Subscription by Registered Holders

If you hold certificates of shares of our capital stock, the number of rights you may exercise pursuant to your subscription rights will be indicated on the rights certificate delivered to you. You may exercise your subscription rights by properly completing and executing the rights certificate and forwarding it, together with your full subscription payment, to the subscription agent at the address set forth below in this section under the caption “—Subscription Agent,” prior to the expiration of the rights offering.

Subscription by DTC Participants

We expect that the exercise of your subscription rights may be made through the facilities of DTC. If your subscription rights are held of record through DTC, you may exercise your subscription rights by instructing DTC, or having your broker instruct DTC, to transfer your subscription rights from your account to the account of the subscription agent, together with certification as to the aggregate number of subscription rights you are exercising and the number of shares of our common stock you are subscribing for under both the basic subscription privilege and the over-subscription privilege, if any, together with your full subscription payment.

Subscription by Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner of our shares of common stock that are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee, you will not receive a rights certificate. Instead, subscription rights will be issued to the nominee record holder for shares of our common stock that you beneficially own at the record date. If you are not contacted by your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee, you should promptly contact your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee in order to subscribe for shares of our common stock in the rights offering.

58

If you hold your shares in the name of a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee, your nominee will exercise the subscription rights on your behalf in accordance with your instructions. Your nominee may establish a deadline that may be before the 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, , 2012 expiration date we have established for the rights offering.

Payment Method for Registered Holders

As described in the instructions accompanying the rights certificate, payments must be made in full in United States Dollars for the full number of shares of our common stock for which you are subscribing by (i) cashier’s check or (ii) certified check, in either case drawn upon a United States bank and made payable to the subscription agent at the address set forth below in this section under the caption “—Subscription Agent.”

Personal checks are not accepted. Payment received after the expiration of the rights offering may not be honored, and the subscription agent will return your payment to you promptly, without interest or penalty.

You should read and follow the delivery and payment instructions accompanying the rights certificate. DO NOT SEND RIGHTS CERTIFICATES OR PAYMENTS DIRECTLY TO WESTERN CAPITAL. Except as described below under the caption “—Guaranteed Delivery Procedures,” we will not consider your subscription received until the subscription agent has received delivery of a properly completed and duly executed rights certificate and other subscription documents, together with payment of the full subscription amount. The risk of delivery of all documents and payments is borne by you or your nominee, not by the subscription agent or us.

The method of delivery of rights certificates and payment of the subscription amount to the subscription agent will be at the risk of the holders of subscription rights. If sent by mail, we recommend that you send subscription materials and payments by overnight courier or by registered mail, properly insured, with return-receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the subscription agent and clearance of payment prior to the expiration of the rights offering.

Unless a rights certificate provides that the shares purchasable thereunder were notof our common stock are to be delivered to the record holder of such rights or such certificate is submitted for the account of a bank or a broker, signatures on such rights certificate must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” (as such term is defined in Rule 17Ad-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Program Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchange Medallion Program, subject to any standards and procedures adopted by the subscription agent.

Missing or Incomplete Subscription Information

If you do not indicate the number of subscription rights being exercised, or the subscription agent does not receive the full subscription payment for the number of subscription rights that you indicate are being exercised, then you will be deemed to have exercised the maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised with the aggregate subscription payment you delivered to the subscription agent. If the subscription agent does not apply your full subscription payment to your purchase of our shares of common stock, any excess subscription payment received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty.

Expiration Date and Amendments

The subscription period, during which you may exercise your subscription rights, expires at 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on , 2012, which is the expiration of the rights offering. If you do not exercise your subscription rights prior to that time, your subscription rights will expire and will no longer be exercisable. We will not be required to issue shares of common stock to you if the subscription agent receives your rights certificate and subscription payment after that time, regardless of when the rights certificate and subscription payment were sent by you, unless you send the documents in compliance with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. We have the option to extend the rights offering and the period for exercising your subscription rights, although we do not presently intend to do so. We may extend the expiration of the rights offering by giving oral or written notice to the subscription agent prior to the expiration of the rights offering. If we elect to extend the expiration of the rights offering, we will issue a press release announcing such extension no later than 9:00 a.m., New York time, on the next business day after the most recently announced expiration of the rights offering. We reserve the right to amend or modify the terms of the rights offering.

59

Subscription Price

The subscription price was determined by a special committee of our Board of Directors. Factors considered by the committee included the strategic alternatives available to our Company for raising capital, the price at which our shareholders might be willing to participate in the rights offering, historical and current trading prices of our common stock, the business prospects of our Company and the general condition of the securities market. The market price for our common stock during the rights offering may not be equal to or above the subscription price. Furthermore, a subscribing owner of rights may be unable to sell the shares of common stock purchased in the rights offering at a price equal to or greater than the subscription price.

We urge you to obtain a current quote for our common stock before exercising your subscription rights.

Conditions, Withdrawal and Termination

We reserve the right to withdraw the rights offering prior to the expiration of the rights offering for any reason. We may terminate the rights offering, in whole or in part, if at any time before completion of the rights offering there is any judgment, order, decree, injunction, statute, law or regulation entered, enacted, amended or held to be applicable to the rights offering that in the sole judgment of our Board of Directors would or might make the rights offering or its completion, whether in whole or in part, illegal or otherwise restrict or prohibit completion of the rights offering. We may waive any of these conditions and choose to proceed with the rights offering even if one or more of these events occur. Moreover, our Board of Directors may otherwise choose in its sole discretion to terminate the rights offering at any time and for any reason. If we terminate the rights offering, in whole or in part, all affected subscription rights will expire without value, and all excess subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty. If we cancel the rights offering, we will issue a press release notifying shareholders of the cancellation, and all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty.

Subscription Agent

The subscription agent for this offering is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.. The address to which subscription documents, rights certificates, notices of guaranteed delivery and subscription payments should be mailed or delivered is:

Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.

3200 Cherry Creek South Drive, Suite 430

Denver, Colorado 80209

You are solely responsible for completing delivery to the subscription agent of your subscription materials. The subscription materials are to be received by the subscription agent on or prior to 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on , 2012. We urge you to allow sufficient time for delivery of your subscription materials to the subscription agent. If you deliver subscription materials in a manner different from those described in this prospectus, we may not honor the exercise of your subscription rights.

Whom to Contact for Information

Any questions regarding our rights offering or requests for additional copies of documents may be directed to Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP, Attn: Paul Chestovich, at (612) 672-8305, Monday through Friday (except bank holidays), between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time.

60

Fees and Expenses

We will pay all fees charged by the subscription agent. You are responsible for paying any stock combination (i.e., reverse stock split) effectedother commissions, fees, taxes or other expenses incurred in connection with the then-potential combination transaction. Assuming exercise of the subscription rights.

No Fractional Shares

We will not issue fractional subscription rights or fractional shares in the rights offering.

Medallion Guarantee May Be Required

Your signature on each subscription rights certificate must be guaranteed by an eligible institution, such as a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States, subject to standards and procedures adopted by the subscription agent, unless:

·your subscription rights certificate provides that shares are to be delivered to you, as record holder of those subscription rights, at your address of record; or

·you are an eligible institution.

You can obtain a signature guarantee from a financial institution—such as a commercial bank, savings, bank, credit union or broker dealer—that participates in one of the Medallion signature guarantee programs. The three Medallion signature guarantee programs are the following:

·Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP) whose participants include more than 7,000 U.S. and Canadian financial institutions.

·Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP) whose participants include the regional stock exchange member firms and clearing and trust companies.

·New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP) whose participants include NYSE member firms.

If a financial institution is not a member of a recognized Medallion signature guarantee program, it would not be able to provide signature guarantees. Also, if you are not a customer of a participating financial institution, it is likely the financial institution will not guarantee your signature. Therefore, the best source of a Medallion Guarantee would be a bank, savings and loan association, brokerage firm, or credit union with whom you do business. The participating financial institution will use a Medallion imprint or stamp to guarantee the signature, indicating that the financial institution is a member of a Medallion signature guarantee program and is an acceptable signature guarantor.

Notice to Nominees

If you are a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee holder that holds shares purchasableof our common stock for the account of others on the record date, you should notify the beneficial owners of the shares for whom you are the nominee of the rights offering as soon as possible to learn their intentions with respect to exercising their subscription rights. You should obtain instructions from the beneficial owner, as set forth in the instructions we have provided to you for your distribution to beneficial owners. If the beneficial owner so instructs, you should submit information and payment for shares. We expect that the exercise of subscription rights on behalf of beneficial owners may be made through the facilities of DTC. You may exercise individual or aggregate beneficial owner subscription rights by instructing DTC to transfer subscription rights from your account to the account of the subscription agent, together with certification as to the aggregate number of subscription rights exercised and the number of common shares subscribed for under the warrantbasic subscription privilege and the over-subscription privilege, if any, and your full subscription payment.

61

Beneficial Owners

If you do not hold certificates for shares of our capital stock, you are a beneficial owner of shares of our capital stock. Instead of receiving a rights certificate, you will receive your subscription rights through a broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee. We will ask your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee to notify you of the rights offering.

You should contact your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee if you do not receive information regarding the rights offering, but believe you are entitled to subscription rights. We are not responsible if you do not receive notice by your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee or if you do not receive notice in time to respond to your nominee by the deadline established by the nominee, which may be prior to 5:00 p.m. Minneapolis time, on , 2012.

If you wish to exercise your subscription rights, you will need to have your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee act for you. If you hold certificates for shares of our common stock and received a rights certificate, but would prefer to have your broker, dealer, custodian bank or other nominee act for you, you should contact your nominee and request it to effect the transaction for you.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

If you wish to exercise subscription rights, but you do not have sufficient time to deliver the rights certificate evidencing your subscription rights to the subscription agent prior to the expiration of the rights offering, you may exercise your subscription rights by the following guaranteed delivery procedures:

·deliver to the subscription agent prior to the expiration of the rights offering the subscription payment for each share you elected to purchase pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights in the manner set forth above under the caption “—Payment Method”;

·deliver to the subscription agent prior to the expiration of the rights offering the form entitled “Notice of Guaranteed Delivery”; and

·deliver the properly completed rights certificate evidencing your subscription rights being exercised and the related nominee holder certification, if applicable, with any required signatures guaranteed, to the subscription agent within three business days following the date you submit your Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

Your Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be delivered in substantially the same form provided with the “Form of Instructions for Use of Western Capital Subscription Rights Certificates,” which will be distributed to you with your rights certificate. Your Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must include a signature guarantee from an eligible institution, acceptable to the subscription agent. A form of that guarantee is included with the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

In your Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, you must provide:

·your name;

·the number of subscription rights represented by your rights certificate, the number of shares of our common stock for which you are subscribing under your basic subscription privilege, and the number of shares of our common stock for which you are subscribing under your over-subscription privilege, if any; and

·your guarantee that you will deliver to the subscription agent a rights certificate evidencing the subscription rights you are exercising within three business days following the date the subscription agent receives your Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

You may deliver your Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to the subscription agent in the same manner as your rights certificate at the address set forth above under “—Subscription Agent.” Eligible institutions may also alternatively transmit a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to the subscription agent by facsimile transmission at (303) 282-5800.

62

If you require additional copies of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery form, you should call Paul Chestovich of Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP, at (612) 672-8305.

Validity of Subscriptions

We will resolve all questions regarding the validity and form of the exercise of your subscription rights, including time of receipt and eligibility to participate in the rights offering. Our determination will be final and binding. Once made, subscriptions and directions are irrevocable, and we will not accept any alternative, conditional or contingent subscriptions or directions. We reserve the absolute right to reject any subscriptions or directions not properly submitted or the acceptance of which would be unlawful. You must resolve any irregularities in connection with your subscriptions before the subscription period expires, unless waived by us in our sole discretion. Neither we nor the subscription agent shall be under any duty to notify you or your representative of defects in your subscriptions. A subscription will be considered accepted, subject to our right to withdraw or terminate the rights offering, only when a properly completed and duly executed rights certificate and any other required documents and the full subscription payment has been received by the subscription agent. Our interpretations of the terms and conditions of the rights offering will be final and binding.

Escrow Arrangements; Return of Funds

The subscription agent will hold funds received in payment for shares of our common stock in a segregated account pending completion of the rights offering. The subscription agent will hold this money in escrow until the rights offering is completed or is withdrawn and canceled. If the rights offering is canceled for any reason, all subscription payments received by the subscription agent will be returned promptly, without interest or penalty.

Shareholder Rights

You will have no rights as a holder of our shares of common stock you purchase in the rights offering, if any, until certificates representing our shares of common stock are issued to you or until your account at your record holder is credited with shares of common stock purchased in the rights offering. You will have no right to revoke your subscriptions once made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this prospectus.

Foreign Shareholders

We will not mail this prospectus or rights certificates to shareholders with addresses that are outside the United States or that have an army post office or foreign post office address. The subscription agent will instead hold these rights certificates for their account. To exercise any such subscription rights, our foreign shareholders must notify the subscription agent prior to 11:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, hadat least three business days prior to the expiration of the rights offering of their exercise of such rights, and, with respect to holders whose addresses are outside the United States, provide evidence satisfactory to us, such as a fair valuelegal opinion from local counsel, that the exercise of $0.466 per share (basedsuch subscription rights does not violate the laws of the jurisdiction of such shareholder.

No Revocation or Change

Once you submit the form of rights certificate to exercise any subscription rights, you are not allowed to revoke or change the exercise or request a refund of monies paid. All exercises of subscription rights are irrevocable, even if you learn information about us that you consider to be unfavorable. You should not exercise your subscription rights unless you are certain that you wish to purchase additional common shares at the subscription price.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, you should not recognize income or loss upon receipt or exercise of subscription rights. For a more detailed discussion, see “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” below.

63

Listing

The subscription rights are not transferable, and we will not apply for listing of such rights on any exchange, market or listing service. Shares of our common stock are, and we expect that the shares of common stock to be issued in the rights offering will be, traded on the contemporaneousover-the-counter Bulletin Board (OCTBB) under the symbol “WCRS.” The last reported sales price of our common stock on the OTCBB on June 13, 2012 the last practicable date before the filing of this prospectus, was $0.10. We urge you to obtain a current market price for the shares of our common stock before making any determination with respect to the exercise of your subscription rights.

Outstanding Shares of Capital Stock after the Rights Offering

As of             , 2012, the last practicable date before the filing of this prospectus, 5,370,789 of our shares of common stock were issued and outstanding and there were no rights to purchase shares entered intoof our common stock outstanding. As of such date there were also 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. Assuming no other transactions by us involving shares of our capital stock, and no options or other convertible securities for shares of our common stock are exercised, prior to the expiration of the rights offering, an additional of our shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding after the closing of the rights offering if the rights offering is fully subscribed through the exercise of subscription rights, for a total of shares of common stock outstanding. Nevertheless, there is no minimum amount of shares that must be sold in the rights offering for us to close the offering, accept subscriptions and access related payments. Therefore, it is possible that fewer that              shares of common stock will be outstanding after completion of the rights offering.

Other Matters

We are not making the rights offering in any state or other jurisdiction in which it is unlawful to do so, nor are we distributing or accepting any offers to purchase any shares of our common stock from subscription rights holders who are residents of those states or other jurisdictions or who are otherwise prohibited by federal or state laws or regulations from accepting or exercising the subscription rights. We may delay the commencement of the rights offering in those states or other jurisdictions, or change the terms of the rights offering, in whole or in part, in order to comply with Christopher Larsonthe securities laws or other legal requirements of those states or other jurisdictions. Subject to state securities laws and regulations, we also have the discretion to delay allocation and distribution of any shares you may elect to purchase by exercise of your subscription privileges in order to comply with state securities laws. We may decline to make modifications to the terms of the rights offering requested by those states or other jurisdictions, in which case, if you are a resident in those states or jurisdictions or if you are otherwise prohibited by federal or state laws or regulations from accepting or exercising the subscription rights you will not be eligible to participate in the rights offering. However, we are not currently aware of any states or jurisdictions that would preclude participation in the rights offering.

64

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following is a general discussion of certain United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders, as defined below, of the receipt, ownership and exercise of the rights distributed in the subscription rights offering and ownership of the shares of common stock that would be issued upon an exercise of the subscription rights. This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and applicable administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that same date), the tax consequences described herein will not be challenged by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or that such a challenge would not be sustained by a court. No ruling has been sought from the IRS, and no opinion of counsel has been rendered, as to the federal income tax consequences of this rights offering.

This discussion is not a comprehensive description of the U.S. federal income taxation considerations that may be applicable to holders in light of their particular circumstances or to holders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including but not limited to financial institutions, brokers and dealers in securities or currencies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, persons who hold their shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other risk-reduction transaction, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, U.S. expatriates, persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who hold their shares through “foreign financial institutions” within the meaning of Section 1471 of the Code, persons that could be subject to the 3.8% Medicare tax on certain investment income beginning in 2013, or foreign taxpayers. This discussion also does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign income or other tax laws. This discussion is limited to U.S. holders which hold our shares of common stock or preferred stock, and would hold the subscription rights or any shares of common stock issued on an exercise of the subscription rights, as capital assets. For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a holder of common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

·a citizen or resident of the United States;

·a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

·an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

·a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF RECEIPT, OWNERSHIP AND EXERCISE OF THE RIGHTS, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF ANY FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS.

Receipt of the Subscription Rights

You will not recognize taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in connection with the receipt of subscription rights in the rights offering.

Tax Basis and Holding Period of the Rights

The tax basis of the subscription rights received by you in the rights offering will be zero unless either (1) the fair market value of the warrant wouldsubscription rights on the date such rights are distributed is equal to at least 15% of the fair market value on such date of the shares of stock with respect to which they are received or (2) you elect to allocate part of the tax basis of such shares to the subscription rights. If either (1) or (2) is true, then, if you exercise the subscription rights, your tax basis in your shares will be $186,400allocated between the rights and the shares with respect to which the subscription rights were received in proportion to their respective fair market values on the date the rights are distributed. In order to comply with applicable regulations, we expect to prepare an IRS Form 8397 and either provide the same to our shareholders or post that form on our website within 45 days of the distribution of the subscription rights. If we determine that the value of the subscription rights on the date such rights are distributed is equal to or exceeds 15% of the fair market value on such date of the shares of stock with respect to which the rights are received, we expect to reflect the value of the rights which we determine, and its effect on your basis in the rights and shares, on the IRS Form 8937. If we determine that the value of the subscription rights on such date is less than 15% of the fair market value on such date of the shares with respect to which the rights are received, we expect to reflect the value of the rights on the IRS Form 8937, consistent with this determination (and subject to the election that you may make to allocate basis in your shares to the rights, as discussed above) that the subscription rights do not have an effect on your basis in shares. We have not obtained, and may not obtain, an independent appraisal of the valuation of the rights, and any determinations we reflect on an IRS Form 8937 will not be binding on the IRS. You should consult with your tax advisor to determine the proper allocation of basis between the rights and your shares with respect to which the rights are received.

65

Your holding period for the rights will include your holding period for the shares with respect to which the rights were received.

Expiration of the Rights

If you allow subscription rights received in the rights offering to expire, you will not recognize any gain or loss. If you have tax basis in the subscription rights which was allocated from your shares, the tax basis of the expired rights will be restored to the tax basis of such shares.

Exercise of the Rights; Tax Basis and Holding Period of the Shares

You will not recognize any gain or loss upon the exercise of subscription rights received in the rights offering. The aggregate tax basis of the shares acquired through exercise of the rights should equal the sum of the exercise price for such shares and your tax basis, if any, in the rights as described above. In determining the tax basis of the shares acquired through exercise of the rights, the price paid upon exercise of the rights should be allocated pro rata to the shares acquired. The holding period for the shares acquired through exercise of the rights will begin on the date the rights are exercised.

Tax Treatment of Shares received on Exercise of Subscription Rights

Distributions, if any, made on shares of our common stock, including shares received on exercise of subscription rights, generally will be ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. If you are a noncorporate holder of our shares, for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2013, such dividends are generally taxed at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%, provided certain holding period requirements are satisfied. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the shares and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such shares. If you are a corporation, or are taxed as a corporation, you may be eligible for a dividends received deduction on dividends you receive on our shares, subject to applicable limitations.

Upon the sale, exchange, certain redemptions or other taxable dispositions of shares of our common stock, you generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received upon such taxable disposition and (ii) your adjusted tax basis in the shares. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period in the shares is more than one year at the time of issuance. The warrant was not exercisable, however, unless and until URON had engaged inthe taxable disposition. Otherwise, such gain or loss will be short-term capital gain or loss. If you are a combination transaction constituting a change in controlnoncorporate holder of the Company.


In another transaction on the same date, we entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement with Christopher Larson, who was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on that date. Under that agreement, Mr. Larson had the right to purchase 1,071,875 shares, of common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $500,000 on or prior to December 31, 2007 (i.e., $0.466 per share). Among other terms and conditions, the agreement provided that the shares purchasable thereunder were not toany long-term capital gains you recognize will generally be affected by any stock combination (i.e., reverse stock split) effected in connection with the then-potential combination transaction.

In the third transaction on the same date, we issued options to various executive and non-executive management personnel. In total, we entered into option or similar agreements with 11 persons, obligating us to issue upsubject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 1,575,00015%. This maximum tax rate is currently scheduled to increase to 20% for dispositions occurring during taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, if you are not a corporation, we are required to report to the IRS dividends paid to you on shares and proceeds you receive from a disposition of shares in a transaction with the Company. Backup withholding may also apply to any payments if you fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or you are notified by the IRS that you have previously failed to report all dividends or certain other income required to be shown on your federal income tax returns. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or credit against your United States federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

66

MARKET INFORMATION

Our common stock atis listed for trading on the per-share price of $0.01. AmongOTC Bulletin Board, the optionees were Messrs. Steven Staehr“OTCBB,” under the symbol “WCRS.” The transfer agent and John Quandahl, who were respectively appointedregistrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc., 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, Colorado 80209. The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices for our common stock as our Chief Financial Officerreported by the OTC Bulletin Board in 2011 and Chief Operating Officer on that same date. Under their respective option agreements, Mr. Staehr had the right to purchase 550,000 shares2010. These quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown, or commission, and Mr. Quandahl had the right to purchase 400,000 shares. The other optionees in this transaction were David Stueve (our controller, whose options gave him the right to purchase 250,000 shares), Rich Horner (our Vice President of Operations, whose options gave him the right to purchase 100,000 shares), Ted Dunhan (our Vice President of Operations, whose options gave him the right to purchase 100,000 shares), Rose Piel (our Vice President of Operations, whose options gave her the right to purchase 25,000 shares), Brian Chaney (our Vice President of Operations, whose options gave him the right to purchase 25,000 shares), John Richards (then a prospective member of our management team, whose options gave him the right to purchase 100,000 shares), Tom Griffith (then a prospective member of our management team, whose options gave him the right to purchase 25,000 shares), Donna Mendez (an employee, whose options gave her the right to purchase 15,000 shares), and Robert Jorgenson (an employee, whose options gave him the right to purchase 10,000 shares). Upon issuance, the options weremay not vested or exercisable until URON engaged in a change in control (as defined in such agreements). The closing of the Merger constituted a change in control, as definedrepresent actual transactions. Trading in the option agreements. The option agreements provided thatCompany’s common stock during the shares purchasable thereunder were not to be affectedperiod represented was sporadic, exemplified by anylow trading volume and many days during which no trades occurred. On or about March 1, 2010, our common stock combination (i.e.also began trading on the “OTCQB”, reverse stock split) effected in connection withwhich is the then-potential combination transaction.


OTC Markets’ middle-tier over-the-counter quotation platform. OTC Markets is the entity formerly known as “The Pink Sheets.”

  

Market Price (high/low)

For the Fiscal Year 2012 2011

 

 

2010
First Quarter  $0.09 – 0.01 $0.04 – 0.02

 

 

$0.30 – 0.08
Second Quarter  $n/a $0.06 – 0.02

 

 

$0.18 – 0.02
Third Quarter  $n/a $0.03 – 0.01

 

 

$0.08 – 0.02
Fourth Quarter  $n/a $0.04 – 0.01

 

 

$0.19 – 0.02

On November 29, 2007,June 5, 2012, the closinglast practicable date before the filing of this prospectus, the last reported sales price of our common stock on the OTCBB was $1.80 (adjusted to account for the December 2007 reverse stock split).$ per share. As indicated above, the options and warrantsof June 1, 2012, there were all issued at the per-share exercise priceapproximately 540 holders of $0.01, as incentives to consummate a combination transaction with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. For financial statement reporting purposes a value of $0.23 per share was ascribed to these option and warrant issuances. The differences between the value ascribed to the shares for financial statement reporting purposes and the closing price of the Company’s common stock on November 29, 2007 relate principally to (i) the light trading volume of our shares, and (ii) the lack of any definitive information regarding Wyoming Financial Lenders available to the market on November 29, 2007. In our case, we believe that the extremely light trading volume of our shares and the lack of an informed and efficient market result in increased prices not necessarily reflecting the market value of our shares. For instance, we note that over the period of time from September 1 through November 29, 2007 (comprising 62 trading days), a total of only 37,300 common shares traded on the OTCBB, resulting in average daily volume of approximately 600 shares. During this same period of time, and with announcements relating to a potential acquisition of Checkmate Consumer Lending Corporation and Cash Time Title Loans, Inc. (with respect to neither of which was any particular financial information publicly available), the market pricesrecord.

Holders of our common stock fluctuated from $1.70are entitled to $4.00. For further informationshare pro rata in dividends and distributions with respect to the common stock when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. We have not paid any dividends on this general topic, please see “The Market Value of Our Common Stock” on page 1 above.


In the case of the Common Stock Purchase Agreement with Mr. Larson, the market price of our common stock and intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the development and expansion of our business. In addition, we must first pay preferred dividends on November 29, 2007 was $1.80.its Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as described under the caption “Description of Equity Securities” below. The per-share price of $0.466 at which shares were sold to Mr. Larson on November 29, 2007 reflected uncertainties about our ability to enter into a definitive agreement with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., and then later consummate the Merger with them, including the satisfaction of any conditions (which, on November 29, 2007, were uncertain duecurrent dividend payable to the fact that there was then no definitive agreementholders of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock aggregates to $525,000 on a quarterly basis. Other than with Wyoming Financial Lenders)respect to shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, future dividend policy is subject to the consummationsole discretion of the Merger. Importantly, Mr. Larson’s subscription on November 29, 2007 was irrevocable and the Company—the board of directors of which then and through the date of the Merger was still controlled by URON’s Donald Miller—had the absolute right to enforce the subscription and require Mr. Larson to tender payment notwithstanding any later failure to enter into a definitive agreement or consummate any combination transaction. The Company believes that these risks and uncertainties, in combination with the extremely light trading volume and lack of an informed market pertaining to any of our potential acquisition targets, explain why the shares were sold at a discount to the market.
Subscriptions for Shares of Common Stock. In addition to the purchase of shares of common stock by Mr. Larson in the equity financing undertaken in connection with the Merger, Steve Staehr (our Chief Financial Officer), Mark Houlton (a director-appointee under the terms of the Merger Agreement), and Mill City Ventures, LP (a Minnesota limited partnership beneficially owned by Mr. Joseph A. Geraci, II, a beneficial owner of more than ten percent of our common equity) also subscribed for shares of our common stock in such financing. In particular, Mr. Staehr purchased 416,667 shares for an aggregate of $500,000; Mr. Houlton purchased 416,667 shares for an aggregate of $500,000; and Mill City Ventures, LP purchased 800,000 shares for an aggregate of $960,000. In connection with these investments, we entered into subscription agreements with these investors containing the same terms and conditions as those we entered into with other non-affiliated investors in such financing, which contained a per share price of $1.20. The price at which shares were sold under these subscription agreements differed from the market price of our common stock on December 31, 2007, which was the date of the closing of the related offering. On that date, the market price of our common stock was $4.00 per share.
We believe that the $4.00 per share price on December 31, 2007 was not an accurate depiction of the value of our common stock on the basis that there had been a general upward movement of our stock price from December 13, 2007 (from $1.60 to $4.00) ostensibly resulting from the announcement of the Merger Agreement with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. We further believe that this upward movement was affected by the market’s lack of any particular definitive financial information about Wyoming Financial Lenders. Moreover, the volume of shares traded on the open market during the time period from December 13, 2007 (the date of the Merger Agreement) through December 31, 2007 was extremely light, with the volume in no single day having exceeded the post-split equivalent of 1,500 shares, and with four out of ten trading days from December 14 through December 31 (including December 31 itself) having experienced no trading volume whatsoever. In sum, because $1.20 was the best price at which the Company was able to offer and sell an aggregate of 3,331,669 shares of privately placed common stock, representing approximately 42.9% of the outstanding common stock of the Company immediately after the offering and the Merger, we believe that the price was appropriate.
35


Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit. On February 26, 2008, we entered into an Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company, and its members. Our Chief Executive Officer and President, Christopher Larson, indirectly held 69% of the ownership interests in National Cash & Credit and was an affiliate of that company. Under the Exchange Agreement, the members of National Cash & Credit assigned to us all of the outstanding membership interests in National Cash & Credit in exchange for our issuance to them of an aggregate of 1,114,891 shares of common stock (valued at $1.20 per share) and a cash payment of $100,000. Mr. Larson received 769,415 common shares out of the 1,114,891 total shares issued in the transaction. The aggregate transaction value was $1,437,870. We valued the stock issued to the members of National Cash & Credit at $1.20 per share, despite the fact that our common stock had been trading for a period of weeks prior to the closing at or around $3.00 per share (and the closing price of common stock on February 26, 2008, the date on which the acquisition was consummated, was $2.95), principally because of the following factors: 
·The then-current market price for shares of the Company’s common stock was (and remains) substantially affected, and unnaturally increased, by the very few number of shares eligible for trading. In this regard , please see "The Market Price of Our Common Stock" on page 1 above.

·
Given the illiquid market on which the common stock was an is trading, the best determinant of value was believed to be the most recent price at which shares were sold in a private transaction. This price was the $1.20 per share involved in the private placement offering undertaken in connection with the Merger fewer than 60 days earlier. In that transaction, nearly three million shares (representing over one-third of the Company’s common stock) were sold for cash at $1.20 per share. A majority of the shares sold in this other private placement transaction were also sold to Company insiders.

·The shares were issued in a private placement transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the federal Securities Act of 1933 and certain state securities laws, and were restricted securities the subsequent resale or transfer of which is prohibited except in cases where a registration of such transaction under applicable federal and securities laws has been effected or an exemption for such transaction is available. The Exchange Agreement did not contain any covenants or obligations of the Company to seek or effect a registration of all or any part of the shares. Furthermore, no other aspect of the issuance of the Shares involved any covenant or obligation of the Company to seek or effect any such registration.

·A significant majority of the shares (769,415 out of 1,114,891 total shares) were issued to Christopher Larson, a director and the Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, and therefore a Company “affiliate” (as such term is defined under federal securities laws). Unless securities of an affiliate are registered with respect to a particular transaction (e.g., a resale), such securities will be considered “control securities” under the principles of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 for at least as long as the holder remains an affiliate, and therefore will indefinitely remain “restricted securities” subject to significant limitations on the resale of such shares. Holders of restricted issued by public reporting companies may generally sell their restricted securities (i) after an initial holding period of six months, (ii) subject to volume limitations prescribed by Rule 144, (iii) subject to manner-of-sale limitations prescribed by Rule 144, and (iv) subject to further paperwork and filing requirements prescribed by Rule 144. In the case of the Company, however, a special rule applicable to any companies that are or ever have been “shell companies” applies, which will effectively prohibit any resales under the safe harbor provisions of Rule 144 until January 7, 2009. Applicable volume limitations under Rule 144 are the greater of (i) one percent of the shares outstanding (based upon the issuer’s most recently filed periodic report on Form 10-K or 10-Q), or (ii) the average weekly reported volume of trading in such securities during the prior four weeks. As noted elsewhere in this prospectus, the trading volume of the Company’s common stock is exceedingly light and even in cases where resales of shares may be attempted, the volume limitations under Rule 144 will effectively delay the resale of the vast majority of shares held by any control person for an indefinite period of time.

·In the absence of registration of restricted securities, whether held by affiliates or non-affiliates, a holder of such restricted securities may engage in a private sale of such securities. In any such case, the buyer of such securities and the facts and circumstances surrounding such private resale generally must be such that they would permit the Company, if it were the seller of such securities, to privately place the securities to the buyer. Thus, buyers of restricted securities purchased in a private sale must (i) be accredited investors, (ii) not be generally solicited with respect to the sale, (iii) take the purchased securities with a restrictive securities legend on them, and (iv) hold the securities for a minimum of at least six months (but in no event sell them prior to January 7, 2009). Restricted securities that are purchased in a private resale transaction are typically purchased at a steep discount to the current market prices of unrestricted and freely trading securities of the same class.

·Under the Securities Exchange Act, shareholders who are affiliates of a public reporting issuer must not sell any securities, whether restricted or otherwise and whether publicly or privately, while they are in possession or have knowledge of material and non-public information relating to the issuer. In general, issuers typically permit their affiliates (officers and directors, certain other key management employees) to sell their shares during short windows beginning with only four points during a calendar year which begin with the filing of required periodic reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q. These restrictions were considered important since a substantial majority of the shares were to be issued to Mr. Larson and, given Mr. Larson’s role as Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, it would be infrequent that Mr. Larson could safely conclude that he was not in possession of material non-public information relating to the Company.

·Shareholders who are affiliates of a public reporting issuer must also be wary of short-swing profit liability under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Section 16 will effectively prohibit (i) selling within six months of any purchase, with a resulting profit and (ii) buying within six months of any sale, where the purchase is at a per-share price lower than the per-share sale price. If an affiliate nonetheless engages in a prohibited transaction, he or she is liable to disgorge all profits to the issuer (plus reasonable attorney’s fees).
The closing of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement occurred effective as of February 26, 2008.

The transaction terms, including the consideration to be provided to the members of National Cash & Credit, was negotiated principally by Messrs. Larson and Moberly (our Chairman). Negotiations over the transaction terms had initially begun in connection with the Merger transaction. During that time, the parties agreed in principle that the number of shares of common stock constituting consideration for the acquisition price would be 1,114,891, while the other transaction terms were not finalized until the definitive agreement was entered into in February 2008. This figure was agreed to based on the prior six-month financial performance of National Cash & Credit (through December 31, 2007), and valuation of the National Cash & Credit business at approximately $1.4 million. This valuation was not substantiated by any independent appraisal or other valuation, which the Company and its Board of Directors deemed unnecessary in light of the fact that such valuation was equivalent to an imputed earnings multiple of approximately 2.7x of annualized EBITDA (which annualized EBITDA was approximately $500,000). The transaction was also discussed among the Company’s Board of Directors and the proposed final Exchange Agreement was presented to the Board of Directors for approval (with Mr. Larson’s vote not being counted) after the disclosure of all of the material terms of the transaction and presentation of the proposed final agreement in writing—as permitted under the Minnesota Business Corporation Act for approving transactions involvingwill depend upon a conflict of interest. The $100,000 cash distribution represented cash held by National Cash & Credit at the closing that was in excess of an agreed upon working capital closing requirement.

At December 31, 2007, National Cash & Credit had total assets of $1.7 million and total liabilities of $2.9 million. For the six-month period ended December 31, 2007, National Cash & Credit had revenues of approximately $710,000 and net income of approximately $125,000. National Cash & Credit offer payday loans and title loans, which are short-term consumer loans somewhat similar to payday loans. In its title lending business, National Cash & Credit advances a loan of up to 50% of the estimated value of a vehicle, owned by the borrowing customer, for a term of 30 days and secured by the title to the customer’s vehicle. Generally, if a customer has not repaid a loan after 30 days, the receivable is charged to expense and collection efforts are initiated. On occasion, agents are hired to initiate repossession. Approximately three percent of title lending transactions result in an attempt to repossess a vehicle. National Cash & Credit operates five locations in Phoenix, Arizona metropolitan area.

For the reasons set forth in the bullet points above, the per-share price on which we calculated the number of shares payable to the membersfactors, including future earnings, capital requirements and our financial condition. As of National Cash & Credit (i.e., $1.20) was lower than the $2.95 market price on the date of the transaction. In addition, such per-share price was higher than the $0.466 per-share transaction entered into with Christopher Larson (see “Certain Equity and Equity-Linked Transactions” above) because the binding subscription agreement relating to that earlier transaction was entered into prior to the Company having (i) any definitive agreement respecting a combination transaction with or acquisition of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., and (ii) any other binding subscription agreements relating to the Merger (see “Subscriptions for Shares of Common Stock” above).
Acquisition of PQH Wireless. On October 15, 2008,March 31, 2012, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with PQH Wireless, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and Mark Houlton, Charles Payne and John Quandahl, the three stockholders of PQH Wireless, and acquired all of thehad an outstanding shares of PQH Wireless for a total purchase price of $3,035,000. The purchase price was paid by:

·making a cash payment of $535,000 to Charles Payne and issuing a promissory note to Mr. Payne in the principal amount of $500,000, and

·issuing a promissory note in the amount of $1,000,000 to each of Mark Houlton and John Quandahl.

Our obligations under the promissory notes delivered to the stockholders are secured by the assets of PQH Wireless that existed on the date of closing. The promissory note issued to Charles Payne accrues interest at the annual rate of 7%, and the promissory notes issued to each of Mark Houlton and John Quandahl accrue interest at the annual rate of 10%. We are required to make monthly interest-only payments on the outstanding balances of the notes for the first 90 days, and thereafter to make monthly principal and interest payments in an amount sufficient to fully amortize the remaining balances over the remaining term of the notes. The notes mature and, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, become fully due and payablecumulated dividends on October 1, 2011.

our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock aggregating to $4,075,000.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenantsfollowing is a description of the partiescommon stock we are registering, our outstanding preferred stock, and indemnification obligations relating to those representations, warranties and covenants, which survive until October 15, 2010.


Mark Houlton is a directorcertain material provisions of the Company and John Quandahl is the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Because each of these individuals were stockholders of PQH Wireless, each had a direct material financial interest in PQH Wireless. The ownership of Messrs. Houlton and Quandahl in PQH Wireless and the material terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement were disclosed to the disinterested members of the audit committee of our board of directors, which approved the Stock Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby consistent with the policy of the Company pertaining to related-party transactions.

PQH Wireless was formed approximately two years ago and owns and operates nine stores at locations in Missouri, Nebraska and Texas, as an authorized seller of Cricket cellular phones.
36

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON
INDEMNIFICATION OR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

Limitations on Directors’ Liability
Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and our corporate bylaws contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, as permitted by Minnesota law, our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, provide that no director will be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our shareholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:
·any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders

·acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law

·the payment of an improper dividend or an improper repurchase of our stock in violation of Minnesota law or in violation of federal or state securities laws, or

·any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Potential Anti-Takeover Effects
Certain provisions set forth in our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, in our bylaws and in Minnesota law, which are summarized below, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by shareholders.
Blank Check Preferred Stock. Our authorized capital consists of 250 million shares of capital stock. Pursuant to authority granted by our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, our Board of Directors, without any action by our shareholders, may designate and issue shares in such classes or series (including classes or series of preferred stock) as it deems appropriate, and establish the rights, preferences and privileges of such shares, including dividends, liquidation and voting rights. The rights of holders of other classes or series of stock that may be issued could be superior to the rights of holders of our common shares. In this regard, the designation and issuance of shares of capital stock having preferential rights could adversely affect other rights appurtenant to shares of our common stock. Furthermore, any issuances of additional stock—common or preferred—will dilute the percentage of ownership interest of then-current holders of our capital stock and may dilute our book value per share.
37

While the foregoing provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, bylaws and Minnesota law may have an anti-takeover effect, these provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board of Directors and in the policies formulated by our Board of Directors, and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. In that regard, these provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. These provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. Nevertheless, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of inhibiting changes in our management.
Minnesota Anti-Takeover Statutes
Section 302A.671 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act applies, with certain exceptions, to any acquisition of our voting stock from a person, other than us and other than in connection with certain mergers and exchanges to which we are a party, that results in the acquiring person owning 20%or more of our voting stock then outstanding. Similar triggering events occur at the one-third and majority ownership levels. Section 302A.671 requires approval of any such acquisition by a majority vote of our disinterested shareholders and a majority vote of all of our shareholders. In general, shares acquired in excess of the applicable percentage threshold in the absence of such approval are denied voting rights and are redeemable at their then fair market value by us during a specified time period.
Section 302A.673 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act generally prohibits us or any of our subsidiaries from entering into any business combination transaction with a shareholder for a period of four years after the shareholder acquires tenpercent or more of our voting stock then outstanding. An exception is provided for circumstances in which, before the ten percent ownership threshold is reached, either the transaction or the share acquisition is approved by a committee of our Board of Directors composed of one or more disinterested directors.
The Minnesota Business Corporation Act contains a “fair price” provision in Section 302A.675. This provision provides that no person may acquire any of our shares within two years following the person’s last purchase of our shares in a takeover offer unless all shareholders are given the opportunity to dispose of their shares to the person on terms that are substantially equivalent to those in the earlier takeover offer. This provision does not apply if the acquisition is approved by a committee of our Board of Directors composed of one or more disinterested directors before any shares are acquired in the takeover offer.
Section 302A.553, subdivision 3, of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act prohibits us from purchasing any voting shares owned for less than two years from a holder of more than five percent of our outstanding voting stock for more than the market value of the shares. Exceptions to this provision are provided if the share purchase is approved by a majority of our shareholders or if we make a repurchase offer of equal or greater value to all shareholders.
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any proceeds from the resale of any of the shares offered by this prospectus by the selling shareholders. We will, however, receive proceeds in the event that the shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant are purchased for cash under the terms of such warrant. In such event, we will receive up to $4,000.

38


SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
We are registering the resale of shares offered by this prospectus on behalf of the selling shareholders identified below. The selling shareholders may sell some or all of their shares at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices. The following table sets forth the number of shares of the common stock owned by the selling shareholders as of the date of this prospectus, and after giving effect to this offering. The percentage indicated for each selling shareholder in the column titled “Percentage Beneficial Ownership After the Offering” assumes the sale of all the shares offered by this prospectus.
Selling Shareholder
 
Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Owned
Prior to the
Offering  (1)
 
Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Offered
 
Percentage
Beneficial
Ownership
After the
Offering (1)
 
        
Alpha Capital Anstalt (2)
  416,667  416,667  * 
21st Century Investment Company (3)
  142,857  142,857  * 
Dan J. Shrader  46,000  35,000  * 
David Bain  20,000  20,000  * 
Ellis International LP (4)
  166,667  166,667  * 
Elizabeth Zbikowski  134,109  125,000  * 
Richard O’Leary  104,167  104,167    
Boosalis Children Irrevocable Trust uad 12/27/00 (5)
  400,000  400,000  * 
John J. Connors  29,167  29,167  * 
Insight Capital Consultants Corporation (6)
  100,000  100,000  * 
Lantern Advisers, LLC (7)
  713,310  400,000  3.3%
Lacuna Hedge Fund, LLLP (8)
  416,667  416,667  * 
Mill City Ventures, LP (9)
  800,000  800,000  * 
Mark Houlton (10)
  416,667  416,667  * 
Patrick Kinney  20,000  20,000  * 
   3,926,278  
3,592,859
    

*less than 1% 
(1)For purposes of the selling shareholder table and consistent with applicable Commission rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the shareholder has sole or shared voting power or investment power, and also any shares which the shareholder has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date hereof, whether through the exercise or conversion of any stock option, convertible security, warrant or other right. The indication herein that shares are beneficially owned does not constitute an admission on the part of the shareholder that he, she or it is a direct or indirect beneficial owner of those shares.

(2)The individual beneficial owner of shares held by the selling shareholder is Konrad Ackarman.

(3)The individual beneficial owners of shares held by the selling shareholder are Jan Stueve, Roy Stueve and David Stueve.

(4)The individual beneficial owner of shares held by the selling shareholder is Martin Chopp.
39

(5)The individual beneficial owner of shares held by the selling shareholder is Jerry Nelson.

(6)The individual beneficial owner of shares held by the selling shareholder is Brock A. Malky.

(7)The individual beneficial owners of shares held by the selling shareholder are Messrs. Joseph A. Geraci, II and Douglas M. Polinsky. All 400,000 shares are issuable upon exercise of a warrant.

(8)The individual beneficial owner of shares held by the selling shareholder is Rawleigh Raks.

(9)The individual beneficial owner of shares held by the selling shareholder is Joseph A. Geraci, II, who serves as the managing member of Mill City Advisors, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company that is the general partner of Mill City Ventures, LP.

(10)Mr. Houlton is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors.
40


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We are registering the shares offered by this prospectus on behalf of the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders may sell some or all of their shares at prevailing market prices or privately negotiated prices.
The shares may be sold or distributed from time to time by the selling shareholders or by pledgees, donees or transferees of, or successors-in interest-to, the selling shareholders (all of whom together shall be deemed to be “selling shareholders” under this prospectus), directly to one or more purchasers (including pledgees) or through brokers or dealers who act solely as agents, at market prices prevailing at the time of such sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, any which may be changed. The selling shareholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of shares or interests therein:
·ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers

·block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction

·purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account

·an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange

·privately negotiated transactions

·short sales

·through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise

·broker-dealers may agree with the selling shareholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share, and

·a combination of any such methods of sale.

From time to time, the selling shareholders may pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling shareholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors-in-interest as selling shareholders under this prospectus. The selling shareholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors-in-interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
In connection with the sale of our common stock or interests therein, the selling shareholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling shareholders may also sell shares of our common stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The selling shareholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
41

The aggregate proceeds to the selling shareholders from the sale of the common stock offered by them will be the purchase price of the common stock less discounts or commissions, if any. Each of the selling shareholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any proceeds directly from this offering.
The selling shareholders also may resell all or a portion of the shares in open-market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of that rule.
The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers that act in connection with the sale of the shares offered hereby might be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, and any commissions received by such broker-dealers and any profit on the resale of the securities sold by them while acting as principals might be deemed to be underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act.
To the extent required, the shares of our common stock to be sold, the names of the selling shareholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.
In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the common stock may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the common stock may not be sold unless it has been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.
We have advised the selling shareholders that the anti-manipulation rules of Regulation M under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 may apply to sales of shares in the market and to the activities of the selling shareholders and their affiliates. In addition, we will make copies of this prospectus (as it may be supplemented or amended from time to time) available to the selling shareholders for the purpose of satisfying the prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling shareholders may indemnify any broker-dealer that participates in transactions involving the sale of the shares against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
42


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following is a description of our capital stock and the material provisions of our articles of incorporation, bylaws and certain agreements to which we and our shareholders are parties.corporate bylaws. The following is only a summary and is qualified by applicable law, our Articles of Incorporation, and by the provisionsour corporate bylaws. Copies of our articlesArticles of incorporation,Incorporation and corporate bylaws and such other agreements, copiesare included as exhibits to the registration statements of which this prospectus is a part and are available as set forth under “Where You Can Find More Information.”

General

As of the date of this prospectus, there were 8,889,6445,397,780 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, and approximately 500540 holders of record of our common stock, and there were 10,000,000 shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding held by one holdertwo holders of record. Our authorized capital consists of 250,000,000 shares of capital stock, no par value (unless otherwise designated), of which 10,000,000 shares arehave been designated for issuance as preferred stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, we also had outstanding no options or warrants for the purchase of up to 400,000 shares of our common stock.

any capital shares.

Common Stock

Voting. The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each outstanding share of common stock owned by that shareholder on every matter properly submitted to the shareholders for their vote. Shareholders are not entitled to vote cumulatively for the election of directors.

67

Dividend Rights. Subject to the dividend rights of the holders of any outstanding series of preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends and other distributions of cash or any other right or property as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of our assets or funds legally available for such dividends or distributions.

Liquidation Rights. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to shareholders after payment of liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Conversion, Redemption and Preemptive Rights. Holders of our common stock have no conversion, redemption, preemptive, subscription or similar rights.

Preferred Stock

Of our 250 million shares of authorized capital, we have designated 10,000,000 for issuance as “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.” Each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock carries a $2.10 stated value and entitles its holders to (i) a cumulative ten percent10% dividend, compounded and payable on a quarterly basis; (ii) in the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, a preference in the amount of all accrued but unpaid dividends plus the stated value of such shares before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders of any junior securities; (iii) convert their preferred shares into our common shares on a share-for-share basis, subject to adjustment; and (iv) vote their preferred shares on an as-if-converted basis. We have the right to redeem some or all of such preferred shares, at any time upon 60 days’ advance notice, at a price dependent upon the date of redemption. In the case of any redemption closing on or priorequal to March 31, 2009, the redemption price will be $3.00 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends; thereafter, the redemption price will $3.50 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends.dividends thereon. Holders of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock have no preemptive or cumulative-voting rights.

43

LEGAL MATTERS

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The validityfollowing is a description of certain provisions of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act and our corporate bylaws that are likely to discourage any unfriendly attempt to obtain control of the Company. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Minnesota Business Corporation Act and our corporate bylaws.

Minnesota Business Combination Act

We are subject to the Minnesota Business Combination Act, Section 302A.673 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act. Subject to certain qualifications and exceptions, the statute prohibits an “interested shareholder” of certain Minnesota corporations that are termed “issuing public corporations” (which definition Western Capital satisfies) from effecting any “business combination” with the corporation for a period of four years from the date the shareholder becomes an “interested shareholder” unless the corporation’s Board of Directors approved the business combination prior to the shareholder becoming an “interested shareholder” or otherwise approved the shareholder becoming an “interested shareholder.”

An “interested shareholder” is defined to include (i) any beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or (ii) any affiliate or associate of the corporation, that, within the prior four-year period has at any time directly or indirectly beneficially owned 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding stock of the corporation.

The term “business combination” is defined broadly to include, among other things:

·the merger, consolidation or share exchange of the corporation with the interested shareholder or any corporation that is, or after the merger, consolidation or share exchange would be, an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder (subject to certain exceptions);

·the sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition to or with an interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder, of assets of the corporation or any subsidiary (i) having an aggregate market value of 10% or more of the corporation’s consolidated assets, (ii) having an aggregate market value of 10% or more of the market value of all outstanding shares of the corporation, or (iii) representing 10% or more of the earning power or net income of the corporation determined on a consolidated basis (subject to certain exceptions); or

68

·the issuance or transfer to an interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder of 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the outstanding stock of the corporation (subject to certain exceptions).

The statute is designed to protect minority shareholders by prohibiting transactions in which an acquirer could favor itself at the expense of minority shareholders. The statute’s prohibition on the issuance or transfer to an interested shareholder of 5% or more of the aggregate market value of the outstanding stock of a corporation is subject to an exemption for shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of rights offered on a pro rata basis to all shareholders, such as this rights offering.

Bylaws

Certain provisions of our corporate bylaws could have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our corporate policies formulated by our Board of Directors. In addition, these provisions also are intended to ensure that our Board of Directors will have sufficient time to act in what our Board of Directors believes to be in the best interests of us and our shareholders. However, these provisions could delay or frustrate the removal of incumbent directors or the assumption of control of us by the holder of a large block of common stock, and could also discourage or make more difficult a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest, even if such event would be favorable to the interest of our shareholders. These provisions are summarized below.

Advance Notice Provisions for Raising Business or Nominating Directors. Sections 3.3 and 3.6 of our bylaws contain advance-notice provisions relating to the ability of shareholders to raise business at a shareholder meeting and make nominations for directors to serve on our Board of Directors. These advance-notice provisions generally require shareholders to raise business within a specified period of time prior to a meeting in order for the business to be properly brought before the meeting. Similarly, our bylaws prescribe the timing of submissions for nominations to our Board of Directors and the certain of factual and background information respecting the nominee and the shareholder making the nomination.

Limited Shareholder Action in Writing. Our bylaws provide that shareholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of shareholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting by fewer than all shareholders entitled to vote. This provision is consistent with the Minnesota Business Corporation Act, which does not allow for fewer than all shareholders of a public corporation to take action other than at an actual meeting of the shareholders.

Number of Directors and Vacancies. Our bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by a vote of shareholders; provided, that the number of directors comprising the board may be increased (but not decreased) by a majority of the directors then serving on the board. The bylaws also provide that our board has the exclusive right, except as may be provided in the terms of any series of preferred stock created by resolutions of the board, to fill vacancies, including vacancies created by any decision of our board to increase the number of directors serving.

Articles of Incorporation – Blank-Check Preferred Stock Power

Under our Articles of Incorporation, our board has the authority to fix by resolution the terms and conditions of one or more series of preferred stock and provide by resolution for the issuance of shares of such series.

We believe that the availability of our preferred stock, in each case issuable in series, and additional shares of common stock offered herebycould facilitate certain financings and acquisitions and provide a means for meeting other corporate needs which might arise. The authorized shares of our preferred stock, as well as authorized but unissued shares of common stock, will be passed uponavailable for usissuance without further action by our shareholders, unless shareholder action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which any series of our stock may then be listed, or except as may be provided in the terms of any preferred stock created by resolution of our board.

69

These provisions give our board the power to approve the issuance of a series of preferred stock, or additional shares of common stock, that could, depending on its terms, either impede or facilitate the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. For example, the issuance of new shares of preferred stock might impede a business combination if the terms of those shares include voting rights which would enable a holder to block business combinations or, alternatively, might facilitate a business combination if those shares have general voting rights sufficient to cause an applicable percentage vote requirement to be satisfied.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

As soon as practicable after the record date for the rights offering, we will distribute the rights, rights certificates, and copies of this prospectus to individuals who owned shares of our capital stock on , 2012. If you wish to exercise your rights and purchase shares of common stock, you should complete the rights certificate and return it by mail, hand, express mail, courier or other expedited service, together with payment for the shares, to the subscription agent at the following address:

Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc.

3200 Cherry Creek South Drive, Suite 430

Denver, Colorado 80209

For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “The Rights Offering.” If you have any questions, you should contact Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP, Minneapolis, Minnesota.

EXPERTS
Attn: Paul Chestovich, at (612) 672-8305.

We do not know of any existing agreements between any shareholder, broker, dealer, underwriter, or agent relating to the sale or distribution of the common stock underlying the rights.

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION

ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT LIABILITIES

Our Articles of Incorporation and our corporate bylaws contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Minnesota law. In addition, and as permitted by Minnesota law, our Articles of Incorporation provide that no director will be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The consolidated financial statementseffect of URON Inc.this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our shareholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:

·any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders;

·acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

·the payment of an improper dividend or an improper repurchase of our stock in violation of Minnesota law or in violation of federal or state securities laws; or

·any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the years ended December 31, 2007Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and December 31, 2006, included in this prospectus,controlling persons, we have been audited by Lurie Besikof Lapidus & Company, LLP, independent registeredadvised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public accounting firm,policy as statedexpressed in their report appearing herein,the Securities Act and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.is therefore unenforceable.

70

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules,file annual, quarterly and amendments to the registration statement) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement (SEC File No. 333-150914). Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document to which we make reference are not necessarily complete. In each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by the more complete description of the matter involved.

We are currently subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, as a result, we are required to file periodic and currentspecial reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement and exhibits, are available to the public at the SEC’s website athttp://www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy this informationany document we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330(800) SEC-0330 for further information on the operationoperating rules and procedures for the public reference room.

We maintain an Internet site athttp://www.westerncapitalresources.com. We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information on our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

This prospectus does not contain all of the Public Reference Room. Copies of all or any partinformation included in the registration statement. We have omitted certain parts of the registration statement in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, which may be obtained from the SEC’s offices upon payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains periodic and current reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address offound at the SEC’s website is http://www.sec.gov.

44

URON Inc.
Indexreferenced above. Statements contained in this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement about the provisions or contents of any contract, agreement or any other document referred to Consolidated Financial Statementsare not necessarily complete. Please refer to the actual exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved.

Any questions you may have regarding the rights offering or requests for additional copies of documents may be directed to Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP, Attn: Paul Chestovich at (612) 672-8305, Monday through Friday (except bank holidays), between 9:00 a.m. and Information

5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the subscription rights and the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus have been passed upon for us by Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP of Minneapolis, Minnesota.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Western Capital Resources, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, included in this prospectus and in the related registration statement, have been audited by Lurie Besikof Lapidus LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. As indicated in their report with respect thereto, these consolidated financial statements are included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting, with respect to such report.

71
 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Western Capital Resources, Inc.

Page No.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
Audited Financial Statements
F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20072011 and 20062010F-2F-3
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 20072011 and 20062010F-3F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’Changes in Shareholder Equity for the years ended December 31, 20072011 and 20062010F-4F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow –Flows for the years ended December 31, 20072011 and 20062010 F-5F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-7
F-7 
  
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2008March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2007 (audited)2011F-20 F-21
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the threeperiods ended March 31, 2012 and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 2011F-21 F-22
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow –Flows for the nine monthsperiods ended September 30, 2008March 31, 2012 and 2007 2011 F-22 F-23
Notes to InterimCondensed Consolidated Financial StatementsF-24F-23 

 


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Board of Directors

URON

Western Capital Resources, Inc.

Council Bluffs, Iowa

Omaha, Nebraska

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of URONWestern Capital Resources, Inc. and SubsidiarySubsidiaries as of December 31, 20072011 and 2006,2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of URONWestern Capital Resources, Inc. and SubsidiarySubsidiaries as of December 31, 20072011 and 2006,2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.



Minneapolis, Minnesota

/s/Lurie Besikof Lapidus & Company, LLP

March 30, 2012

F-2
Minneapolis, Minnesota

April 2, 2008
F-1

URON

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS


  December 31, 
ASSETS 2007 2006 
CURRENT ASSETS       
Cash
 $984,625 $1,265,460 
Loans receivable, less allowance for doubtful
accounts of $976,000 and $762,000
  4,117,497  3,884,807 
Stock subscriptions receivable, subsequently collected
  4,422,300  - 
Prepaid expenses and other
  92,333  166,988 
Deferred income taxes
  526,000  394,000 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS
  10,142,755  5,711,255 
        
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT  631,736  656,606 
        
GOODWILL  9,883,659  9,883,659 
        
INTANGIBLE ASSETS  90,926  227,333 
        
OTHER  167,000  - 
        
TOTAL ASSETS
 $20,916,076 $16,478,853 
        
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY       
CURRENT LIABILITIES       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
 $1,908,844 $496,769 
Accounts payable - related parties
  950,935  - 
Deferred revenue
  262,357  250,133 
Notes payable
  -  530,000 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES
  3,122,136  1,276,902 
        
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES  545,000  675,000 
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES
  3,667,136  1,951,902 
        
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY       
Series A convertible preferred stock, 10% cumulative dividends,
$0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,
issued and outstanding
  100,000  100,000 
Common stock, no par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized,
6,299,753 and 1,125,000 shares issued and outstanding
   -   - 
Additional paid-in capital
  17,639,318  13,358,158 
Retained earnings (deficit)
  (490,378) 1,068,793 
   17,248,940  14,526,951 
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 $20,916,076 $16,478,853 

  December 31, 
  2011  2010 
       
ASSETS        
         
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $1,909,442  $2,092,386 
Loans receivable (less allowance for losses of $1,001,000 and $1,165,000)  4,887,813   4,743,906 
Inventory  756,528   502,415 
Prepaid expenses and other  451,751   152,736 
Deferred income taxes  413,000   467,000 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  8,418,534   7,958,443 
         
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT  757,747   824,102 
         
GOODWILL  12,393,869   11,458,744 
         
INTANGIBLE ASSETS  309,552   434,413 
         
OTHER  142,074   95,180 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $22,021,776  $20,770,882 
         
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $2,323,730  $1,477,607 
Income tax payable  -   435,670 
Note payable – short-term  1,000,000   2,000,000 
Current portion long-term debt  695,123   769,330 
Preferred dividend payable  3,550,000   1,450,000 
Deferred revenue  314,561   320,021 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  7,883,414   6,452,628 
         
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES        
Note payable – long-term  1,210,065   905,188 
Deferred income taxes  530,000   350,000 
TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES  1,740,065   1,255,188 
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES  9,623,479   7,707,816 
         
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
Series A convertible preferred stock 10% cumulative dividends, $0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value.  10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding  100,000   100,000 
Common stock, no par value, 240,000,000 shares authorized, 7,446,007 and 7,446,007 shares issued and outstanding.  -   - 
Additional paid-in capital  18,221,777   18,221,777 
Accumulated deficit  (5,923,480)  (5,258,711)
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  12,398,297   13,063,066 
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY $22,021,776  $20,770,882 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.


F-2

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
F-3
      
  
Year Ended December 31,
 
  
2007
 
2006
 
REVENUES     
Loan fees $9,104,545 $6,898,554 
Check cashing fees  1,333,123  817,379 
Guaranteed phone / Cricket fees  749,475  889,778 
Other fees  159,381  114,127 
   11,346,524  8,719,838 
        
STORE EXPENSES       
Salaries and benefits  2,639,225  1,920,632 
Provisions for loan losses  1,484,754  878,469 
Guaranteed phone/Cricket cost of sales  442,845  592,283 
Occupancy  754,648  426,634 
Advertising  419,732  370,379 
Depreciation  113,164  77,946 
Amortization of intangible assets  136,407  136,405 
Other  1,090,737  797,084 
   7,081,512  5,199,832 
        
INCOME FROM STORES  4,265,012  3,520,006 
        
GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES       
Salaries and benefits  1,470,372  1,057,666 
Depreciation  27,474  33,374 
Merger transaction expenses  1,488,774  - 
Other  347,148  229,105 
   3,333,768  1,320,145 
        
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES  931,244  2,199,861 
        
INCOME TAX EXPENSE  904,000  829,000 
        
NET INCOME  27,244  1,370,861 
        
ASSUMED SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS  (2,100,000) (2,100,000)
        
NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS $(2,072,756)$(729,139)
        
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE -       
Basic and diluted $(1.82)$(0.65)
        
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING -       
Basic and diluted  1,139,177  1,125,000 

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

  Year ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
REVENUES        
Payday loan fees $9,663,130  $10,607,136 
Phones and accessories  4,585,584   4,094,049 
Cricket service fees  3,741,495   1,419,446 
Installment interest income  538,273   - 
Check cashing fees  682,094   739,733 
Other income and fees  277,344   1,118,083 
   19,487,920   17,978,447 
         
STORE EXPENSES        
Salaries and benefits  4,702,051   4,573,346 
Provisions for loan losses  1,396,724   1,279,547 
Phone and accessories cost of sales  2,857,294   1,706,160 
Occupancy  1,686,373   1,852,279 
Advertising  333,453   363,171 
Depreciation  275,389   280,250 
Amortization of intangible assets  435,861   517,656 
Other  2,417,441   2,327,611 
   14,104,586   12,900,020 
         
INCOME FROM STORES  5,383,334   5,078,427 
         
GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES        
Salaries and benefits  1,735,686   1,527,797 
Depreciation  23,741   17,677 
Interest expense  290,913   405,249 
Other  1,014,763   1,026,763 
   3,065,103   2,977,486 
         
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES  2,318,231   2,100,941 
         
INCOME TAX EXPENSE  883,000   752,000 
         
NET INCOME  1,435,231   1,348,941 
         
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS (assumes all paid)  (2,100,000)  (2,100,000)
         
NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS $(664,769) $(751,059)
         
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE -        
Basic and diluted $(0.09) $(0.10)
         
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARE OUTSTANDING -        
Basic and diluted  7,446,007   7,584,637 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4
F-3


URON

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  Series A
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Convertible
 
Common
 
Additional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred Stock
 
Stock
 
Paid-In
 
Retained
 
Stockholders’
 
 
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Capital
 
Earnings
 
Equity 
BALANCE - December 31, 2005  10,000,000 $100,000  1,125,000 $- $9,158,158 $607,074 $9,865,232 
                       
Equity contribution
  -  -  -  -  4,200,000  -  4,200,000 
Dividends
  -  -  -  -  -  (909,142) (909,142)
Net income
  -  -  -  -  -  1,370,861  1,370,861 
                       
BALANCE - December 31, 2006  10,000,000  100,000  1,125,000  -  13,358,158  1,068,793  14,526,951 
                       
Common stock issued, net of $347,995 costs
  -  -  4,403,544  -  4,150,005  -  4,150,005 
Stock-based compensation
  -  -  -  -  460,000  -  460,000 
Reverse Merger Transaction:
                      
Previously issued URON Inc. stock
  -  -  771,209  -  369,919  (419,919) (50,000)
Elimination of accumulated deficit
  -  -  -  -  (419,919) 419,919  - 
Return of capital to WERCS
  -  -  -  -  (278,845) -  (278,845)
Dividends
  -  -  -  -  -  (1,586,415) (1,586,415)
Net income
  -  -  -  -  -  27,244  27,244 
                       
BALANCE - December 31, 2007  10,000,000 $100,000  6,299,753 $- $17,639,318 $(490,378)$17,248,940 

  Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock
  Common Stock  Additional
Paid-In
  Retained  Shareholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity 
BALANCE - December 31, 2009  10,000,000  $100,000   7,996,007  $-  $18,478,337  $(4,676,212) $13,902,125 
                             
Shares retired  -   -   (550,000)  -   (256,560)  168,560   (88,000)
Dividends  -   -   -   -   -   (2,100,000)  (2,100,000)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   1,348,941   1,348,941 
BALANCE - December 31, 2010  10,000,000   100,000   7,446,007   -   18,221,777   (5,258,711)  13,063,066 
                             
Dividends  -   -   -   -   -   (2,100,000)  (2,100,000)
Net income  -   -   -   -   -   1,435,231   1,435,231 
BALANCE - December 31, 2011  10,000,000  $100,000   7,446,007  $-  $18,221,777  $(5,923,480) $12,398,297 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5
F-4

URON

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


  Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES       
Net income
 $27,244 $1,370,861 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
       
Stock-based compensation
  460,000  - 
Depreciation
  140,638  111,320 
Amortization of intangible assets
  136,407  136,405 
Deferred income taxes
  (262,000) 198,000 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
  25,979  - 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       
Loans receivable
  (224,722) (11,940)
Prepaid expenses and other
  74,655  (88,405)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  1,519,170  758,813 
Deferred revenue
  12,224  79,054 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  1,909,595  2,554,108 
        
INVESTING ACTIVITIES       
Purchases of property and equipment
  (140,747) (219,355)
Acquisition of stores, net of cash acquired
  (8,968) (5,285,163)
Net cash used by investing activities
  (149,715) (5,504,518)
        
FINANCING ACTIVITIES       
Payments on notes payable
  (530,000) - 
Stock sales and equity contribution
  75,700  4,200,000 
Dividends
  (1,586,415)��(909,142)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
  (2,040,715) 3,290,858 
        
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH  (280,835) 340,448 
        
CASH       
Beginning of year
  1,265,460  925,012 
        
End of year
 $984,625 $1,265,460 
        
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION       
        
Cash paid (primarily to WERCS) for income taxes
 $1,176,044  $620,956 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:
       
Stock sold on subscriptions - uncollected
 $4,422,300 $- 
Cost of raised capital in accounts payable
  347,995  - 
Return of capital to WERCS in accounts payable
  278,845  - 
Other assets in accounts payable
  167,000  - 
Reverse merger of URON Inc.
  50,000  - 

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES        
Net Income $1,435,231  $1,348,941 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:        
Depreciation  299,130   297,927 
Amortization  435,861   517,656 
Shares received for reimbursement of expenses  -   (88,000)
Deferred income taxes  234,000   119,000 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment  28,172   57,650 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Loans receivable  (100,876)  131,964 
Inventory  (254,113)  (128,557)
Prepaid expenses and other assets  (334,283)  97,944 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  411,453   414,515 
Deferred revenue  (5,460)  (25,805)
Net cash provided by operating activities  2,149,115   2,743,235 
         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES        
Purchases of property and equipment  (145,947)  (103,964)
Acquisition of stores, net of cash acquired  (1,416,782)  - 
Net cash used by investing activities  (1,562,729)  (103,964)
         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
Net advances on notes payable  -   205,628 
Payments on notes payable – long-term  (769,330)  (629,075)
Dividends  -   (1,650,000)
Net cash used by financing activities  (769,330)  (2,073,447)
         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH  (182,944)  565,824 
         
CASH        
Beginning of year  2,092,386   1,526,562 
End of year $1,909,442  $2,092,386 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION        
         
Income taxes paid $1,094,468  $343,103 
Interest paid $290,954  $401,594 
         
Noncash investing and financing activities:        
Refinancing of note payable – short-term $-  $1,636,044 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6
F-5

URON

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY


SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.NatureBasis of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies -

Nature of Business/ Basis of Presentation

URON Inc. (URON) through its wholly owned operating subsidiary, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. (WFL), collectively referred to as the Company, provides retail financial services to individuals in the Midwestern United States. These services include non-recourse cash advance loans, check cashing and other money services. The Company also is a non-recourse reseller of guaranteed phone service and Cricket cellular phones. As of December 31, 2007, the Company operated 52 stores in 10 states (Nebraska, Wyoming, Utah, Iowa, North Dakota, South Dakota, Kansas, Wisconsin, Montana and Colorado). As of December 31, 2006, Company operated in 55 stores in 10 states. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of URON and WFL. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company provides short-term consumer loans, known as cash advance loans, in amounts that typically range from $100 to $500. Cash advance loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally two to four weeks and the customer’s personal check for the aggregate amount of the cash advanced plus a fee. The fee varies from state to state, based on applicable regulations and generally ranges from $15 to $20 per each $100 borrowed. To repay the cash advance loans, customers may pay with cash, in which their personal check is returned to them, or allowing their check to be presented to the bank for collection.

The Company also provides ancillary consumer financial products and services that are complementary to its cash advance-lending business, such as check-cashing services, money transfers and money orders. We also offer guaranteed phone/Cricket™ phones to our customers.

Our loans and other services are subject to state regulations (which vary from state to state) and federal and local regulations, where applicable.

Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated December 13, 2007 (Merger Agreement), by and among URON, WFL Acquisition Corp., a Wyoming corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the URON, and WFL, WFL Acquisition Corp. merged with and into WFL, with WFL remaining as the surviving entity and a wholly owned operating subsidiary of the URON. This transaction is referred to throughout this report as the “Merger” (Note 2).

As a result of the Merger, WERCS, a Wyoming corporation and the former sole stockholder of WFL, received: (i) 1,125,000 shares of the URON’s common stock, and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. On an aggregate and as-if-converted basis, WERCS received 11,125,000 common shares representing approximately 68% of the Company’s outstanding common stock after the Merger. In addition, WERCS received a $278,845 return of capital for excess assets at the Merger date as defined in the Merger Agreement.
(continued)
F-6

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

Nature of Business/ Basis of Presentation - (continued)

The consolidated financial statements account for the Merger as a capital transaction in substance (and not a business combination of two operating entities) that would be equivalent to WFL issuing securities to URON in exchange for the net monetary liabilities of URON, accompanied by a recapitalization and, as a result, no goodwill relating to the Merger has been recorded.

Prior to the Merger, URON effected a 1-for-10 share combination (i.e., reverse stock split) of its capital stock, and corresponding reduction in the number of shares of authorized capital, effective as of December 27, 2007. All share and per share information included in these consolidated financial statements give effect for the 1-for-10 share combination.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect certain reported amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant management estimates relate to the allowance for loans receivable, allocation of and carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, value associated with stock-based compensation, and deferred taxes and tax uncertainties.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes fees on cash advance loans on a constant-yield basis ratably over the loans’ terms. The Company records fees derived from check cashing, guaranteed phone/Cricket fees, and all other services in the period in which the service is provided.

Loans Receivable
Included in loans receivable are cash advance loans that are currently due or past due and cash advance loans that have not been repaid. This generally is evidenced where a customer’s personal check has been deposited and the check has been returned due to non-sufficient funds in the customer’s account, a closed accounts, or other reasons. Cash advance loans are carried at cost less the allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company does not specifically reserve for any individual cash advance loan. The Company aggregates cash advance loans for purposes of estimating the loss allowance using a methodology that analyzes historical portfolio statistics and management’s judgment regarding recent trends noted in the portfolio. This methodology takes into account several factors, including the maturity of the store location and charge-off and recovery rates. The Company utilizes a software program to assist with the tracking of its historical portfolio statistics. As a result of the Company’s collections efforts, it historically writes off approximately 35% of the returned items. Based on days past the check return date, write-offs of returned items historically have tracked at the following approximate percentages: 1 to 30 days - 35%; 31 to 60 days - 60%; 61 to 90 days - 75%; 91 to 120 days - 80%; and 121 to 180 days - 85%. All returned items are charged-off after 180 days, as collections after that date have not been significant. The loan loss allowance is reviewed monthly and any adjustment to the loan loss allowance as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is recorded. The Company uses a third party collection agency to assist in the collection of the loan collateral related to title loans, when and as the Company determines appropriate.
A rollforward of the Company’s loans receivable allowance for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

  
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2007
 
2006
 
      
Loans receivable allowance, beginning of year $762,000 $661,000 
Provision for loan losses charged to expense  1,484,754  878,469 
Charge-offs, net  (1,270,754) (777,469)
        
Loans receivable allowance, end of year $976,000 $762,000 
F-7

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)
Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives range from five to seven years for furniture, equipment, and vehicles. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the leases term, and this amortization is included with depreciation.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired using purchase accounting and is not amortized.

Intangible Assets

Customer relationships represent the fair values assigned to relationships with customers acquired through business acquisitions and is amortized over three years.

Long- Lived Assets

Goodwill is reviewed, at least annually, for impairment. Property and equipment and customer relationships are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the fair value of the asset is less than the carrying value of the asset.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and loans receivable. The Company’s cash is placed with high quality financial institutions. From time to time, cash balances exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any significant losses with respect to its cash. Loans receivable, while concentrated in geographical areas, are dispersed among numerous customers.

(continued)
F-8

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable in the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The provision for income taxes represents taxes paid or payable for the current year and changes during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing the loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss available to common shareholders’ by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common share equivalents (stock options, stock warrants, convertible preferred shares) when dilutive. The following potentially dilutive securities were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from the dilutive net loss per share computation:
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock10,000,000
Stock options (issued in 2007)1,575,000
Stock warrants (issued in 2007)425,000
12,000,000
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash, loans receivable, stock subscriptions receivable notes payable, and accounts payable are short-term in nature and their carrying values approximate fair values.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements (as amended),” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value, and therefore, does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. The effective date of this standard was for all full fiscal and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2007. On December 14, 2007, the FASB issued Staff Position FAS 157-b, which deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year, as it relates to nonfinancial assets and liabilities. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have on our financial position or results of operations.

(continued)
F-9

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - (continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements - (continued)

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (as amended), Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115,” which permits entities to measure eligible financial assets, financial liabilities and firm commitments at fair value, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at fair value under other generally accepted accounting principles. The fair value measurement election is irrevocable and subsequent changes in fair value must be recorded in earnings. SFAS No. 159 will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2008. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS No. 159 will have on our financial position or results of operations.

In December 2007, FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations”. SFAS No. 141R significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs, in-process research and development and restructuring costs. In addition, under SFAS No. 141R, changes in an acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact income tax expense. SFAS No. 141R is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This standard will change our accounting treatment for business combinations on a prospective basis.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of ARB No. 51.” SFAS No. 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interest and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changes the accounting for transactions with minority interests holders. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have on our financial position or result of operations.

2.Merger -

The following is a summary of the significant Merger-related transactions:

In contemplation of the Merger, URON entered into a subscription agreement with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO). Under the agreement, the CEO purchased 1,071,875 shares of URON common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $500,000. At December 31, 2007, the purchase price was included in subscriptions receivable and has since been collected.

In contemplation of the Merger, URON entered into various stock option agreements with executive and non-executive management personnel. In addition, URON granted stock warrants to certain other parties. In total, URON granted stock options and warrants to eleven parties, to purchase an aggregate of 1,600,000 shares of common stock at the per-share price of $0.01. These options and warrants include 550,000 issued to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and 400,000 issued to the Company’s Chief Operating Officer (COO).

(continued)
F-10


URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.Merger - (continued)

URON issued a warrant to Lantern Advisors, LLC for the purchase of up to 400,000 shares of common stock at the per-share price of $0.01 for professional services.

The Company assumed $50,000 of liabilities of URON.

The Company was responsible for certain fees to various brokers, advisors and others for expenses related to the Merger.

In contemplation of the Merger, URON entered into subscription agreements to sell 3,331,669 shares of its common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $3,998,000. As of December 31, 2007, $75,700 of the subscriptions receivable were collected and the remaining amount has since been collected. Expenses incurred related to the issuance of these shares were $347,995.

WERCS, the former sole owner of WFL common stock, received an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of URON’s common stock and 10,000,000 shares of URON Series A Convertible Preferred Stock.

3.Acquisitions -

In 2007 and 2006, the Company purchased the assets of various stores in separate transactions. The aggregate purchase price totaled $10,849 in 2007 and $5,473,600 in 2006.

Under the purchase method of accounting the assets and liabilities of the acquisitions were recorded at their respective fair values as of the purchase date as follows:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 
        
Cash $1,881 $188,437 
Loans receivable  7,968  1,274,611 
Other current assets  -  1,200 
Property and equipment  1,000  273,148 
Goodwill  -  3,792,009 
Current liabilities  -  (55,805)
        
  $10,849 $5,473,600 
Based on the marginal profitability of the stores acquired in 2006 and the expected customer attrition rates, the Company determined that no significant value of identifible intangible assets were acquired.
(continued)
F-11

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
3.Acquisitions - (continued)

The results of the operations for the acquired locations have been included in the financial statements since the date of the acquisitions. The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, as if these acquisitions had been consummated at the beginning of each year presented. The unaudited pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have occurred had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the year presented or the results which may occur in the future.

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 
  (unaudited) (unaudited) 
Pro forma revenue $11,466,524 $11,466,524 
Pro forma net income  51,244  1,802,580 
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted  (1.80) (0.26)

4.Property and Equipment -

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

  December 31, 
  2007 2006 
        
Furniture and equipment $553,714 $590,275 
Leasehold improvements  400,931  396,267 
Vehicles  62,160  55,410 
   1,016,805  1,041,952 
Less accumulated depreciation  385,069  385,346 
        
  $631,736 $656,606 
5.Intangible Assets -

Intangible assets consisted of the follows:

  December 31, 
  2007  2006 
       
Customer relationships $451,974 $451,974 
Less accumulated amortization  361,048  224,641 
        
  $90,926 $227,333 

Future amortization of intangible assets will be $90,926 in 2008.
F-12

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
6.Income Taxes -

Prior to the Merger, the Company operated under an informal tax allocation agreement with WERCS, which required the Company to pay its fair share of its income taxes as if the Company were a stand-alone entity.

The Company’s provision for income taxes is as follows: 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 
Current:       
Federal
 $996,000 $539,000 
State
  170,000  92,000 
   1,166,000  631,000 
Deferred:       
Federal
  (178,000) 210,000 
State
  (84,000) (12,000)
   (262,000) 198,000 
        
  $904,000 $829,000 

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are summarized as follows:

  December 31, 
  2007 2006 
   Current Noncurrent  Current Noncurrent 
Deferred income tax assets             
Allowance for loans receivable
 $367,000 $- $287,000 $- 
Deferred revenue
  -  -  94,000  - 
Stock-based compensation
  137,000  -  -  - 
Other
  22,000  -  13,000  - 
   526,000  -  394,000  - 
Deferred income tax liabilities             
Late loans receivable
  -  -  -  (366,000)
Property and equipment
  -  (25,000) -  (2,000)
Goodwill and intangible assets
  -  (520,000) -  (307,000)
      -  (545,000) -  (675,000)
              
Net
 $526,000 $(545,000)$394,000 $(675,000)

In 2007, the Company changed its income tax reporting method of accounting for late loans receivable and deferred revenue.


(continued)
F-13

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6.Income Taxes - (continued)

Reconciliations from the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate are as follows:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 
        
Income tax expense using the statutory federal rate $316,600 $747,800 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  33,800  80,100 
Permanent differences, primarily merger  transaction expenses  553,600  1,100 
        
Income tax expense $904,000 $829,000 

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN No. 48), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an Interpretation No. 109”, on January 1, 2007. Previously, the Company had accounted for tax contingencies in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” As required by FIN No. 48, the Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the relevant tax authority. At the adoption date, the Company applied FIN No. 48 to all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remained open. The adoption of FIN No. 48 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

It is the Company’s practice to recognize penalties and/or interest related to income tax matters in interest and penalties expense. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had an immaterial amount of accrued interest and penalties.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and local jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2004. The Company is not currently under examination by any taxing jurisdiction.

7.Stockholders’ Equity -

Capitalization

At December 31, 2007, the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 20,000,000 shares of no par value capital stock. All shares have equal voting rights and are entitled to one vote per share.

(continued)
F-14

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.Stockholders’ Equity - (continued)

Capitalization - (continued)

Of the 20,000,000 shares of authorized capital, 10,000,000 have been designated as common stock and 10,000,000 as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has a 10% cumulative dividend and can be converted on a share-for-share basis into common stock. The Company has the right to redeem some or all of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at any time, upon 60 days notice, at $3.00 per share prior to April 1, 2009, or $3.50 per share afterwards, plus any cumulative unpaid dividends.

Stock Options and Warrants

No stock options or stock warrants were granted by the Company prior to 2007. In 2007, stock option and stock warrants were granted in connection with the Merger, became immediately exercisable with the Merger, and had a grant date fair value of $0.23. The Company intends to issue new shares upon exercise of stock option and warrants.

Stock options and stock warrants outstanding at December 31, 2007, consisted of the following: 
   Stock Options  Stock Warrants 
Exercise price $0.01 $0.01 
Units outstanding  1,575,000  425,000 
Remaining contractual life  1 year  1 year 
        
The aggregate intrinsic value of all vested options and warrants at December 31, 2007 is approximately $8 million.

Stock options and stock warrants activity for 2007 consisted of the following: 
  Stock Options Stock Warrants 
Outstanding, December 31, 2006  -  - 
Granted  1,575,000  425,000 
Exercised  -  - 
        
Outstanding, December 31, 2007  1,575,000  425,000 

The fair value of stock options and stock warrants is estimated using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model (using estimated value of URON) with the following weighted average assumptions:
DescriptionAssumption
Risk-free interest rate3.14%
Expected life0.50 years
Expected volatility247.00%
Expected dividend rate0.00%

F-15

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
8.Operating Lease Commitments -

The Company leases its facilities under operating leases with terms ranging from three to five years, with rights to extend for additional periods. Rent expense was approximately $757,000 and $455,000 in 2007 and 2006 respectively. Future minimum lease payments are approximately as follows:  
Year Ending December 31,  Amount 
2008 $470,000 
2009  363,000 
2010  219,000 
2011  131,000 
2012  48,000 
     
  $1,231,000 
9.Related Party Transactions -

At December 31, 2007, accounts payable included approximately $401,000 payable to the Company’s CEO for reimbursement of Merger and equity transaction related costs and $550,000 payable to WERCS for merger transaction related costs and return of capital.

The Company leases two properties from an officer of the Company and another related party under operating leases that extend through 2011 requiring monthly lease payments of $2,400.

10.Employee Savings Plan -

The Company began a defined contribution retirement plan in 2007 intended to be qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees are eligible to participate in the Plan after approximately one year of employment. The Plan allows each participant to make elective contributions subject to statutory limits. The Company matches employee contributions up to 100 % of the first 5% of the participating employees’ annual compensation. Company matching contributions to the Plan were approximately $32,000 in 2007.

11.Risks Inherent in the Operating Environment -

The Company’s short-term consumer loan activities are regulated under numerous local, state, and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change. New laws or regulations could be enacted that could have a negative impact on the Company’s lending activities. Over the past few years, consumer advocacy groups and certain media reports have advocated governmental and regulatory action to prohibit or severely restrict deferred presentment cash advances. If this negative characterization of deferred presentment cash advances becomes widely accepted by consumers, demand for deferred presentment cash advances could significantly decrease, which could have a materially adverse affect on the Company’s financial condition.

(continued)
F-16

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
11.Risks Inherent in the Operating Environment - (continued)

Negative perception of deferred presentment cash advances could also result in increased regulatory scrutiny and increased litigation and encourage restrictive local zoning rules, making it more difficult to obtain the government approvals necessary to continue operating existing stores or open new short-term consumer loan stores.

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company’s revenues by state in excess of 10% were approximately as follows:
State% of Revenues
Iowa12%
Nebraska36%

12.Other Expenses
A breakout of other expense is as follows:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2007 2006 
Store expenses
       
Collection costs $227,871 $121,909 
Supplies  133,614  111,641 
Telephone and Utilities  299,096  192,975 
  430,156  370,559 
  $1,090,737 $797,084 
13.Subsequent Events -

2008 Stock Incentive Plan

On February 2, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved and adopted the Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, pursuant to which an aggregated of 2,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance.
Acquisition of National Cash & Credit

On February 26, 2008, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company (National Cash), and the members of National Cash. Under the Exchange Agreement, the members of National Cash assigned all of the outstanding membership interests in National Cash to the Company in exchange 1,114,891 shares of the Company’s common stock and a cash payment of $100,000. The Exchange Agreement contained customary representations, warranties and covenants of the parties and indemnification obligations.

The Company's CEO had a material financial interest in National Cash. The CEO’s ownership and conditions of the Exchange Agreement were disclosed to the Company's Board of Directors, which approved the Exchange Agreement.

National Cash was formed approximately two years ago and owned and operated five "payday" consumer loan stores located in suburban Phoenix, Arizona. National Cash principally offered short-term (i.e., five to 31 day) cash advance loans ranging from $100 to $2,500, and title loans ranging from $500 to $2,000. As of December 31, 2007, National Cash had approximately $840,000 in aggregate outstanding principal amount of cash advance and title loans.


(continued)
F-17

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
13.Subsequent Events - (continued)

Acquisition of North Dakota Stores

On March 1, 2008 the Company acquired, for $400,000, five stores offering payday advance loans in Fargo, Grand Forks, Bismarck, and Minot, North Dakota. These stores currently operate under the Ameri-Cash name.

Authorization of Additional Common Shares

On March 17, 2008, the stockholders approved an increase in the Company’s authorized shares to 250,000,000.

Dividend Declaration and Payment

On March 17, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the payment of the first quarter 2008 dividend on the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $525,000. The dividends are to be paid on or before April 15, 2008.

Exercises of Options

In early 2008, 1,575,000 options were exercised for total proceeds of $15,750.
F-18

URON INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

C O N T E N T S

Page(s)
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Condensed Consolidated Balance SheetsF-20
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
F-21
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
F-22
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-23
F-19

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  September 30, 2008 December 31, 2007 
  (Unaudited)   
ASSETS       
        
CURRENT ASSETS       
Cash $2,557,246 $984,625 
Loans receivable (less allowance for losses of $1,406,000 and $976,000)  5,730,777  4,117,497 
Stock subcriptions receivable  -  4,422,300 
Prepaid expenses and other  124,653  92,333 
Deferred income taxes  550,000  526,000 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  8,962,676  10,142,755 
        
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT  1,004,114  631,736 
        
GOODWILL  10,443,394  9,883,659 
        
INTANGIBLE ASSETS  120,833  90,926 
        
OTHER  -  167,000 
        
TOTAL ASSETS $20,531,017 $20,916,076 
        
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY       
        
CURRENT LIABILITIES       
Current maturities - notes payable $100,000 $- 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  1,034,476  1,908,844 
Accounts payable - related parties  -  950,935 
Accrued dividend payable  525,000  - 
Deferred revenue  308,052  262,357 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  1,967,528  3,122,136 
        
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES       
Notes payable less current maturities  187,500  - 
Deferred income taxes  747,000  545,000 
TOTAL LONG TERM LIABILITIES  934,500  545,000 
        
TOTAL LIABILITES  2,902,028  3,667,136 
        
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY       
Series A convertible preferred stock 10% cumulative dividends, $0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value. 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding  100,000  100,000 
Common stock, no par value. 240,000,000 shares authorized, 8,889,644 and 6,299,753 shares issued and outstanding.       
Additional paid-in capital  18,912,792  17,639,318 
Retained earnings (deficit)  (1,383,803) (490,378)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  17,628,989  17,248,940 
        
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY $20,531,017 $20,916,076 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-20


WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Unaudited)

  For three months ended For three months ended For nine months ended For nine months ended 
  September 30, 2008 September 30, 2007 September 30, 2008 September 30, 2007 
          
REVENUES             
Payday loan fees $3,031,301 $2,377,355 $7,905,942 $6,724,867 
Check cashing fees  279,787  310,509  908,941  1,042,249 
Guaranteed phone/Cricket fees  130,405  154,788  444,087  593,431 
Title loan fees  211,719  -  433,359  - 
Other fees  40,682  14,200  145,973  98,620 
   3,693,894  2,856,852  9,838,302  8,459,167 
              
STORE EXPENSES             
Salaries and benefits  862,987  651,202  2,473,834  1,973,812 
Provisions for loan losses  629,485  413,277  1,424,441  1,056,415 
Guaranteed phone/Cricket  50,247  87,999  223,550  344,398 
Occupancy  303,546  184,785  821,611  559,223 
Advertising  106,056  106,297  284,676  328,774 
Depreciation  45,111  26,742  126,257  84,639 
Amortization of intangible assets  35,233  34,102  120,099  102,305 
Other  377,439  251,693  1,131,327  756,786 
   2,410,104  1,756,097  6,605,795  5,206,352 
             
INCOME FROM STORES  1,283,790  1,100,755  3,232,507  3,252,815 
              
GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES             
Salaries and benefits  355,381  260,098  951,774  870,213 
Depreciation  13,502  10,767  30,477  32,184 
Other  284,123  94,284  1,125,680  284,110 
   653,006  365,149  2,107,931  1,186,507 
              
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES  630,784  735,606  1,124,576  2,066,308 
              
INCOME TAX EXPENSE  232,000  277,000  443,000  778,000 
              
NET INCOME  398,784  458,606  681,576  1,288,308 
              
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS (assumed for 2007)  (525,000) (525,000) (1,575,000) (1,575,000)
              
NET (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS $(126,216$(66,394)$(893,424)$(286,692)
              
NET (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE-             
Basic and diluted $(0.01$(0.06)$(0.10)$(0.25)
              
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARE OUTSTANDING -             
Basic and diluted  8,889,644  1,125,000  8,644,065  1,125,000 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-21


WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
(Unaudited)

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 2008 2007 
      
OPERATING ACTIVITIES       
Net Income $681,576 $1,288,308 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:       
Depreciation  156,734  116,823 
Amortization  120,099  102,304 
Deferred income taxes  178,000  (227,000)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities       
Loans receivable  (546,249) 8,637 
Prepaid expenses and other assets  161,611  45,190 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  (1,889,139) (33,971)
Deferred revenue  45,695  (23,374)
 Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities  (1,091,673) 1,276,917 
        
INVESTING ACTIVITIES       
Purchase of property, plant and equipment  (299,164) (106,281)
Acquisition of stores, net of cash acquired  (344,447) - 
 Net cash used by investing activities  (643,611) (106,281)
        
FINANCING ACTIVITIES       
Payments on notes payable  -  (530,000)
Contributions from shareholders  4,437,050  - 
Cost of raising capital  (79,145) - 
Dividends to shareholders  (1,050,000) (674,920)
 Net cash provided (used) by financing activities  3,307,905  (1,204,920)
       
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH  1,572,621  (34,284)
        
CASH       
Beginning of the period  984,625  1,265,460 
End of the period $2,557,246 $1,231,176 
        
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION       
        
Income Taxes Paid $- $649,971 
        
Noncash investing and financing activities:       
Dividend Accrued $525,000 $- 
Stock issued for NCC acquistion  1,337,869  - 
Notes issued for acquisition of STEN stores  287,500    

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-22

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.Presentation, Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies –

Nature of Business/ Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States of America generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Section 210.8-03(b) of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, the condensed consolidated financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required for complete financial statements.
In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2008 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2008. For further information, refer to the Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes thereto included in our Form 10-K as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP.

Nature of Business

Western Capital Resources, Inc. (WCR), formerly URON Inc. (URON), through its wholly owned operating subsidiaries, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. (WFL) and National Cash & Credit, LLC (NCC)PQH, Inc. (PQH), collectively referred to as the “Company”,Company, provides retail financial services and retail cellular phone sales to individuals primarily in the midwestern and southwesternMidwestern United States.  These services include payday loans, title loans, check cashing and other money services. The Company also is a non-recourse reseller of guaranteed phone service and Cricket cellular phones. As of September 30, 2008, the Company operated 6652 “Payday” stores in 11nine states (Nebraska, Wyoming, Utah,(Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Kansas,Utah, Wisconsin Montana, Colorado and Arizona). AsWyoming) as of September 30, 2007, theDecember 31, 2011 and 51 “Payday” stores in 2010. The Company operated in 5345 Cricket wireless retail stores in 10 states.13 states (Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Texas) as of December 31, 2011 and 31 Cricket wireless retail stores in eight states (Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Maryland, Missouri, Nebraska and Texas) as of December 31, 2010.  The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WCR, WFL, and NCC.PQH. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


The Company, through its “payday” division, provides non-recourse cash advance and installment loans, check cashing and other money services.  The short-term consumer loans, commonly known as cash advance loans or “payday” loans, are in amounts that typically range from $100 to $500. Cash advance loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally two to four weeks and the customer’s personal check for the aggregate amount of the cash advanced plus a fee. The fee varies from state to state, based on applicable regulations and generally ranges from $15 to $22 per each whole or partial increment of $100 borrowed. To repay thea cash advance loans, customersloan, a customer may pay with cash, in which case their personal check is returned to them, or allow theirthe check to be presented to the bank for collection.


Installment loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally three to six months and are unsecured. The fee and interest rate on installment loans vary based on applicable regulations.

The Company also provides title loans and other ancillary consumer financial products and services that are complementary to its cash advance-lending business, such as check-cashing services, money transfers and money orders and title loans. We also offer guaranteed phone/Cricket™ phones to our customers.orders.  In our check-cashingcheck cashing business, we primarily cash payroll checks, but we also cash government assistance, tax refund and insurance checks or drafts. Our fees for cashing payroll checks average approximately 2.5% of the face amount of the check, subject to local market conditions, and this fee is deducted from the cash given to the customer for the check. We display our check cashing fees in full view of our customers on a menu board in each store and provide a detailed receipt for each transaction. Although we have established guidelines for approving check-cashing transactions, we have no preset limit on the size of the checks we will cash.


Our loans and other related services are subject to state regulations (which vary from state to state) and, federal regulations and local regulations, where applicable.


Pursuant to an Agreement

The Company also operates a Cricket Wireless Retail division that is a premier dealer for Cricket Wireless, Inc. reselling cellular phones and Planaccessories and accepting service payments from Cricket customers.

Use of Merger and Reorganization dated December 13, 2007 (Merger Agreement), by and among URON, WFL Acquisition Corp., a Wyoming corporation and wholly owned subsidiaryEstimates

The preparation of the URON, and WFL, WFL Acquisition Corp. merged with and into WFL, with WFL remaining as the surviving entity and a wholly owned operating subsidiary of the URON. This transaction is referred to throughout this report as the “Merger”.

The condensed consolidated financial statements account forin conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Merger as a capital transactionUnited States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect certain reported amounts and disclosures in substance (and not a business combination of two operating entities)the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that wouldare believed to be equivalent to WFL issuing securities to WCR in exchange forreasonable under the net monetary liabilities of WCR, accompanied by a recapitalization and, as a result, no goodwill relatingcircumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant management estimates relate to the Merger has been recorded.

loans receivable allowance, allocation of and carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, inventory valuation and obsolescence and deferred taxes and tax uncertainties.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes fees on cash advance loans on a constant-yield basis ratably over the loans’ terms. Title and installment loan fees and interest are recognized using the interest method, except that installment loan origination fees are recognized as they become non-refundable and installment loan maintenance fees are recognized when earned. The Company records revenue from check cashing fees, sales of phones, and accessories and fees from all other services in the period in which the sale or service is completed.  

F-7
F-23


WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Loans Receivable Allowance

We maintain a loan loss allowance for anticipated losses for our payday, installment and title loans. To estimate the appropriate level of the loan loss allowance, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current loan loss allowance is based on our net write offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last 24 months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans that we write off. The Company also periodically performs a look-back analysis on its loan loss allowance to verify the historical allowance established tracks with the actual subsequent loan write-offs and recoveries. The Company is aware that as conditions change, it may also need to make additional allowances in future periods.

Included in loans receivable are payday loans that are currently due or past due and payday loans that have not been repaid.  This generally is evidenced where a customer’s personal check has been deposited and the check has been returned due to non-sufficient funds in the customer’s account, a closed account, or other reasons.  Also included in loans receivable are current and delinquent installment and title loans. Loans are carried at cost less the loans receivable allowance.  The Company does not specifically reserve for any individual loan.  The Company aggregates loan types for purposes of estimating the loss allowance using a methodology that analyzes historical portfolio statistics and management’s judgment regarding recent trends noted in the portfolio.  This methodology takes into account several factors, including the maturity of the store location and charge-off and recovery rates.  The Company utilizes a software program to assist with the tracking of its historical portfolio statistics.  As a result of the Company’s collection efforts, it historically writes off approximately 42% of the returned items.  Based on days past the check return date, write-offs of returned items historically have tracked at the following approximately percentages: 1 to 30 days – 42%; 31 to 60 days – 66%; 61 to 90 days – 82%; 91 to 120 days – 88%; and 121 to 180 days – 90%.  All returned items are charged-off after 180 days, as collections after that date have not been significant.  The loans receivable allowance is reviewed monthly and any adjustment to the loan loss allowance as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is recorded.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 our outstanding loans receivable aging was as follows:

  December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Current $4,626,000  $4,542,000 
1-30  297,000   276,000 
31 – 60  220,000   234,000 
61 – 90  223,000   209,000 
91 - 120  171,000   220,000 
121 – 150  189,000   227,000 
151 – 180  163,000   201,000 
   5,889,000   5,909,000 
Allowance for losses  (1,001,000)  (1,165,000)
  $4,888,000  $4,744,000 

A rollforward of the Company’s loans receivable allowance for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Loans receivable allowance, beginning of year $1,165,000  $1,237,000 
Provision for loan losses charged to expense  1,397,000   1,280,000 
Charge-offs, net  (1,561,000)  (1,352,000)
Loans receivable allowance, end of year $1,001,000  $1,165,000 

Inventory

Inventory, consisting of phones and accessories, is stated at cost, determined on the specific identification and a first-in, first-out basis, respectively. 

F-8

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Useful lives generally range from five to seven years for furniture, equipment, and vehicles. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the leases term, and this amortization is included with depreciation.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired using purchase accounting and is not amortized.

Intangible Assets

Customer relationships represent the fair values management assigned to relationships with customers acquired through business acquisitions and is amortized over three years on an accelerated basis based on management’s estimates of attrition of the acquired customers.

Long- Lived Assets

The Company assesses the possibility of impairment of long-lived and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to expected historical or projected future cash flows, significant changes in the manner of use of acquired assets or the strategy for the overall business, and significant negative industry events or trends. In addition, we conduct an annual goodwill impairment test as of October 1 each year. We assess our goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level by applying a fair value test. This fair value test involves a two-step process. The first step is to compare the carrying value of our net assets to our fair value. If the fair value is determined to be less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any.

Due to the effect of our capital structure involving preferred stock and related cumulative preferred dividends, the market capitalization approach of valuing the reporting unit as a whole is not practical. The discounted future cash flows method is utilized in estimating value. When estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the net assets and related goodwill, an impairment test is performed to measure and recognize the amount of the impairment loss, if any. There were no impairment charges recorded in 2011 or 2010.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash and loans receivable. The Company’s cash is placed with high quality financial institutions. From time to time, cash balances exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any significant losses with respect to its cash. Loans receivable, while concentrated in geographical areas, are dispersed among numerous customers.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts, based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable in the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The provision for income taxes represents taxes paid or payable for the current year and changes during the year in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Net Loss Per Common Share

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing the loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by dividing the net loss available to common shareholders’ by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common share equivalents (convertible preferred shares) when dilutive. The 10 million shares of potentially dilutive Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from the dilutive net loss per share computation:

F-9

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock  10,000,000   10,000,000 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported in the balance sheets for cash, loans receivable, inventory, and accounts payable are short-term in nature and their carrying values approximate fair values. The amounts reported in the balance sheets for notes payable are both long-term and short-term and their carrying value approximates fair value.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-20 “Receivables (Topic 310) – Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses.”  ASU 2010-20 requires extensive new disclosures about financing receivables, including credit risk exposures and the allowance for credit losses.  For public entities, ASU 2010-20 disclosures of period-end balances are effective for interim or annual reporting periods ending on or after June 15, 2011, as updated by ASU 2011-01.  Disclosures related to activity that occurs during the reporting period are required for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The Company adopted this standard with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 results in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. For public entities, ASU 2011-04 is effective for interim or annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. We are assessing the impact of ASU 2011-04 on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-08 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” ASU 2011-08 allows an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment to determine whether it should perform additional steps to determine if there is goodwill impairment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim goodwill tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, early adoption being permitted. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 is not expected to have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

2.Acquisitions/Dispositions –

In 2011 the Company purchased the assets of various stores in separate transactions. The aggregate purchase price totaled $1,421,000.

In September through December 2011, the Company acquired 17 retail storefronts (Arizona (2), Colorado (2), Idaho, (1), Illinois (4), Missouri (1), Nebraska (1), Ohio (1), Oklahoma (3) and Oregon (2)) for $1,373,000. Fourteen of the storefronts were previously Cricket corporate owned stores and 3 were acquired from another Cricket dealer.

In October 2011, the Company acquired one Payday store in Iowa for $48,000.

The Company made no material acquisitions in 2010.

F-10

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Under the purchase method of accounting the assets and liabilities of the aforementioned acquisitions were recorded at their respective fair values as of the purchase date as follows:

  Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
Cash $4,000 
Loans receivable  43,000 
Property and equipment  115,000 
Intangible assets  311,000 
Goodwill  935,000 
Other non-current assets  12,000 
Other  1,000 
  $1,421,000 

The results of the operations for the acquired locations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of the acquisitions. The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, as if the acquisitions had been consummated at the beginning of 2010. The pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have occurred had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the 2010 or the results which may occur in the future.

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Pro forma revenue $25,996,000  $25,788,000 
Pro forma net loss $(148,100) $(232,400)
Pro forma net loss per common share – basic and diluted $(0.02) $(0.03)

3.Segment Information –

The Company has grouped its operations into two segments – Payday Operations and Cricket Wireless Retail Operations.  The Payday Operations segment provides financial and ancillary services.  The Cricket Wireless Retail Operations segment is a dealer for Cricket Wireless, Inc., reselling cellular phones and accessories and serving as a payment center for Cricket customers.

Segment information related to the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

  For the Year Ended December 31, 2011  For the Year Ended December 31, 2010 
  Payday  Cricket
Wireless
  Total  Payday  Cricket
Wireless
  Total 
                         
Revenues $11,211,739  $8,276,181  $19,487,920  $11,753,254  $6,225,193  $17,978,447 
Depreciation and amortization $151,249  $583,742  $734,991  $183,186  $632,397  $815,583 
Interest expense $-  $290,913  $290,913  $144  $405,105  $405,249 
Income tax expense (benefit) $963,000  $(80,000) $883,000  $1,009,000  $(257,000) $752,000 
Net income (loss) $1,575,757  $(140,526) $1,435,231  $1,745,791  $(396,850) $1,348,941 
Total segment assets $15,037,112  $6,984,665  $22,021,776  $15,481,283  $5,289,599  $20,770,882 
Expenditures for segmented assets $55,216  $1,451,856  $1,507,072  $101,991  $51,973  $153,964 

F-11

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4.Property and Equipment –

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Furniture and equipment $1,076,225  $938,535 
Leasehold improvements  727,570   705,909 
Other  71,766   71,983 
   1,875,561   1,716,427 
Less accumulated depreciation  1,117,814   892,325 
         
  $757,747  $824,102 

Depreciation expense on all operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $299,130 and $297,927, respectively.

5.Intangible Assets –

Intangible assets consisted of the follows:

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Customer relationships $4,453,912  $4,142,912 
Less accumulated amortization  4,144,360   3,708,499 
         
  $309,552  $434,413 

As of December 31, 2011, estimated future amortization expense for the customer relationships is as follows:

2012 $175,000 
2013  88,000 
2014  47,000 
  $310,000 

6.Note Payable – Short Term –

The Company’s short-term debt is as follows:

  December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Note payable to WERCS with interest payable monthly at the fixed rate of 12%.  The note was extended to April 1, 2012, is collateralized by substantially all assets of WFL and shares of stock of WFL, and contains certain financial and compliance covenants, as defined. $1,000,000  $2,000,000 
  $1,000,000  $2,000,000 

F-12

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7.Notes Payable – Long Term –

The Company’s long-term debt is as follows:

  December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Note payable (with a credit limit of $2,000,000) to River City Equity, Inc., a related party, with interest payable monthly at 12% due September 30, 2013 and upon certain events  can be collateralized by substantially all assets of WCR. $1,000,000  $- 
Note payable to a related party with interest payable monthly at 10%, due March 1, 2013 and collateralized by substantially all assets of select locations of PQH.  449,340   770,638 
Note payable to a related party with interest payable monthly at 10%, due April 1, 2013 and collateralized by substantially all assets of select locations of PQH.  440,499   711,140 
Note payable with interest payable monthly at 7%, amortized through January 1, 2012 and collateralized by substantially all assets of select locations of PQH.  15,349   192,740 
Total  1,905,188   1,674,518 
Less current maturities  (695,123)  (769,330)
  $1,210,065  $905,188 

Estimated repayments are as follows:

2012 $695,123 
2013  1,210,065 
  $1,905,188 

8.Income Taxes –

The Company’s provision for income taxes is as follows: 

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Current:        
Federal $549,000  $525,000 
State  100,000   108,000 
   649,000   633,000 
         
Deferred:        
Federal  197,000   100,000 
State  37,000   19,000 
   234,000   119,000 
         
  $883,000  $752,000 

F-13

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred income tax assets (liabilities) are summarized as follows:

  As of December 31, 
  2011  2010 
  Current  Non-Current  Current  Non-Current 
Deferred income tax assets:                
Allowance for loan receivable $380,000  $-  $442,000  $- 
Other  33,000   -   25,000   - 
   413,000   -   467,000   - 
Deferred income tax liabilities:                
Property and equipment  -   (163,000)  -   (194,000)
Goodwill and intangible assets  -   (367,000)  -   (156,000)
   -   (530,000)  -   (350,000)
                 
Net $413,000  $(530,000) $467,000  $(350,000)

Reconciliations from the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate are as follows:

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Income tax expense using the statutory federal rate $788,000  $714,000 
State income taxes, net of federal benefit  92,000   83,000 
Shares received for reimbursement of expenses  -   (33,000)
Other  3,000   (12,000)
         
Income tax expense $883,000  $752,000 

It is the Company’s practice to recognize penalties and/or interest related to income tax matters in interest and penalties expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had an immaterial amount of accrued interest and penalties.

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various states and local jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations and require significant judgment to apply. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require management to evaluate tax positions taken by the Company and recognize a tax liability (or asset) if the company has taken an uncertain position that more likely than not would not be sustained upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service. Management has analyzed the tax positions taken by the Company and has concluded that as of December 31, 2011, there are no uncertain positions taken or expected to be taken that would require recognition of a liability (or asset) or disclosure in the financial statements. The Company is subject to routine audits by taxing jurisdictions; however, there are currently no audits for any tax periods in progress. Management believes it is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to 2008.

9.Shareholders’ Equity –

Capitalization

At December 31, 2011, the Company’s authorized capital stock consists of 250,000,000 shares of no par value capital stock. All shares have equal voting rights and are entitled to one vote per share.

Of the 250,000,000 shares of authorized capital, 240,000,000 have been designated as common stock and 10,000,000 as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock has a 10% cumulative dividend and can be converted on a share-for-share basis into common stock. The Company has the right to redeem some or all of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at any time, upon 60 days notice, at $3.50 per share, plus any cumulative unpaid dividends.

F-14

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2008 Stock Incentive Plan

On February 2, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved and adopted the Company’s 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, pursuant to which an aggregated of 2,000,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance.  No options under this plan have been granted as of December 31, 2011.

The Company had no stock options or stock warrants outstanding at December 31, 2011.  

10.Preferred Stock Dividend –

Reconciliations of the cumulative preferred stock dividend payable are as follows:

  As of December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Balance due, beginning of year $1,450,000  $1,000,000 
Current year preferred dividends payable  2,100,000   2,100,000 
Preferred dividends paid  -   (1,650,000)
         
Balance due, end of year $3,550,000  $1,450,000 

In addition, the Company has $525,000 of fourth quarter unaccrued cumulative preferred dividends at December 31, 2011 and 2010 that became due and payable January 15, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

11.Operating Lease Commitments –

The Company leases its facilities under operating leases with terms ranging from month to month to six years, with rights to extend for additional periods. Rent expense on all operations was approximately $1,704,000 and $1,863,000 in 2011 and 2010, respectively.  Future minimum lease payments are approximately as follows:  

Year Ending December 31, Amount 
2012 $1,411,000 
2013  899,000 
2014  548,000 
2015  234,000 
2016 and thereafter  70,000 
  $3,162,000 

12.Related Party Transactions –

The Company leases two properties from an officer of the Company and another related party under operating leases, one that extends through October, 2016 requiring monthly lease payments of $1,680 and one that extends through June, 2015 requiring monthly lease payments of $1,200.

On August 31, 2011, the Company entered into two operating leases for property owned by Ladary, Inc.  Ladary, which acquired the two properties in foreclosure sales, is a corporation partially owned by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, two directors and two employees of the management company that manages the Company’s largest shareholder.  The new leases, one of which replaced an earlier lease that the Company had entered into with the prior landlord, have four-year terms, require aggregate monthly rental payments of $6,000, and are on terms and conditions substantially similar to those contained in the replaced leases.

F-15

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On October 18, 2011 the Company entered into a long-term Promissory Note with River City Equity, Inc. River City Equity, Inc. is a related party due to the relationship of one of its minority shareholders to the Company’s CEO. Terms of the note are for up to $2,000,000 of principal to be loaned at a rate of 12% with interest payable on a monthly basis. The note matures and all accrued and unpaid interest and the unpaid principal is due and payable on September 30, 2013. The note includes a prepayment penalty and terms providing a security interest, under certain circumstances, in substantially all assets of the Company.

Mr. Richard Miller is the Company’s Board Chairman. Mr. Miller provides management consulting services to the Company in addition to his services as Chairman of the Board. In accordance with the consulting agreement, his compensation is $100,000 per year. He was paid $100,000 and $75,000 in 2011 and 2010, respectively, under this consulting agreement.

Rent expense to related parties for 2011 and 2010 was approximately $57,000 and $33,000, respectively.

Interest expense for 2011 and 2010 on the related party notes payable was approximately $139,000 and $176,000, respectively.

At the time of executing the credit facility with WERCS, the CEO was a non-controlling and non-affiliate (under 10%) shareholder of WERCS. As of December 31, 2010, the CEO was no longer a shareholder of WERCS.

13.Stock Purchase and Sale –

On February 23, 2010, WERCS, a Wyomingcorporation (“WERCS”),entered into a definitive Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement by and between WERCS, and WCR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation, pursuant to which WERCS agreed to sell to WCR Acquisition, Inc. all shares ofcommon stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company owned by WERCS. The parties lateramended the Stock Purchase and Sale Agreement to substitute WCR, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company,as the buyer of Company stock from WERCS. The sale of the shares ofcommon stock and Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was consummatedonMarch 31, 2010. WCR, LLC purchased thecommon stock and the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of approximately $4,770,000.

Since the 10,000,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock vote on an as-converted basis (presently one-for-one) with shares of the Company’s common stock, the purchase and sale transaction effects a change in the voting control of the Company, with WCR, LLC possessing approximately 61.8% of the voting power of the Company’s shares.

14.Employment Agreement /Management Bonus Pool –

On March 31, 2010, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with John Quandahl, its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, and interim Chief Financial Officer. The Employment Agreement provides Mr. Quandahl with an annual base salary and eligibility for an annual performance-based cash bonus pool for management.

The performance-based bonus provisions permit management to receive annual bonus payments in cash based on adjusted EBITDA and other targets established by the Board of Directors annually. The Employment Agreement sets the 2011 and 2010 adjusted EBITDA target at $4 million. If the Company’s actual adjusted EBITDA performance for a particular annual period ranges from 85-100% of the established adjusted EBITDA target, the cash bonus pool will be 7.5% of adjusted EBITDA. If the Company’s actual EBITDA performance for a particular annual period exceeds 100% of the established adjusted EBITDA target, 15% of adjusted EBITDA over the established target will be added to the cash bonus pool. The cash bonus pool for 2010 is limited to 75% of the calculated annual amount due to the mid-year implementation of the agreement. The Board approved modifications to the threshold calculations for 2011 by modifying them to exclude from the capital expenditures and working capital requirement calculations the Cricket store acquisition transactions and related long-term debt. The bonus pool for 2011 is approximately $334,000. Certain targets were not achieved for 2010 due to transactions approved by the Board. The Board did, however, approve a bonus pool for management of approximately $215,000 for 2010, the amount that would have been earned under this plan had all the targets been achieved.

15.Management and Advisory Agreement –

Effective April 1, 2010, the Company entered into a Management and Advisory Agreement with Blackstreet Capital Management, LLC (“Blackstreet”), to provide certain financial, managerial, strategic and operating advice and assistance. Blackstreet employs two of the Company’s directors and is affiliated with another entity to which a third director provides consulting services. The annual fees for this contract will be the greater of 5% of EBITDA or $300,000 (increased by 5% annually effective April 1, 2011). Management and advisory fees for 2011 and 2010 were $311,250 and $225,000, respectively.

F-16

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16.Risks Inherent in the Operating Environment –

The Company’s payday or short-term consumer loan activities are highly regulated under numerous local, state, and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change. New laws or regulations could be enacted that could have a negative impact on the Company’s lending activities. Over the past few years, consumer advocacy groups and certain media reports have advocated governmental and regulatory action to prohibit or severely restrict deferred presentment cash advances.

The Federal Trade Commission has issued an FTC Consumer Alert (Federal Trade Commission, March 2008, Consumer Alert entitled “Payday Loans Equal Very Costly Cash: Consumers Urged to Consider the Alternatives”) that discourages consumers from obtaining payday loans such as the loans we offer, primarily on the basis that the types of loans we offer are very costly and consumers should consider alternatives to accepting a payday loan. For further information, you may obtain a copy of the alert at www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/pubs/consumer/alerts/alt060.shtm.  The federal government also passed legislation, the 2007 Military Authorization Act, prohibiting us from offering or making our loans to members of the military when the interest and fees calculated as an annual percentage rate exceeds 36%. This limitation effectively prohibits us from utilizing our present business model for cash advance or “payday” lending when dealing with members of the U.S. military, and as a result we do not and do not plan to conduct payday lending business with U.S. military personnel. These facts evidence the widespread belief that our charges relating to our loans are too expensive to be good for consumers. Some consumer advocates and others have characterized payday lending as “predatory.” As a result, there are frequently attempts in the various state legislatures, and occasionally in the U.S. Congress, to limit, restrict or prohibit payday lending. 

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was passed by the U.S. Congress and signed into law. Under the Act, a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will consolidate most federal regulation of financial services offered to consumers, and replace the Office of Thrift Supervision’s seat on the FDIC Board. Almost all credit providers, including mortgage lenders, providers of payday loans, other nonbank financial companies, and banks and credit unions with assets over $10 billion, will be subject to new regulations to be passed by the Bureau. While the Bureau does not appear to have authority to make rules limiting interest rates or fees charged, the scope and extent of the Bureau’s authority will nonetheless be broad, and it is expected that the Bureau will address issues such as rollovers or extensions of payday loans and compliance with federal rules and regulations. Future restrictions on the payday lending industry could have serious consequences for the Company.

Any adverse change in present federal laws or regulations that govern or otherwise affect payday lending could result in our curtailment or cessation of operations in certain jurisdictions or locations. Furthermore, any failure to comply with any applicable federal laws or regulations could result in fines, litigation, the closure of one or more store locations or negative publicity. Any such change or failure would have a corresponding impact on our results of operations and financial condition, primarily through a decrease in revenues resulting from the cessation or curtailment of operations, decrease in our operating income through increased legal expenditures or fines, and could also negatively affect our general business prospects as well if we are unable to effectively replace such revenues in a timely and efficient manner or if negative publicity effects our ability to obtain additional financing a needed.

During the 2010 legislative session in Colorado, House Bill 10-1351 was passed into law. This bill amended the Colorado Deferred Deposit Loan Act, the existing payday lending law. The law became effective August 11, 2010 and modified traditional payday lending by changing the single payment advance (with no minimum term) into a single or multiple payment loan with a minimum six month term. It also limited the amount and type of fees that can be charged on these loans, effectively reducing by one-half the fees that can be charged and when the fees may be realized. The Company continues to operate its sole store in Colorado offering short-term installment loans.

In May 2010, new laws were enacted in Wisconsin that restrict the number of times a consumer may renew (or rollover) a payday loan. Previously, there were no limits to the number of rollovers permitted. Effective January 1, 2011, consumers in Wisconsin are only be allowed to renew a payday loan once, and then lenders will be required to offer a 60-day, interest free, payment plan to consumers. In 2011 we introduced an installment loan product in Wisconsin.

F-17

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

On November 2, 2010, voters in Montana passed Petition Initiative I-164. Effective January 1, 2011, Petition Initiative I-164 capped fees on payday loans at an imputed interest rate of 36%. The Company discontinued its payday loan operations in that state on December 31, 2010.

The passage of federal or state laws and regulations could, at any point, essentially prohibit the Company from conducting its payday lending business in its current form. Any such legal or regulatory change would certainly have a material and adverse effect on the Company, its operating results, financial condition and prospects, and perhaps even its viability.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had significant revenues by state (shown as a percentage of applicable division’s revenue when 10% or more) as follows:

Payday Division Cricket Wireless Division
  

2011

% of

Revenues

  

2010

% of

Revenues

    

2011

% of

Revenues

 

2010

% of

Revenues

 
Nebraska 28%  28%  Missouri 25% 31% 
Wyoming 15%  14%  Nebraska 18% 16% 
North Dakota 18%  16%  Texas 11% 12% 
Iowa 12%  12%  Indiana 22% 28% 

17.Other Expenses –

A breakout of other expense is as follows:

  For the Year Ended December 31, 
  2011  2010 
Store expenses        
Bank fees $273,868  $223,757 
Collection costs  386,230   408,180 
Repair and Maintenance  155,579   178,825 
Supplies  248,011   167,624 
Telephone  133,945   142,592 
Utilities and network lines  486,355   503,703 
Other  733,453   702,930 
  $2,417,441  $2,327,611 
         
General & administrative expenses        
Professional fees $235,380  $452,244 
Management and consulting fees  411,250   300,000 
Other  368,133   274,519 
  $1,014,763  $1,026,763 

18.Litigation Matter –

On March 26, 2010, the Company and all of the then-current members of its Board of Directors, among others, were sued by our former Chief Financial Officer and another former member of management, Messrs. Steven Staehr and David Stueve, respectively. In that lawsuit, the plaintiffs have alleged, among other things, that our Board of Directors breached certain of their fiduciary duties primarily in connection with the sale by WERCS of its capital stock in the Company to WCR, LLC. The complaint seeks injunctive and declaratory relief and unspecified money damages. The Company believes the claims are without merit. After the filing of the lawsuit, the Company removed the lawsuit to federal court and the plaintiffs sought to remand the case back to state court. On October 26, 2010, the plaintiffs’ motion to remand the case to state court was denied by the federal court. On July 6, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of Minnesota granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the action brought by Messrs. Steven Staehr and David Stueve. The lawsuit was dismissed without prejudice. The Company obtained a full and complete release from Steven Staehr pursuant to a Stock Redemption Agreement entered into on March 1, 2012, effective as of February 28, 2012. The redemption transaction contemplated by the agreement was consummated on March 12, 2012.

F-18

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19.Special Committee of the Board of Directors

In June 2011, the Board of Directors appointed Mr. Ellery Roberts to a special committee of the board.  The appointment was made for a period of six months.  In November 2011 this appointment was extended through August 2012. In consideration for his additional service on the committee, the Company will pay Mr. Roberts $13,000 per month from June 2011 through November 2011 and $10,000 per month from December 2011 through November 2012.

20.Subsequent Events –

TX store acquisition

In February, 2012, the Company acquired three additional Cricket corporate owned stores for approximately $350,000. Two of the stores are located in McAllen, Texas and one in Laredo, Texas.

Common Stock Repurchase

Also in February-March, 2012, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 2,048,227 shares of its common stock from four shareholders at $0.15 per share for a total repurchase cost of $307,234.

Credit Facility

On March 14, 2012, the Company paid the remaining principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest owing under the WERCS credit facility.

Related-Party Consulting Agreement

On March 7, 2012, a consulting agreement with Mr. Richard Miller was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The agreement provides for consulting fees in the amount of $100,000 and the same terms and conditions as the agreement that expires March 31, 2012.

F-19

ITEM 9    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.      CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance the objectives of the control system are met.

As of December 31, 2011, our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded our disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2011.

F-20

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

  March 31, 2012 (Unaudited)  

December 31, 2011 

 
ASSETS        
         
CURRENT ASSETS        
Cash $2,486,834  $1,909,442 
Loans receivable (less allowance for losses of $864,000 and $1,001,000)  3,825,508   4,887,813 
Inventory  660,786   756,528 
Prepaid expenses and other  517,245   451,751 
Deferred income taxes  361,000   413,000 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  7,851,373   8,418,534 
         
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT  739,167   757,747 
         
GOODWILL  12,632,569   12,393,869 
         
INTANGIBLE ASSETS  328,151   309,552 
         
OTHER  110,744   142,074 
         
TOTAL ASSETS $21,662,004  $22,021,776 
         
LIABILITIES AND  SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
         
CURRENT LIABILITIES        
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities $2,475,506  $2,323,730 
Note payable – short-term  -   1,000,000 
Current portion long-term debt  696,910   695,123 
Preferred dividend payable  4,075,000   3,550,000 
Deferred revenue  250,205   314,561 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES  7,497,621   7,883,414 
         
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES        
Notes payable – long-term  1,229,278   1,210,065 
Deferred income taxes  580,000   530,000 
TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES  1,809,278   1,740,065 
TOTAL LIABILITES  9,306,899   9,623,479 
         
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        
Series A convertible preferred stock 10% cumulative dividends, $0.01 par value, $2.10 stated value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding  100,000   100,000 
Common stock, no par value, 240,000,000 shares authorized, 5,397,780 and 7,446,007 shares issued and outstanding  -   - 
Additional paid-in capital  17,914,543   18,221,777 
Accumulated deficit  (5,659,438)  (5,923,480)
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY  12,355,105   12,398,297 
         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $21,662,004  $22,021,776 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-21

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)

  Three months ended 
  March 31, 2012  March 31, 2011 
REVENUES        
Payday loan fees $2,307,901  $2,325,747 
Phones and accessories  2,741,696   1,586,915 
Cricket service fees  1,995,025   554,696 
Installment interest income  196,509   - 
Check cashing fees  195,812   232,542 
Other income and fees  79,827   338,731 
   7,516,770   5,038,631 
         
STORE EXPENSES        
Phones and accessories cost of sales  1,835,075   957,897 
Provisions for loan losses  276,390   178,873 
Salaries and benefits  1,687,392   1,112,045 
Occupancy  552,308   418,063 
Advertising  77,121   81,600 
Depreciation  69,245   64,093 
Amortization of intangible assets  59,401   115,605 
Other  752,278   609,977 
   5,309,210   3,538,153 
         
INCOME FROM STORES  2,207,560   1,500,478 
         
GENERAL & ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES        
Salaries and benefits  527,732   445,927 
Depreciation  5,492   4,020 
Interest expense  78,121   93,192 
Other  304,173   289,970 
   915,518   833,109 
         
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES  1,292,042   667,369 
         
INCOME TAX EXPENSE  503,000   255,000 
         
NET INCOME  789,042   412,369 
         
SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
(assumes all paid)
  (525,000)  (525,000)
         
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS $264,042  $(112,631)
         
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE        
Basic and diluted $0.04  $(0.02)
         
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING -        
Basic and diluted  6,512,273   7,446,007 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-22

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Unaudited)

  Three Months Ended 
  March 31, 2012  March 31, 2011 
       
OPERATING ACTIVITIES        
Net Income $789,042  $412,369 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:        
Depreciation  74,737   68,113 
Amortization  59,401   115,605 
Deferred income taxes  102,000   106,000 
Loss on disposal of property and equipment  -   27,342 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities        
Loans receivable  1,062,305   1,028,362 
Inventory  95,742   99,433 
Prepaid expenses and other assets  (29,764)  12,651 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  151,776   (698,227)
Deferred revenue  (64,356)  (106,228)
Net cash provided by operating activities  2,240,883   1,065,420 
         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES        
Purchase of property and equipment  (21,157)  (13,574)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired  (356,100)  - 
Net cash used by investing activities  (377,257)  (13,574)
         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES        
Payments on notes payable – short-term  (1,000,000)  (1,000,000)
Payments on notes payable – long-term  (179,000)  (172,162)
Advances from notes payable – long-term  200,000   - 
Common stock redemption  (307,234)  - 
Net cash used by financing activities  (1,286,234)  (1,172,162)
         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH  577,392   (120,316)
         
CASH        
Beginning of period  1,909,442   2,092,386 
End of period $2,486,834  $1,972,070 
         
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION        
Income taxes paid $18,966  $447,084 
Interest paid $87,728  $94,361 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-23

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


1.Basis of Presentation, Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared according to the instructions to Form 10-Q and Section 210.8-03(b) of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and, therefore, certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) have been omitted.

In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three month period ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2012. For further information, refer to the Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes thereto included in our Form 10-K as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011, has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date, but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP.

Nature of Business

Western Capital Resources, Inc. (WCR), through its wholly owned operating subsidiaries, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. (WFL) and PQH Wireless, Inc. (PQH), collectively referred to as the “Company,” provides retail financial services and retail cellular phone sales to individuals primarily in the Midwestern United States.  As of March 31, 2012, the Company operated 52 “payday” stores in nine states (Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Utah, Wisconsin and Wyoming) and operated 48 Cricket wireless retail stores in 13 states (Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon and Texas).  The condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of WCR, WFL, and PQH. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company, through its “payday” division, provides non-recourse cash advance and installment loans, check cashing and other money services.  The short-term consumer loans, known as cash advance loans or “payday” loans, are in amounts that typically range from $100 to $500. Cash advance loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally two to four weeks and the customer’s personal check for the aggregate amount of the cash advanced plus a fee. The fee varies from state to state, based on applicable regulations and generally ranges from $15 to $22 per each $100 borrowed. To repay the cash advance loan, a customer may pay with cash, in which case their personal check is returned to them, or allow the check to be presented to the bank for collection. Installment loans provide customers with cash in exchange for a promissory note with a maturity of generally three to six months. The fee and interest rate on installment loans vary based on applicable regulations. Like cash advance or “payday” loans, installment loans are unsecured.

The Company also provides title loans and other ancillary consumer financial products and services that are complementary to its cash advance-lending business, such as check-cashing services, money transfers and money orders.  In our check-cashing business, we primarily cash payroll checks, but we also cash government assistance, tax refund and insurance checks or drafts. Our fees for cashing payroll checks average approximately 2.5% of the face amount of the check, subject to local market conditions, and this fee is deducted from the cash given to the customer for the check. We display our check-cashing fees in full view of our customers on a menu board in each store and provide a detailed receipt for each transaction. Although we have established guidelines for approving check-cashing transactions, we have no preset limit on the size of the checks we will cash.

Our loans and other related services are subject to state regulations (which vary from state to state), federal regulations and local regulations, where applicable.

The Company also operates a Cricket Wireless Retail division that is a premier dealer for Cricket Communications, Inc., reselling cellular phones and accessories and accepting service payments from Cricket customers.

F-24

Use of Estimates


The preparation of condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that may affect certain reported amounts and disclosures in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant management estimates relate to the allowance for loans receivable allowance, allocation of and carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets, value associated with stock-based compensation,inventory valuation and obsolescence, and deferred taxes and tax uncertainties.


Revenue Recognition


The Company recognizes fees on cash advance loans on a constant-yield basis ratably over the loans’ terms. Title and installment loan fees and interest are recognized using the interest method.method except that installment loan origination fees are recognized as they become non-refundable and installment loan maintenance fees are recognized when earned. The Company records fees derivedrevenue from check cashing guaranteed phone/Cricket fees, sales of phones, and accessories and fees from all other services in the period in which the sale or service is provided.


completed.  

Loans Receivable Allowance

We maintain a loan loss allowance for anticipated losses for our cash advancepayday, installment and title loans. To estimate the appropriate level of the loan loss allowance, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current loan loss allowance is based on our net write offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last 1224 months applied against the principal balance of outstanding loans that we write off. The Company also periodically performs a look-back analysis on its loan loss allowance to verify that the historical allowance established tracks with the actual subsequent loan write-offs and recoveries. The Company is aware that, as conditions change, it may also need to make additional allowances in future periods.


Included in loans receivable are cash advancepayday loans that are currently due or past due and cash advancepayday loans that have not been repaid.  This generally is evidenced where a customer’s personal check has been deposited and the check has been returned due to non-sufficient funds in the customer’s account, a closed accounts,account, or other reasons.  Cash advanceAlso included in loans receivable are current and delinquent installment and title loans. Loans are carried at cost less the allowance for doubtful accounts.loans receivable allowance.  The Company does not specifically reserve for any individual cash advance loan.  The Company aggregates cash advance loansloan types for purposes of estimating the loss allowance using a methodology that analyzes historical portfolio statistics and management’s judgment regarding recent trends noted in the portfolio.  This methodology takes into account several factors, including the maturity of the store location and charge-off and recovery rates.  The Company utilizes a software program to assist with the tracking of its historical portfolio statistics.  As a result of the Company’s collectionscollection efforts, it historically writes off approximately 35%41% of the returned items.  Based on days past the check return date, write-offs of returned items historically have tracked at the following approximate percentages: 1 to 30 days - 35%– 42%; 31 to 60 days - 60%– 66%; 61 to 90 days - 75%– 82%; 91 to 120 days - 80%– 87%; and 121 to 180 days - 85%– 90%.  All returned items are charged-offcharged off after 180 days, as collections after that date have not been significant.  The loan lossloans receivable allowance is reviewed monthly and any adjustment to the loan loss allowance as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is recorded.   The Company uses a third party collection agency to assist in the collection of the loan collateral related to title loans, when and as the Company determines appropriate.


The Company entered into the title loan business with the acquisition of National Cash & Credit, LLC in February 2008. Currently, title loans are not a significant portion of the Company’s loans receivable portfolio.

F-24


WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

A roll forward of the Company’s loans receivable allowance for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

  Nine Months Ended September 30, 
  2008 2007 
Loans receivable allowance, beginning of period $976,000 $762,000 
Provision for loan losses charged to expense  1,424,441  1,056,415 
Charge-offs, net  (994,441) (891,415)
Loans receivable allowance, end of period $1,406,000 $927,000 

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share


Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing the income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to common shareholders’shareholders by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus potentially dilutive common share equivalents (stock options, stock warrants, convertible(convertible preferred shares) when dilutive. PotentiallyThe 10 million shares of potentially dilutive securities of seriesSeries A Convertible Preferred Stock (10,000,000)outstanding at March 31, 2012 and stock warrants issued in December 2007 (400,000)2011 were anti-dilutive and therefore excluded from the dilutive net income (loss) per share computationcomputation.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-08 “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) – Testing Goodwill for Impairment.” ASU 2011-08 allows an entity the threeoption to make a qualitative evaluation about the likelihood of goodwill impairment to determine whether it should perform additional steps to determine if there is goodwill impairment. The amendments are effective for annual and nine months ended September 30, 2008. Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (10,000,000) was anti-dilutiveinterim goodwill tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, early adoption being permitted. The Company adopted this standard with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04 “Fair Value Measurement (Topic820) – Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and therefore excludedDisclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 results in common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. For public entities, ASU 2011-04 is effective for 2007.


F-25


WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.Acquisitions –

Acquisition of North Dakota Stores

On March 1, 2008interim or annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this standard with no material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

No other new accounting pronouncement issued or effective during the Company acquired, for $390,917 in cash, five stores offering cash advance loans in Fargo, Grand Forks, Bismarck, and Minot, North Dakota. These stores currently operate under the Ameri-Cash name.


Acquisition of National Cash & Credit

On February 26, 2008, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company (NCC), and the members of NCC. Under the Exchange Agreement, the members of NCC assigned all of the outstanding membership interests in NCCfiscal quarter has had or is expected to the Company in exchange 1,114,891 shares (valued at $1.20 per share) of the Company’s common stock and a cash payment of $100,000.

The Company's CEO hadhave a material financial interest in NCC. The CEO’s ownership and conditions of the Exchange Agreement were disclosed to the Company's Board of Directors, which approved the Exchange Agreement.

NCC was formed approximately two years ago and owned and operated five stores located in suburban Phoenix, Arizona. NCC principally offered cash advance loans ranging from $100 to $2,500 and title loans ranging from $500 to $2,000.

Under the purchase method of accounting the assets and liabilities of the acquisitions were recorded at their respective estimated fair values as of the applicable purchase date as follows:

  2008 
    
Cash $139,017 
Loans receivable  850,577 
Property and equipment  193,301 
Intangible assets  150,000 
Goodwill  559,729 
Current liabilities  (63,837)
     
  $1,828,787 
Acquisition of STEN Stores

On July 31, 2008, the Company purchased four payday loan and check cashing stores and an on-line lending website, which included all related assets including store level working capital, from Sten Corporation, a Minnesota corporation. Three of the stores are located in Salt Lake City, Utah and one store is located in Tempe, Arizona. The acquisition was completed through the Company’s subsidiary, WCR Acquisition Co., a Minnesota corporation. The purchase price of the acquisition was $287,500, financed through the issuance of seller notes and contingent consideration in the amount of 50% of net cash flows as discussed in the agreement. The contingent consideration is limited to the greater of 50% of net cash flows as described in the agreement (calculated and due annually) through July 31, 2012 or an aggregate of $800,000.

F-26


Under the purchase method of accounting the assets and liabilities of the acquisitions were recorded at their respective estimated fair values as of the applicable purchase date as follows:

  2008 
    
Cash $7,468 
Loans receivable (net of allowance of $54,000)  216,454 
Property and equipment  36,647 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  26,931 
        
  $287,500 
The results of the operations for the acquired locations have been included inimpact on the condensed consolidated financial statements since the datestatements.

F-25

2.Loans Receivable and Loans Receivable Allowance –

At March 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 our outstanding loans receivable aging was as follows:

  March 31, 2012  December 31, 2011 
Current $3,609,000  $4,626,000 
1-30  233,000   297,000 
31 – 60  176,000   220,000 
61 – 90  203,000   223,000 
91 – 120  146,000   171,000 
121 – 150  156,000   189,000 
151 – 180  167,000   163,000 
   4,690,000   5,889,000 
Allowance for losses  (864,000)  (1,001,000)
  $3,826,000  $4,888,000 

A rollforward of the acquisitions. The following table presents the pro forma results of operationsCompany’s loans receivable allowance for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, as if these acquisitions had been consummated at the beginning of each period presented. The pro forma results of operations are prepared for comparative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have occurred had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of the year presented or the results which may occur in the future.


F-27

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.Acquisitions continued–

  
Three Months Ended September 
30,
 
  2008 2007 
      
Pro forma revenue $3,751,020 $3,537,910 
Pro forma net income  396,095  526,140 
Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders  (128,905) 1,140 
Pro forma net income per common share - basic and diluted  (.01 .00 

  Nine Months Ended September
30,
 
  2008 2007 
      
Pro forma revenue $10,456,409 $10,325,271 
Pro forma net income  678,235  1,434,717 
Pro forma net income (loss) available to common stockholders  (896,765) (140,283)
Pro forma net loss per common share - basic and diluted  (.10) (.12)
3.Stockholders’ Equity –

During the quarter ended March 31, 2008, 1,475,000 options (mostly which were held2012 and 2011 is as follows:

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2012  2011 
       
Loans receivable allowance, beginning of period $1,001,000  $1,165,000 
Provision for loan losses charged to expense  276,000   179,000 
Charge-offs, net  (413,000)  (423,000)
Loans receivable allowance, end of period $864,000  $921,000 

3.Segment Information –

The Company has grouped its operations into two segments – Payday Operations and Cricket Wireless Retail Operations. The Payday Operations segment provides financial and ancillary services. The Cricket Wireless Retail Operations segment is a dealer for Cricket Communications, Inc., reselling cellular phones and accessories and serving as a payment center for Cricket customers.

Segment information related to the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 is set forth below:

  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2012
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2011
 
  Payday  Cricket
Wireless
  Total  Payday  Cricket
Wireless
  Total 
                   
Revenues from external customers $2,789,116  $4,727,654  $7,516,770  $2,640,997  $2,397,634  $5,038,631 
Net income $368,771  $420,271  $789,042  $379,568  $32,801  $412,369 
Total segment assets $14,677,536  $6,984,468  $21,662,004  $14,283,393  $4,937,241  $19,220,634 

4.Notes Payable –

On January 26, 2011, WERCS extended the maturity of the promissory note made by WERCS to WFL, pursuant to the Business Loan Agreement dated April 1, 2010 and an accompanying $2,000,000 promissory note to WFL, to April 1, 2012. In March 2011, as required by the terms of the note extension, the Company paid $1,000,000 toward the principal balance on the WERCS promissory note. On March 14, 2012, the Company repaid the remaining principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest under the WERCS credit facility.

The Company drew an additional $200,000 on the existing note payable with River City Equity, Inc, a related parties) were exercised at an exercise priceparty, during the first quarter 2012. Total advanced on the $2,000,000 credit facility as of $.01 per share. Also, 125,000 options and warrants were cancelled.

March 31, 2012 was $1,200,000.


F-26
4.

5.Risks Inherent in the Operating Environment –

The Company’s payday or short-term consumer loan activities are highly regulated under numerous local, state, and federal laws and regulations, which are subject to change. New laws or regulations could be enacted that could have a negative impact on the Company’s lending activities. Over the past few years, consumer advocacy groups and certain media reports have advocated governmental and regulatory action to prohibit or severely restrict deferred presentment cash advances. If this negative characterization

The Federal Trade Commission has issued an FTC Consumer Alert (Federal Trade Commission, March 2008, Consumer Alert entitled “Payday Loans Equal Very Costly Cash: Consumers Urged to Consider the Alternatives”) that discourages consumers from obtaining payday loans such as the loans we offer, primarily on the basis that the types of deferred presentmentloans we offer are very costly and consumers should consider alternatives to accepting a payday loan. For further information, you may obtain a copy of the alert at  www.ftc.gov/bcp/edu/pubs/consumer/alerts/alt060.shtm. The federal government also passed legislation, the 2007 Military Authorization Act, prohibiting us from offering or making our loans to members of the military when the interest and fees calculated as an annual percentage rate exceeds 36%. This limitation effectively prohibits us from utilizing our present business model for cash advances becomes widely acceptedadvance or “payday” lending when dealing with members of the U.S. military, and as a result we do not and do not plan to conduct payday lending business with U.S. military personnel. These facts evidence the widespread belief that our charges relating to our loans are too expensive to be good for consumers. Some consumer advocates and others have characterized payday lending as “predatory.” As a result, there are frequently attempts in the various state legislatures, and occasionally in the U.S. Congress, to limit, restrict or prohibit payday lending. 

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was passed by the U.S. Congress and signed into law. Under the Act, a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will consolidate most federal regulation of financial services offered to consumers, demand for deferred presentment cash advances could significantly decrease, whichand replace the Office of Thrift Supervision’s seat on the FDIC Board. Almost all credit providers, including mortgage lenders, providers of payday loans, other nonbank financial companies, and banks and credit unions with assets over $10 billion, will be subject to new regulations to be passed by the Bureau. While the Bureau does not appear to have authority to make rules limiting interest rates or fees charged, the scope and extent of the Bureau’s authority will nonetheless be broad, and it is expected that the Bureau will address issues such as rollovers or extensions of payday loans and compliance with federal rules and regulations. Future restrictions on the payday lending industry could have serious consequences for the Company.

Any adverse change in present federal laws or regulations that govern or otherwise affect payday lending could result in our curtailment or cessation of operations in certain jurisdictions or locations. Furthermore, any failure to comply with any applicable federal laws or regulations could result in fines, litigation, the closure of one or more store locations or negative publicity. Any such change or failure would have a materiallycorresponding impact on our results of operations and financial condition, primarily through a decrease in revenues resulting from the cessation or curtailment of operations, decrease in our operating income through increased legal expenditures or fines, and could also negatively affect our general business prospects as well if we are unable to effectively replace such revenues in a timely and efficient manner or if negative publicity effects our ability to obtain additional financing a needed.

During the 2010 legislative session in Colorado, House Bill 10-1351 was passed into law. This bill amended the Colorado Deferred Deposit Loan Act, the existing payday lending law. The law became effective August 11, 2010 and modified traditional payday lending by changing the single payment advance (with no minimum term) into a single or multiple payment loan with a minimum six month term. It also limited the amount and type of fees that can be charged on these loans, effectively reducing by one-half the fees that can be charged and when the fees may be realized. At present, the Company continues to operate its sole store in Colorado while the impact to profitability of this new law is being assessed.

In May 2010, new laws were enacted in Wisconsin that restrict the number of times a consumer may renew (or rollover) a payday loan. Previously, there were no limits to the number of rollovers permitted. Effective January 1, 2011, consumers in Wisconsin are only allowed to renew a payday loan once, and then lenders are required to offer a 60-day, interest free, payment plan to consumers. As a result of these changes, we introduced an installment loan product in Wisconsin in 2011.

On November 2, 2010, voters in Montana passed Petition Initiative I-164. Effective January 1, 2011, Petition Initiative I-164 capped fees on payday loans at an imputed interest rate of 36%.The Company discontinued its operations in that state on December 31, 2010.

The passage of federal or state laws and regulations could, at any point, essentially prohibit the Company from conducting its payday lending business in its current form. Any such legal or regulatory change would certainly have a material and adverse affecteffect on the Company’sCompany, its operating results, financial condition.


Negative perception of deferred presentment cash advances could also result in increased regulatory scrutinycondition and increased litigationprospects, and encourage restrictive local zoning rules, making it more difficult to obtain the government approvals necessary to continue operating existing stores or open new short-term consumer loan stores.
perhaps even its viability.


F-27
5.Dividend Declaration and Payment-

On

For the three months ended March 17, 2008,31, 2012 and 2011, the BoardCompany had significant revenues by state (shown as a percentage of Directorsapplicable division’s revenue) as follows:

Payday Division Cricket Wireless Division
  2012
% of Revenues
 2011
% of Revenues
   2012
% of Revenues
 2011
% of Revenues
Nebraska 26% 28% Missouri 18% 29%
Wyoming 15% 15% Nebraska 13% 18%
North Dakota 18% 17% Texas 11% 14%
Iowa 12% 12% Indiana 12% 27%
      Oklahoma 10%   -%

6.Preferred StockDividend –

Reconciliations of the cumulative preferred stock dividend payable are as follows:

  Three Months Ended 
March 31,
 
  2012  2011 
       
Balance due, beginning of the period $3,550,000  $1,450,000 
Current quarter preferred dividends payable  525,000   525,000 
Preferred dividends paid  -   - 
Balance due, end of the period $4,075,000  $1,975,000 

In addition, the Company approved the paymenthas $525,000 of the first quarter 2008 dividend on the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $525,000. Theunaccrued cumulative preferred dividends were paid onfrom March 31, 2012 and 2011 that became due and payable April 1, 2008. In July 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company ratified the payment of the second quarter 2008 dividend on the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $525,00015, 2012 and the dividends were paid. In October 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company ratified the payment of the third quarter 2008 dividend on the Company’s Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $525,000. The dividends were paid on October 10, 2008.


2011, respectively.

6.7.Other Expenses-Expense –

A breakout of other expense is as follows:

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2012  2011 
       
Store expenses        
Bank fees $81,620  $75,329 
Collection costs  128,698   107,954 
Repairs & maintenance  34,191   47,295 
Supplies  87,925   34,404 
Telephone  33,834   33,654 
Utilities and network lines  176,172   127,424 
Other  209,838   183,917 
  $752,278  $609,977 
         
General & administrative expenses        
Professional fees $85,923  $123,515 
Management and consulting fees  133,750   100,000 
Other  84,500   66,455 
  $304,173  $289,970 
         

  Three Months Ended September 30, Nine Months Ended September 30, 
  2008 2007 2008 2007 
Store expenses
         
Bank Fees $32,095 $17,846 $80,189 $61,040 
Collection Costs  89,678  66,397  246,379  160,672 
Repairs & Maintenance  50,679  16,759  125,178  61,20 
Supplies  34,510  31,785  100,791  106,318 
Telephone and Utilities  83,346  62,000  236,341  183,430 
Other  87,131  56,906  342,449  184,126 
  $377,439 $251,693 $1,131,327 $756,786 
          
General & administrative expenses
         
Professional Fees $164,575 $31,079 $853,947 $40,950 
Other  119,548  63,205  271,733  243,160 
  $284,123 $94,284 $1,125,680 $284,110 

F-28

F-28
7.

8.Acquisitions –

In February 2012, the Company acquired three Cricket corporate-owned stores for approximately $355,000. Two of the stores are located in McAllen, Texas and one in Laredo, Texas.

  Fair Value 
    
Property and equipment $35,000 
Intangible assets  78,000 
Goodwill  238,700 
Other non-current assets  4,400 
  $356,100 

The results of the operations for the acquired locations have been included in the condensed consolidated financial statements since the date of the acquisitions. The following table presents the unaudited pro forma results of continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, as if the acquisitions had been consummated at the beginning of each period presented. The pro forma results of continuing operations are prepared for comparative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect the results that would have occurred had the acquisitions occurred at the beginning of the year presented or the results which may occur in the future.

  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
  2012  2011 
       
Pro forma revenue $7,670,000  $5,481,000 
Pro forma net income $813,000  $482,000 
Pro forma net income (loss) per common share – basic and diluted $.04  $(0.01)

9.Consulting Agreement –

On March 7, 2012, a consulting agreement with Mr. Richard Miller, the Chairman of the Board, was approved by the Company’s Board of Directors. The agreement provides for consulting fees in the amount of $100,000 and contains the same terms and conditions as the earlier agreement that expired March 31, 2012.

10.Common Stock Repurchases –

In February and March 2012, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 2,048,227 shares of its common stock from four shareholders at $0.15 per share for a total repurchase cost of $307,234.

11.Subsequent Events-Events –

Effective October 15, 2008, the

Acquisitions

The Company entered into three Asset Purchase Agreements between April 1 and May 15, 2012 to acquire three Cricket retail storefronts for a combined purchase price of approximately $260,000. Among other things, those agreements require the Company to open two new Cricket retail storefronts and relocate one existing Cricket retail storefront.

F-29

$4,500,000

WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.

Common Stock


PROSPECTUS


, 2012

��

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Set forth below are expenses we expect to incur in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates and actual expenses may vary considerably from these estimates depending upon how long the notes are offered and other factors:

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee $516 
Accounting fees and expenses $10,000 
Legal fees and expenses $55,000 
Blue sky fees and expenses $10,000 
Printing and mailing expenses $10,000 
Subscription agent fees and expenses $10,000 
Miscellaneous $5,000 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 The registrant is subject to Minnesota Statutes, Chapter 302A, the Minnesota Business Corporation Act (the “Corporation Act”). Section 302A.521 of the Corporation Act provides in substance that, unless prohibited by its articles of incorporation or bylaws, a Minnesota corporation must indemnify an officer or director who is made or threatened to be made a party to a proceeding by reason of the former or present official capacity of the person against judgments, penalties, fines, including, without limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, settlements, and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by such person in connection with the proceeding, if certain criteria are met. These criteria, all of which must be met by the person seeking indemnification, are as follows: (a) such person has not been indemnified by another organization or employee benefit plan for the same judgments, penalties, fines, including, without limitation, excise taxes assessed against the person with respect to an employee benefit plan, settlements, and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements, incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding with respect to the same acts or omissions; (b) such person must have acted in good faith; (c) no improper personal benefit was obtained by such person and such person satisfied certain statutory conflicts of interest provisions, if applicable; (d) in the case of a criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; and (e) in the case of acts or omissions occurring in such person’s performance in an official capacity, such person must have acted in a manner such person reasonably believed was in the best interests of the corporation or, in certain limited circumstances, not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. In addition, Section 302A.521, subd. 3, requires payment by the registrant, upon written request, of reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition in certain instances. A decision as to required indemnification is made by a majority of the disinterested board of directors present at a meeting at which a disinterested quorum is present, or by a designated committee of disinterested directors, by special legal counsel, by the disinterested shareholders, or by a court.

The registrant also maintains a director and officer insurance policy to cover the registrant, its directors and its officers against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

None.

II-1

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits. The exhibits listed below are filed as a part of this registration statement.

Exhibit No.Description
2.1Stock Purchase Agreement with PQH Wireless, Inc., a Nebraska corporation, and Mark Houlton, Charles Payne and John Quandahl, the three stockholders of PQH Wireless. Under the Stock Purchase Agreement, the stockholders sold all of the outstanding capital stock in PQH Wireless to the Company for a total purchase price of $3,035,000. The transaction was financed by a combination of cash and notes payable to the sellers.

The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the parties and indemnification obligations relating to those representations, warranties and covenants which survive until October 15, 2010.

Mark Houlton is a director of the Company and John Quandahl is the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Because each of these individuals were stockholders of the Company, each had a direct material financial interest in PQH Wireless. The ownership of Messrs. Houlton and Quandahl in PQH Wireless and the material terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement were disclosed to the disinterested members of the Company’s audit committee, which approved the Stock Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

PQH Wireless was formed approximately two years ago and owns and operates nine stores at locations in Missouri, Nebraska, and Texas as an authorized seller of Cricket cellular phones.
On November 13, 2008, Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. entered into a Business Loan Agreement and associated agreements with Banco Popular North America, located in Rosemont, Illinois. The Business Loan Agreement provides Wyoming Financial Lenders with a one-year revolving line of credit in an amount of up to $2,000,000. The Business Loan Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, and contained certain financial covenants (including the satisfaction of certain financial criteria as a condition to loan advances, such as current ratio and debt-to-adjusted-net-worth ratio).

The Business Loan Agreement involved the delivery by Wyoming Financial Lenders of a promissory note in favor of Banco Popular. Under the promissory note, interest on advanced amounts accrues at the per annum rate of one point over the Banco Popular North America Prime Rate (which rate is presently 4.5%). Initially, therefore, interest will accrue at the rate of 5.5%. Payments consisting solely of accrued interest will be made on a monthly basis beginning on November 29, 2008. All accrued and unpaid interest, together with all outstanding principal, will be due on October 30, 2009. Amounts advanced under the Business Loan Agreement are guaranteed by the Company and personally by Christopher Larson, our Chief Executive Officer. These guarantees are for payment and performance (not of collection), which means that Banco Popular may enforce either or both of the guarantees without having earlier exhausted its remedies against Wyoming Financial Lenders.
F-29



3,592,859 shares

Western Capital Resources, Inc.

Common Stock
The date of this prospectus is ______________, 2008
(subject to completion)




PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The registrant estimates that expenses payable by the registrant in connection with the offering described in this registration statement will be as follows:
SEC registration fee $
602
 
Legal fees and expenses $35,000 
Accounting fees and expenses $35,000 
Printing and engraving expenses $5,000 
Miscellaneous $5,000 
    
Total $
80,602
 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and our corporate bylaws contain provisions indemnifying our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, as permitted by Minnesota law, our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, provide that no director will be liable to us or our shareholders for monetary damages for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director. The effect of this provision is to restrict our rights and the rights of our shareholders in derivative suits to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director, except that a director will be personally liable for:
·any breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us or our shareholders

·acts or omissions not in good faith which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law

·the payment of an improper dividend or an improper repurchase of our stock in violation of Minnesota law or in violation of federal or state securities laws, or

·any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This provision does not affect a director’s liability under the federal securities laws. To the extent that our directors, officers and controlling persons are indemnified under the provisions contained in our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, Minnesota law or contractual arrangements against liabilities arising under the Securities Act, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.
We have directors and officers liability insurance in place for the benefit of our directors and our executive officers.
II-1


Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

In July 2006, we became a public reporting company under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 by the filing of a Form 10 registration statement with the SEC. Also in July 2006, our then-parent corporation, Multiband Corporation, effected a dividend of shares of our stock to its holders of common stock and certain contingent rights. The shares of our stock that were distributed in the dividend represented approximately 49% of our outstanding shares of common stock. The Company is not aware of any commissions paid in respect of this transaction.

On February 13, 2007, we issued to Donald Miller, then our Chief Executive Officer, 50,000 shares (adjusted for a subsequent reverse stock split effected in connection with the Merger) of our common stock in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. The shares were valued at $0.50 per share, after adjustment for a subsequent reverse stock split effected in connection with the Merger. Shares were issued in consideration of executive management services provided and to be provided by such individual, in lieu of cash or other compensation. No commissions were paid in connection with the offer or sale of these securities. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) and of the Securities Act of 1933. We relied on these exemptions based on the fact that our Chief Executive Officer was an accredited investor.

On July 2, 2007, we offered 210,000 shares (adjusted for a subsequent reverse stock split effected in connection with the Merger) of our common stock in a private placement exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. Shares were offered and sold to 11 holders of certain promissory notes issued by the Company, in full satisfaction of the outstanding principal balances of such notes aggregating $73,500. The shares were valued and the conversions effected at the per-share price of $0.35 (after adjustment for a subsequent reverse stock split effected in connection with the Merger). No commissions were paid in connection with the offer or sale of these securities. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Rule 506 and Section 4(6) and of the Securities Act of 1933. We relied on these exemptions based on the fact that all investors were accredited investors.

On November 29, 2007, we issued options and warrants for the purchase of up to 2,000,000 shares of our common stock to the following 12 individuals and entities: Steven Staehr, John Quandahl, Richard Horner, Ted Dunhan, Rose Piel, Bryan Chaney, John Richards, Tom Griffith, David Stueve, Robert Jorgensen, Donna Mendez, and Lantern Advisers, LLC. Shortly after the Merger, 1,475,000 shares of our common stock were issued to the holders of such options and warrants upon their exercise. A warrant for the purchase of the remaining 400,000 shares remains outstanding as of the date of this filing and held by Lantern Advisers, LLC. These securities were issued in consideration of services to be rendered in connection with the then-anticipated Merger (in the case of the individuals above—all of whom were either employees of the Company or prospective employees of the combined Company—these services involved general services such as transition services relating to the completion of the combined Company’s audit, beginning to prepare internal controls for the combined Company, and general transition services relating to the planned combination transaction) and related advisory services in the case of Lantern Advisers, LLC (e.g., financial-advisory services to URON relating to transaction structuring, and the identification of suitable board of directors candidates). The right to purchase shares at $0.01 per share under all of the foregoing securities was contingent upon the closing of a change-in-control transaction. The Merger involving Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. qualified as a change-in-control transaction under the relevant option and warrant agreements. No commissions were paid in connection with the offer or sale of these securities. The options and warrants were valued on the date of grant at $0.23 per share for financial statement reporting purposes. These securities were issued in reliance on the exemption from federal registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. The Company relied on this exemption based on the fact that there were only 12 recipients of the securities, all of whom were either accredited investors or had knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that each was capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in the Company.

On December 31, 2007, we issued 1,125,000 shares of our common stock to WERCS, Inc., the former holder of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. capital stock, and 10 million shares of our Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to WERCS, Inc. These securities were issued in connection with the Merger and in consideration of our acquisition of the business of Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. No commissions were paid with respect to the offer or sale of these securities. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) and of the Securities Act of 1933. We relied on these exemptions based on the fact that the sole recipient of our capital stock was an accredited investor.

On December 31, 2007, we issued 4,403,542 shares of our common stock in a privately placed financing transaction that closed simultaneously with, and which was a closing condition to, the Merger transaction with Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. We received aggregate gross cash proceeds of approximately $4.5 million from the sale of these shares and paid no commissions with respect to the offer or sale of these securities. These shares were sold at the per-share price of $1.20, other than 1,08,491 of such shares purchased at the per-share price of $0.465 with respect to which an earlier subscription had been entered into with Christopher Larson on November 29, 2007. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) and of the Securities Act of 1933. We relied on these exemptions based on the fact that there were only 13 investors, all of whom were accredited investors possessing with knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that each was capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in the Company.
II-2


On February 26, 2008, we issued 1,114,891 shares of our common stock to the former members of National Cash & Credit, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company. These shares were issued in connection with an Exchange Agreement entered into on the same date, pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding membership interests in National Cash & Credit. We paid no commissions with respect to the offer or sale of these shares, which were valued at the per-share price of $1.20 for purposes of determining the aggregate transaction value. These common shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from federal registration provided under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933. We relied on this exemption based on the fact that there were only seven recipients of the shares, all of whom were either accredited investors or had knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that each was capable of evaluating the risks of the investment in the Company.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement:
Exhibits:

Exhibit No.
Description
2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated December 13, 2007, by and among URON Inc. (the registrant), WFL Acquisition Corp., a Wyoming corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the registrant, and Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc., a Wyoming corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2007).
2.2Exchange Agreement with National Cash & Credit, LLC and certain members of National Cash & Credit, LLC, dated February 26, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
2.3Stock Purchase Agreement with PQH Wireless, Inc., John Quandahl, Mark Houlton  and Charles Payne, dated October 15, 2008 ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1/A filed herewith)with the SEC on November 24, 2008).
3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, filed with the Minnesota Secretary of State on May 25, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008) (see also Exhibits 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6 and 3.43.7 below).
3.2 Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, filed with the Minnesota Secretary of State on December 27, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
3.3Articles of Merger relating to the merger of WFL Acquisition Corp. with and into Wyoming Financial Lenders, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2008) (see also Exhibit 2.1 above).
3.4 Certificate of Designation for Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2008).
3.53.4 Amendment to Articles of Incorporation, filed with the Minnesota Secretary of State on March 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
3.63.5 Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on June 23, 2008).
3.73.6 Amendment to Articles of Incorporation, filed with the Minnesota Secretary of State on July 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the registrant'sregistrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 29, 2008).
II-3

3.7Amendment to Articles of Incorporation, filed with the Minnesota Secretary of State on March 30, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2010).
4.1Form of Subscription Rights Certificate (filed herewith).
5.1 Opinion of Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP (incorporated by reference(with regard to Exhibit 5.1 to the registrant's registration statement on Form S-1 legality of securities offered) (filed on May 14, 2008)
herewith).
10.1Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued to Lantern Advisers, LLC, on November 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
10.2Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued to Donald Miller on July 5, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
10.3 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
10.2 
10.4Form of Subscription Agreement entered into with purchasers of common stock on or about December 31, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on April 7, 2008).
10.5URON Management Agreement, dated August 1, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Form 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 2006).
10.6
Term Promissory Note in principal amount of $500,000 in favor of Charles Payne (filed herewith).
10.7
Term Promissory Note in principal amount of $1,000,000 in favor of John Quandahl ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1/A filed herewith)with the SEC on November 24, 2008).
10.3 
10.8
Term Promissory Note in principal amount of $1,000,000 in favor of Mark Houlton ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1/A filed herewith)with the SEC on November 24, 2008).
10.4 
10.9
Form of Security Agreement with Charles Payne, John Quandahl and Mark Houlton (filed herewith).
16Letter from Virchow Krause & Company, LLP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.110.9 to the registrant’s currentregistration statement on Form S-1/A filed with the SEC on November 24, 2008).
10.5Employment Agreement with John Quandahl dated as of March 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 8-K10-Q filed on February 19, 2008)May 13, 2010).
10.6 Management and Advisory Agreement with Blackstreet Capital Management, LLC, dated as of May 10, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2010).
10.7Promissory Note delivered in favor of River City Equity, Inc. dated as of October 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).

II-2

10.8Security Agreement delivered in favor of River City Equity, Inc. dated as of October 18, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
10.9Consulting Agreement with Ric Miller Consulting, Inc. dated as of April 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2012).
21 
List of Subsidiaries ((incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed herewith)on March 30, 2012).
23.1 Consent of Lurie Besikof Lapidus & Co, LLP (filed herewith).
23.123.2 Consent of Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP (included in Exhibitexhibit 5.1)
99.1Form of Instructions for Use of Western Capital Resources, Inc. Subscription Rights Certificate (filed herewith).
99.2 Forms of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (filed herewith).
23.299.3 
ConsentForm of Lurie Besikof Lapidus & Company, LLPletter to shareholders who are record holders (filed herewith).
99.4 Form of letter to beneficial holders of shares (filed herewith).
24.199.5 PowerForm of Attorney (incorporated by referenceletter to Exhibit 24.1 to the registrant's registration statement on clients (filed herewith).
99.6Form S-1 of Beneficial Owner Election Form (filed on May 14, 2008)herewith).
99.7Form of Nominee Holder Certification (filed herewith).

Item

ITEM 17. Undertakings.

(a)That, for purposes of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser: insofarUNDERTAKINGS

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4

Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(b)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i)to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii)to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

II-3

(iii)to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)[intentionally omitted]

(5)For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(6)That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-4
(1)to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and (iii) to include any additional or changed material information on the plan of distribution;
(2)that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and
(3)to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
II-5


SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Minneapolis, Minnesota, on November 24, 2008.

the City of Omaha, State of Nebraska.

 WESTERN CAPITAL RESOURCES, INC.
  
By:         /s/ John Quandahl
         Chief Executive Officer
  
 By:/s/Christopher LarsonDated:  June 15, 2012
   Christopher Larson
Chief Executive Officer and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John Quandahl and Richard Miller, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

indicated below.

Name
Signature
Title
Title(s)
Date

/s/ Christopher LarsonJohn Quandahl

John Quandahl

Director, Chief Executive Officer

(principal executive officer)

November 24, 2008

June 15, 2012

Christopher Larson

/s/ Richard Miller

Richard Miller

Chairman of the Board

Officer and President

June 15, 2012

/s/ Steven StaehrSteve Irlbeck

Steve Irlbeck

Chief Financial Officer

(principal accounting and financial officer)

November 24, 2008

June 15, 2012

Steven Staehr

/s/ Angel Donchev

Angel Donchev

Director

June 15, 2012

/s/ Ellery Roberts

Ellery Roberts

Director

June 15, 2012

/s/ Christopher Larson*Thomas H. Ripley

Thomas H. Ripley

Director

Chief Operating Officer
November 24, 2008

June 15, 2012

John Quandahl (by Christopher Larson)
II-5
/s/ Christopher Larson*Director
November 24, 2008
Robert W. Moberly (by Christopher Larson)
/s/ Christopher Larson*Director
November 24, 2008
James Mandel (by Christopher Larson)
Director
John H. Klaasen IV
/s/ Christopher Larson*Director
November 24, 2008
Mark Houlton (by Christopher Larson)
 

* Pursuant to power of attorney set forth in the original S-1 registration statement (file No. 333 - 150914) filed on May 14, 2008.